Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit D07-450 - WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER MALL - LIMITED TOO - BUILD OUT SPACELIMITED TOO 1046 SOUTHCENTER MALL D07 -450 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY This certificate is issued pursuant to the requirements of Section 110.2 of the 2006 edition of the International Building Code. At the time of issuance, this structure or portion thereof has been inspected for compliance with the requirements of this code for the occupancy and division of occupancy and the use for which the proposed occupancy is classified. Building Permit No.: D07 -450 Occupant /Tenant: LIMITED TOO Building Address: 1046 SOUTHCENTER MALL, SUITE NO. Parcel No.: 6364200010 Property Owner: WEA SOUTHCENTER LLC 11601 WILSHIRE BLVD , LOS ANGELES CA 90025 Use: RETAIL Occupancy Group /Division: M Type of Construction: II -B Automatic Sprinkler System: Provided: Y Required: Y Design Occupant Load: 106 THIS CERTIFICATE TO BE CONSPICUOUSLY POSTED ON THE PREMISES Cityf Tukwila Parcel No.: 6364200010 Address: 1046 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUICW Suite No: Contractor: Name: DEJAGER CONSTRUCTION INC Address: 75 60TH ST SW , WYOMING MI 49548 Phone: 206 - 244 -2537 Contractor License No: DEJAGI *233K3 Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Tenant: Name: LIMITED TOO Address: 1046 SOUTHCENTER MALL , TUKWILA WA Owner: Name: WEA SOUTHCENTER LLC Address: 11601 WILSHIRE BLVD , LOS ANGELES CA 90025 Phone: Contact Person: Name: SARAH NIELSEN Address: 1120 E 80 ST SUITE 211 , BLOOMINGTON MN 55420 Phone: 800 -541 -0821 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: BUILD OUT OF RETAIL TENANT SPACE IN MALL FOR NEW TENANT DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Permit Number: D07 - 450 Issue Date: 05/12/2008 Permit Expires On: 11/08/2008 * *continued on next page ** Expiration Date: 01/16/2010 Value of Construction: $205,000.00 Fees Collected: $3,239.62 Type of Fire Protection: International Building Code Edition: 2006 Type of Construction: II -B Occupancy per IBC: 0019 doc: IBC-10 /06 D07 -450 Printed: 05-12 -2008 Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N City c Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Permit Number: D07 -450 Issue Date: 05/12/2008 Permit Expires On: 11/08/2008 Fire Loop Hydrant: N Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Flood Control Zone: Hauling: N Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Fill 0 c.y. Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: Start Time: End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Private: Public: Water Meter: Permit Center Authorized Signature I hereby certify that I have read an governing this work will be compli Print Name: N Private: Public: Profit: N Non- Profit: N Date: 0;11740 ed this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance o am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit. /2 c/2' Signature Date: S CEPS' `4 4 & O' This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. doc: IBC-10/06 D07 -450 Printed: 05 - 2008 City of Tukwila Parcel No.: 6364200010 Address: 1046 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Suite No: Tenant: LIMITED TOO 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us PERMIT CONDITIONS Permit Number: D07 -450 Status: ISSUED Applied Date: 12/07/2007 Issue Date: 05/12/2008 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431- 3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non - building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 6: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. 7: All construction shall be done in conformance with the approved plans and the requirements of the International Building Code or International Residential Code, International Mechanical Code, Washington State Energy Code. 8: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the Cityof Tukwila Permit Center. 9: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206 - 431 - 3670). 10: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 11: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 12: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 13: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 20B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3 -2.1) 14: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand -held portable fire extinguishers having a gross doc: Cond -10/06 D07 -450 Printed: 05-12 -2008 doc: Cond -10/06 Ord City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 nun) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand -held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 15: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 16: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 17: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4-3, 4 -4) 18: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 19: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 20: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.8.1) 21: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 22: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1011.1) 23: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I ", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in section 1011.5.1 of the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1011.5.1) 24: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 25: Means of egress, including the exit discharge, shall be illuminated at all times the building space served by the means of egress is occupied. The means of egress illumination level shall not be less than 1 foot -candle (11 lux) at the floor level. The power supply for the means of egress illumination shall normally be provided by the premise's electrical supply. In event of a power failure an emergency power system shall provide power for a duration of not less than 90 minutes and shall consist of storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 007 -450 Printed: 05-12 -2008 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 26: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of the building and the required width of the aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1013.4) 27: Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and/or adding sprinkler heads. (IFC 901.4) 28: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide such as ducts, decks, open grate flooring, cutting tables, shelves and overhead doors. (NFPA 13- 8.6.5.3.3) 29: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than SO heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers Kemper or any other representative designated and/or recognized by the City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #2050) 30: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2051. 31: Local U.L. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #2051) 32: Maintain fire alarm system audible /visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible /visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2051) 33: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2051) (IFC 104.2) 34: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206 - 431 -3670) is required for this project. 35: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 36: New and existing buildings shall have approved address numbers, building numbers or approved building identification placed in a position that is plainly legible and visible from the street or road fronting the property. These numbers shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numbers or alphabet letters. Numbers shall be a minimum of 4 inches (102mm) high with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch (12.7mm). (IFC 505.1) 37: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. 38: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2050 and #2051) 39: This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. 40: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 41: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575 -4407. * *continued on next page ** doc: Cond -10/06 D07 -450 Printed: 05-12 -2008 doc: Cond -10/06 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us D07 -450 Printed: 05-12 -2008 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us I hereby certify that I have read these conditions and will comply with them as outlined. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any other work or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. doc: Cond -10/06 Signature: Date: Print Name: `l Ee_ 007 -450 Printed: 05-12 -2008 Mailing Address: CITY OF TUKWIL - Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 1 Olt b Company Name: T. e. 11 Contact Person: E -Mail Address: Contractor Registration Number: Company Name: g-Nrery ele. Ptcdni -Ve r�tS \ rc. Contact Person: Ste nyvi e_ E -Mail Address: 1EE∎wY a Shrerr►Srbe. ... Cbm Contact Person: E -Mail Address: Q:VApplications\Forns- Applications On Line13-2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Building Permiho. Mechanical Permit No. Plumbing/Gas Permit No. Public Works Permit No. Project No. Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. * *Please Print ** King Co Assessor's Tax No.: (jto Loci— on I 0 Site Address:-• - So.s -Fier exAter Tenant Name: Lirn■'t'A Ter, Property Owners Name: v.1ist-BeE1 CereTCPrc k e n Mailing Address: 1 VoO1 W i tS%- re. Pe % P crc , Dots 1 ,cy 1e CP CtcOZ City Suite Number: 423n Floor: New Tenant: ® Yes State CONTACT PERSON - who do we contact when your permit is ready to be issued Name: &o In t• . e\SQx\ Day Telephone: SCO1S Mailing Address: l'ZO Ec c ebtln Sa tree-k, SvL• 2& , C3\oer-N∎vn btrI5 % AM S 4LO City State E -Mail Address: ,ra c0 \@ p 1r . COirY1 Fax Number: c iSZI 8'S+ -1-- x-}409 GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION — (Contractor Information for Mechanical (pg 4) for Plumbing and Gas Piping (pg 5)) State City Day Telephone: Fax Number: Expiration Date: ARCHITECT OF RECORD - All plans must be wet stamped by Architect of Record Mailing Address: (cAgh Set Ain SArinust..k Read, V∎1eSt€C Aike C)trk 430RA City State Day Telephone: co i4 s4tS- 4SSa Fax Number: tp14 ( S4S • 14;S: Viol -2 ❑ ..No Zip Zip Zip Zip ENGINEER OF RECORD - All plans must be wet stamped by Engineer of Record Company Name: tie*. Con^- a.a.\iinmS Mailing Address: 111 C—hartinC\ CxetSs■tr■O Cat iNfe- $ol�ak■ • � ll� W2s e .,fae ) Cm 4-3081 City State Zip Day Telephonef..o Ig5K2 -11gq) Fax Number: ro ty I g82 . i3S Page 1 of 6 BUILDING PERMIT INFORM :'ION - 206 -431 -3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 'ZDC; C'Oa Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): T1Pi1J k"PY,UY N Will there be new rack storage? ❑ Yes Existing Building Valuation: $ .0 i r .._ . 1... . /L._ ❑ .. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes II No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION /HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: ® Sprinklers O Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes IN No If `yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8 -1 /2 "x 11 "paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. QMpplicationsWorms- Applications On Linel3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Page 2 of 6 Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC '< 1 Floor 3,$Co6 3, SCo Cc, 1X - 13 m 2 Floor 3 Floor Floors thru Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck BUILDING PERMIT INFORM :'ION - 206 -431 -3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 'ZDC; C'Oa Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): T1Pi1J k"PY,UY N Will there be new rack storage? ❑ Yes Existing Building Valuation: $ .0 i r .._ . 1... . /L._ ❑ .. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes II No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION /HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: ® Sprinklers O Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes IN No If `yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8 -1 /2 "x 11 "paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. QMpplicationsWorms- Applications On Linel3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Page 2 of 6 PUBLIC WORKS PERMIT INRMATION — 206 -433 -0179 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet. Water District ❑ ...Tukwila El ... Water District #125 ❑ ...Water Availability Provided Sewer District ❑ ...Tukwila ❑ ...Sewer Use Certificate Septic System: E l On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Submitted with Application (mark boxes which apply): ❑ ...Civil Plans (Maximum Paper Size — 22" x 34") ❑ ...Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) ❑ ...Bond ❑ .. Insurance ❑ .. Easement(s) Proposed Activities (mark boxes that apply): E l ...Right -of -way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours ❑ ...Right -of -way Use - No Disturbance ❑ ...Cons true tion/Excavation/Fill - Right -of -way Non Right -of -way ❑ ...Total Cut ❑ ...Total Fill ❑ ... Val Vue ❑ . Renton 0... Sewer Availability Provided cubic yards cubic yards Call before you Dig: 1 800 - 424 - 5555 ❑ .. Highline El .. Geotechnical Report ❑ .. Maintenance Agreement(s) ❑ .. Work in Flood Zone ❑ .. Storm Drainage El .. Renton ❑ .. Seattle El .. Right -of -way Use - Profit for less than 72 hours ❑ .. Right -of -way Use — Potential Disturbance ❑...Traffic Impact Analysis El ...Hold Harmless — (SAO) El ...Hold Harmless — (ROW) ❑ ...Sanitary Side Sewer ❑ .. Abandon Septic Tank ❑ .. Grease Interceptor ❑ ...Cap or Remove Utilities El .. Curb Cut ❑ .. Channelization El ...Frontage Improvements ❑ .. Pavement Cut ❑ .. Trench Excavation El ...Traffic Control ❑ .. Looped Fire Line ❑ .. Utility Undergrounding ❑ ...Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection Irrigation Domestic Water FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) ❑ ...Water El ...Sewer ❑ ...Sewage Treatment Monthly Service Billing to: Name: Day Telephone: Mailing Address: City State Zip Water Meter Refund/Billing: Name: Mailing Address: Day Telephone: City State Zip ❑ ...Permanent Water Meter Size... WO # ❑ ...Temporary Water Meter Size .. WO # ❑ ...Water Only Meter Size WO # ❑...Deduct Water Meter Size ❑ ...Sewer Main Extension Public Private El ...Water Main Extension Public Private Q:1 Applications \Forms- Applications On Line'3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 - 2006 bh Page 3 of 6 Unit Type: Qty Unit Type: Qty Unit Type: Qty Boiler /Compressor: Qty Furnace <100K BTU Air Handling Unit >10,000 CFM Fire Damper 0 -3 HP /100,000 BTU Furnace>!00K BTU Evaporator Cooler Diffuser I/ 3 -15 HP /500,000 BTU Floor Furnace Ventilation Fan Connected to Single Duct Thermostat 15 -30 HP /1,000,000 BTU Suspended/Wall/Floor Mounted Heater Ventilation System Wood/Gas Stove 30 -50 HP /1,750,000 BTU Appliance Vent Hood and Duct Emergency Generator 50+ HP /1,750,000 BTU Repair or Addition to Heat/Refrig /Cooling System Incinerator - Domestic Other Mechanical Equipment Air Handling Unit <10,000 CFM Z Incinerator — Comm/1nd MECHANICAL PERMIT INF(r1VIATION - 206 -431 -3670 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: Mailing Address: Contact Person: Day Telephone: E -Mail Address: Fax Number: Contractor Registration Number: Expiration Date: Valuation of Mechanical work (contractor's bid price): $ 15 CCC) Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Z net.,) VAV'5 netZ net dutc-kt .xoc'F tr+,i Cr-ute< tort - coks - Z r1P.xi) bo. t YI ¢xVba.xSt cro.x1S Use: Residential: New .... ❑ Replacement .... ❑ Commercial: New ....1111 Replacement .... ❑ Fuel Tvpe: Electric ® Gas .... Other: Indicate type of mechanical work being installed and the quantity below: Q:\Applications\Fonns- Applications On Line3-2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh City State Zip Page 4 of 6 Fixture Type: Qty Fixture Type: Qty Fixture Type: Qty Fixture Type: Qty Bathtub or combination bath/shower Drinking fountain or water cooler (per head) • + Wash fountain Gas piping outlets Bidet Food -waste grinder, commercial Receptor, indirect waste Clothes washer, domestic Floor drain I Sinks 1 Dental unit, cuspidor Shower, single head trap Urinals Dishwasher, domestic, with independent drain Lavatory Water Closet ` Building sewer or trailer park sewer Rain water system — per drain (inside building) Water heater and/or vent , Additional medical gas inlets /outlets — six or more Industrial waste pretreatment interceptor, including its trap and vent, except for kitchen type grease interceptors Repair or alteration of water piping and/or water treating equipment Repair or alteration of drainage or vent piping Medical gas piping system serving one to five inlets /outlets for specific gas PLUMBING AND GAS PIPINaYERMIT INFORMATION - 206- 431 -TT PLUMBING AND GAS PIPING CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: Mailing Address: Contact Person: Day Telephone: E -Mail Address: Fax Number: Contractor Registration Number: Expiration Date: Valuation of Plumbing work (contractor's bid price): $ q,000 Valuation of Gas Piping work (contractor's bid price): $ Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Net.) ' ''Xk ..eS '2 P; p■v\ot Building Use (per Intl Building Code): ('^ Occupancy (per Int'l Building Code): M Utility Purveyor: Water: Sewer: Indicate type of plumbing fixtures and/or gas piping outlets being installed and the quantity below: QMpplicationsWorms- Applications On Line \3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh City State Zip Page 5 of 6 PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES- Applicable to all permits in this application - Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. Building and Mechanical Permit The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). Plumbing Permit The Building Official may grant one extension of time for an additional period not exceeding 180 days. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 103.4.3 Uniform Plumbing Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER OR A THO WED AGENT: Signature: . Print Name: 6axoh v 1J' e. \SP Yl Mailing Address: t \20 Ea SOtNn Pt • 24 Z\ \ 9Aoc+cv\∎Yvi t kov - N i Mk.) City State Date Application Expires: 1 7—OS Date Application Accepted: 1))- -Q Q:\Applications\Fonns- Applications On Line\3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Date: Day Telephone: $cy:DIS41 -o$ 2\ Zip Staff Initials: Page 6 of 6 Receipt No.: R08 -01553 Initials: JEM User ID: 1165 City of Tukwila Payee: DE JAGER CONSTRUCTION, INC. Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 178135 1,965.18 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description BUILDING - NONRES 000/322.100 STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 000/386.904 RECEIPT Parcel No.: 6364200010 Permit Number: D07 -450 Address: 1046 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Status: APPROVED Suite No: Applied Date: 12/07/2007 Applicant: LIMITED TOO Issue Date: Account Code Current Pmts Total: $1,965.18 Payment Amount: $1,965.18 Payment Date: 05/12/2008 09:17 AM Balance: $0.00 1,960.68 4.50 2265 05/12 9711 TOTAL 1965.18 doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 05-12 -2008 Parcel No.: 6364200010 Permit Number: D07 -450 Address: 1046 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Status: PENDING Suite No: Applied Date: 12/07/2007 Applicant: LIMITED TOO Issue Date: Receipt No.: R07 -02703 Initials: WER Payment Date: 12/07/2007 03:56 PM User ID: 1655 Balance: $1,965.18 Payee: ELDER JONES TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Description Amount Payment Check 50466 1,274.44 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description PLAN CHECK - NONRES City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us RECEIPT Account Code Current Pmts 000/345.830 1,274.44 Total: $1,274.44 Payment Amount: $1,274.44 5847 12/10 9710 TOTAL 1368.38 doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 12 -07 -2007 Project: _ L.0 IA- -1 1ocv Type of Inspection: 1 i:v - Address: 10L N'AR Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: � (_ O C 7- z L / a.m. p.m. Requester: Phone No: 3 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION '�- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3 .Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: r 01; L g T ( - )0011 par,iFt/ ' Pm spec 'Date: AN.r _ " .rc / 4 0 REINSPECTI N FEE I QUIRED.1Prior to inspection, fee must be pa 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. I Recei No.: !Date: • Project: , . Gull �� -rc Type of Inspection: - Inspection: z i ".3 \,... Address: /0 a Co ���` ` Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: . /2 T i ©F a.m. p.m. Requester: Phone No: PO- y4 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 1- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3 J pproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 0ts Inspect Date: 7/2 yl o7 El $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: 'Date: mow...,. Project t L-1 rv\ rtC 6 'T 0 -....., Type of Inspection: . G Lc s l'FAIDFD OE/ L-1 Address: 10q(-- mat( Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 7 - a 3-08 A. Requester: Phone No: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION ta. 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431-3 OM M ENTS: T4,514 7 &el/ c et4 7 5/ 4."e-5 J 7% /4.1P-1/ 1446 /e7 q 41, 'Inspector: r ec pt No.: 'Date: r z , ate: 7 ri $60 I EINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be t 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 4pproved per applicable codes. KI Corrections required prior to approval. Proj ct:. 1_i ry\ n teC I Oc.. Type of Inspection: G Ltcpa1O-p OFIL )1\Y Address: 1 )1 0 1 ) 4 1 i Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: /d' a�. Requester: Ph ne N 9c. 11 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit h 07- $0 PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 INSPECTION NO. El Approved per applicable codes. pi Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ,' ' u r/'ee/ Sus ) C e i f. la S / Drc / rral, El $60.00 , 1(EINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid 300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: !Date: Project: • /_� � L ! ,T Type of Inspection: (�, Address: Milt, yell Date Called: I Special Instructions: Date Wanted: ) ) a. Requester: Phone No: /7 6/6 , Q2 D07 -q o INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 14 " 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. RI Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: a perms// S/jer' U $60 PECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (Inspecto REINS t 6300 5 (Date: 7 A /., 'Receipt No.: 'Date: Project: ? , L I IM I �-� �� Type of Inspection �3 Address: !O 4/6 in i CyL Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: / /,/ � m. Requester: Phone No: &/t _ Pf9I Ag9 q INSPECTION RECORD ' Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION f-- 6300 Southcente Blvd.. #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 K Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: El $60 EINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be pai at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: 'Date: Project: ....----.— Z /m //eY1 /, -., Type of Inspection: f8 /9.77 //V6 Address: /0 4/6 /779//' Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: —/ 7- 4, m. Requester: P c /L_ iy A74 V INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION , 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, 'tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 D Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: r A// her (!. (1s 'Inspector El $61 I i - EINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be pal. =t 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: 'Date: 1 Project; , ` / /19% Type of Inspection: 64/3 Address: /d'/ / 476'7 Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 1 c J -U� a.m. m. Requester: Phone No: ` q/ _ /r 5 � INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 COMMENTS: 1.6U SC re u" J.paf 40101 r 5 h) Ccl4, /tJ pa./ .0 c6 rr to ? Approved per applicable codes. (Inspector: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. ( / 9; r (206)431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. $60/bt.EINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid t 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: Date: Projec : _ . i U Type 3cti s on" Al SF� Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wwited: 6 — /g0 pm Requester: Phone No: 6/S — 5 ' /q i g 5 INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION P. 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: fJ /j4 /0/0/,--I,A 6Aci ca //ebG1.1 (Inspector: f U $60.01 E1 FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: 'Date: Project: , Type of Inspection: Address: //9 6 m -77 Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: a.m. Requester: Phhone N D17- ') INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: /74 )0 - 54 - r6JvIA — w 15 / i, ,c 7 /00041 - � /a4 /S ///s ? i././APs Inspector: 'Date: El $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: 'Date: COMMENTS: $(...0 rU dc/1/4._ ,-- ? /a . ,II 6 I ,t om el e%7,., .e4 / CLi rG!/c+�1 c 4' .liar It . i n ; Mc � e te Phone No: Project: •,� �� 7 / Type of Inspection: 1- Address: /44 e9(/ Date Called: Special Instructions: Date W nted: -- /Z Requester: Phone No: L)17450 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. J Corrections required prior to approval. 'Inspector: 'Date: 6 / z 1 El $60. EINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 600 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: 'Date: Project: , L;> iktrOC Type of Inspection: 2 Arn (A.j & Address: Ifl4( mfi (( Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: y� YJ'ne PP P.m. Requester: _°` Phone No: ff C. 1 r:-�. , P t vi, Approved per applicable codes. E1 Corrections required prior to approval. .... TS . � /1S ti PP 18) ' K OWA alt fa.E:.. - . . +., ' PP , ✓ (2 Q P12--10 _°` ff C. 1 r:-�. , P 1 Q> e . B ,. -.. O ‘ l4._ iziz-fp,„., o 6.E, 5 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Inspector Date: c ?e f 0 ,5 El $58.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: Pri fit: ; / 1'►'1 Type of Inspection: V1(t\J C� 1 151 s: ' Ill l Pr( I Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: y� a.m. 1 '2_2_ -0 t, P.m. Requester: Phone No: �j C� rte - ci 11 - E3 l9 INSPECTION RECORD �� 1156 V Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION F- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 D Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: fleCtrt c-&,/ 1 MS )eCi 04( . eip,i/G 4/4 , , Inspector: (Receipt No.: Date: 'Date: c-/z/ c. ID $58.00 NSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Orior to inspection, fee must be paid 300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. 1:: Projec -7� L //!'1 - 7 � e i /�,t 3 Type of Inspection: / , ,J/3 Ad ress: Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wan a.> ,a.m m. Requester: Phone No: 7 2 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION le' 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: p/, /-e!?/td! / Q'elt1/u /S/1?y GtJg /S 'Inspector: El $58 pai _c% Date: 'J S�7 �rr, EINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: Project: , / - L //Y7 / 7`t(/ / l-9 () Type of / I pe • )` '� / [ "d .7 . ,/' Address: /(W h14// Date Called: () Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 5 � � Pm Requester: COMM TS: Y Pie fivn�S -6) (//9'1, —,��w () 4,) '2 rn! b - 7 -- A1 i . ircl 6 ..._.--- GvAl // - a0 lim nspector• Ayee pf_te Date L INSPECTION RECORD `r Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION - 630 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 proved per applicable codes. 60- ' Corrections required prior to approval. .00 REINSPECT! �N FEE REQUJRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be aid at 6300 SouthcLL�dnter Blvd.. uite 100. cell_the schedule reinspection. ceipt No.: 'Date: Project Type of Inspection: - (i ci N G ) ( I • 1 Od Address: - (0L( 6 Suite #: 5 . c . /t/1A'1 C..- Contact Person: Special Instructions: Occupancy Type: Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT PERMIT NUMBERS 206 - 575 -4407 t%Ii1pproved per applicable codes. n Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Inspector: ik 5-1V Date: 7b3/08 Hrs.: g(4 .----Fl $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project: - � . I Sprinklers: Type of I ect 9(CS5 � � : sr ) €d . Address. / y 6 Suite #: S L el /kit__ Contact erson: Occupancy Type: Special Instructions: • Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Perm: Occupancy Type: INSPECTION NUMBER n Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 PERMIT NUMBERS 206 -575 -4407 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 5f o tc ILA - d K- bK D °r-c_ 4. (2,2,4k_ C a ,p Inspector:/t 1 y Date: 7/? fi . Hrs.. I Py( III $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the C ity of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project: /4/-4.1 , � -n -� v Type of Inspection: 6 ".." ,, , t „y,z C 6 - � Address: /Oq (0 5, e, M , Suite #:s Contxt Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: INSPECTION NUMBER proved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT Du? -Li 5 PERMIT NUMBERS 206 - 575 -4407 n Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Dl< Tv c-v”- Inspector: atibt/ /2_ Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc Date: 6 f/2) /bs Hrs.: $86.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from th- City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. 1/13/06 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project: L ■ n, i 4 d 'w 0 Type of Insppction: l411 0 R -6 / &' K Address: / o G Suite #: S . C . ,1w- L Contact Person: C c Special Instructions: Occupancy Type: Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: i INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT c2 3,y - 15 - o PERMIT PERMIT NUMBERS 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 -575 -4407 n Approved per applicable codes. Fi ___Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: �� a ►� nil 30 w. 5L � 1130 Ce 4 a__ 1. rrsArta :N ( 'c e SPic, Inspector: Date: t/ I i i 08 Hrs.: $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project: kPhi t> -- ro0 Sprinklers: Type of I spection: Address: /W4s, i,C . A Suite #: Monitor: ` contact Person: /ou,`IE - Aida - - -- C-o 5Co Special Instructions: Occupancy Type: Phone No.: y?s- la/ ? Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT Do - 7 • L{SV PERMIT NUMBERS 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 - 575 -4407 17 pproved per applicable codes. I I Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: \do 11 t Inspector: Date: 5"/ '& /'M Hrs.: v $ 80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from }he Cit of Tu kw ila Finance Department Call to schedule a reinspection. Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 .1-=-1Krazari. & ASSOCIATES, INC. July 28, 2 008 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION RECEIVED AUG 0 5 2000 Mr. Greg Richardson DE Jager Construction 75 60' St. SW Wyoming, MI 49548 RE: In Process Inspection Report Limited Too Tukwila, WA Dear Mr. Richardson, COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT KA No. 066 -08172 Permit No. D07 -450 Enclosed are copies of the compressive strength test results regarding the above referenced project. If you have any questions, or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office at (253) 939 -2500. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC Ya-4 Kathryn E. Gordon Project Manager Puyallup Division CC: City of Tukwila Offices Serving The Western United States 922 Valley Avenue NW Suite 101 • Puyallup, Washington 98371 • (253) 939 -2500 • Fax: (253) 939 -2556 08172 Break Froject No. 066 -08172 Cyl. Code 81008 Pour Date 6/26/2008 Report No. 20979 Weather Sunny Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Project Limited Too Location 1230 Southcenter Mall Client DE Jager Construction Field Data CYLINDER REPORT Concrete X Other muv131=6sw,780 427illowl=111111111e Supplier Cascade Mobile Plant No. Site Mix Mix Air Unit Slump Temp. Temp. Wt. Time Truck# Ticket # % Air (in.) (F) (F) (pcf) 10:20am NA NA 5 72 62 Placement Area Location Concrete placed at bathroom plumbing pourback, electric pourback and front of store pourback. Sampled at 1yd of 2yd total. Remarks Resteel was in place and concrete placement was completed per plans & specifications. Please refer to field report #82036. Inspector Steve Taylor Jr. Laboratory Data Permit No. 007 -450 Engineer Architect Contractor D. Jager Construction Design Strength 3,000 @ 28 days Date Specimens Rec'd. Reported Batch Data Mix No. Cem. lbs. F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. 1 C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. Water lbs. Air Ent. (oz) Other (oz) Other (oz) Other (oz) Other (oz) Design Actual Weights Weights NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA Water Added on Job (gals.) Field Test Methods X ASTM C143 ASTM C138 X ASTM C1064 ASTM C173 X ASTM C31 ASTM C172 OTHER ASTM C231 Cyl. Test Field Max. Comp. Tested Break Code Date Cure Age Dim. Area C.F. Load Str. (psi) Set # By Type 81008 -1 7/3/2008 7 4.014 12.66 40850 3,230 1 MT 81008 -2 7/24/2008 28 4.01 12.63 46490 3,680 1 SW 81008 -3 7/24/2008 28 4.01 12.63 44205 3,500 1 SW 81008 -4 H 1 81008 -5 81008 -6 81008 -7 81008 -7 Remarks Results Reviewed By e4 Date Reviewed Codes for Break Types: 1: Cone 2: Cone & Split 3: Cone & Shear 4: Shear 5: Columnar (Split) Measurement Uncertainties: ASTM C -39 +/- 8% Form 03101 Revision 3 Ededtve Date 6M2/04 The Monnetlon provided on this report Is prepared for the exclusive use or the dart This report may not be reproduced In any format without the wrtten permission of the dent and Krazan & Meal Laboratory Test Methods X ASTM C39 ASTM C109 ASTM C617 X ASTM C1231 ASTM C780 Other Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming I azan & ASSOCIATES, INC. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION RECEIVED July 21, 2008 KA No. 066 -08172 'JUL 2 5 2008i Mr. Greg Richardson DE Jager Construction 75 60 St. SW Wyoming, MI 49548 RE: In Process Inspection Report Limited Too Tukwila, WA Dear Mr. Richardson, Enclosed are copies of the compressive strength test results regarding the above referenced project. If you have any questions, or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office at (253) 939 -2500. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC stJ e( Kathryn E. Gordon Project Manager Puyallup Division CC: City of Tukwila COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Offices Serving The Western United States 922 Valley Avenue NW Suite 101 • Puyallup, Washington 98371 • (253) 939 -2500 • Fax: (253) 939 -2556 Wq - - 4-g) 08172 Break Project No. 066 -08172 Cyl. Code 81008 Pour Date 6/26/2008 Report No. 20979 Weather Sunny Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Permit No. D07 -450 Project Limited Too Engineer Location 1230 Southcenter Mall Architect Client DE Jager Construction Contractor D. Jager Construction Field Data Concrete X Other CYLINDER REPORT Supplier Cascade Mobile Plant No. Site Mix Mix Air Unit Slump Temp. Temp. Wt. Time Truck# Ticket # % Air (in.) (F) (F) (pcf) 10:20am NA NA 5 72 62 Placement Area Location Concrete placed at bathroom plumbing pourback, electric pourback and front of store pourback. Sampled at 1 yd of 2yd total. Remarks Resteel was in place and concrete placement was completed per plans & specifications. Please refer to field report #82036. Inspector Steve Taylor Jr. Laboratory Data Codes for Break Types: Reported Batch Data Mix No. Cem. lbs. F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. 1 C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. Water lbs. Air Ent. (oz) Other (oz) Other (oz) Other (oz) Other (oz) Water Added on Job (gals.) Design Strength 3,000 @ 28 days Date Specimens Rec'd. Cyl. Test Field Max. Comp. Tested Break Code Date Cure Age Dim. Area C.F. Load Str. (psi) Set # By Type 81008 -1 7/3/2008 7 4.014 12.66 40850 3,230 1 MT 81008 -2 7/24/2008 28 1 81008 -3 7/24/2008 28 1 81008 -4 H 1 81008 -5 81008 -6 81008 -7 81008 -7 Remarks Results Reviewed By ff14. Date Reviewed Measurement Uncertainties: ASTM C -39 +1- 8% Porte 03101 Revision 3 Effective Date 5/12/04 The Information provided on this report is prepared for the exclusive use of the dent. This report may not be reproduced in any format without the wllten pennissbn of the client and Krazan & Assoc's Design Actual Weights Weights NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA Field Test Methods X ASTM C143 ASTM C138 X ASTM C1064 ASTM C173 X ASTM C31 ASTM C172 OTHER ASTM C231 Laboratory Test Methods X ASTM C39 ASTM C109 ASTM C617 X ASTM C1231 ASTM C780 Other Test Results Conforming Non - Conforming 1: Cone 2: Cone & Split 3: Cone & Shear 4: Shear 5: Columnar (Split) Project Info Project Address Limited Too - Southcenter Date 12/12/2007 633 Southaenter For Building Department Use Seattle, WA 98188 'Applicant Name: » Consultants, LTD Applicant Address: 171 Charring Cross Drive Applicant Phone: lrasterville, oa 43081 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Project Summary PRJ -SUM 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms AL E COPV pol ya 00* h RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DEC 1 8 2007 Ftnlvu I (;EN I ER REVIEWED PLIIAANCE CODE APPROVED MAR 21 2008 City Of Tukwila B ILD G DIVL__I Revised July 2007 INCOMPLETE TR # .J�— Cooling Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name' Model No.1 Capacity2 Btu/h Total CFM OSA CFM or Econo? SEER or EER IPLV Location VAV -1 CARRIER VPET16T 35478 2190 NA NA NA SALES VAV -2 CARRIER VPEr16T 35964 2220 NA NA NA NON -SALES Fan Equipment Schedule Equip. ID IDBrand Name Model No. 1 CFM SP' HP/BHP Flow Control Location of Service Efficiency' vAV-1 CARRIER VPZT16T 17070 1100 NA 5 AW 17070 vAV -2 CARRIER vPETI6T 17070 1100 NA 5 KW 17070 Heating Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name' Model No. Capacity2 Btu/h Total CFM OSA cfm or Econo? Input Btuh Output Btuh Efficiency' vAV-1 CARRIER VPZT16T 17070 1100 NA 5 AW 17070 vAV -2 CARRIER vPETI6T 17070 1100 NA 5 KW 17070 Project Info Project Address Limited Too - southc.nt.r Date 12/12/2007 633 Sout hc.ntur For Building Dept. Use S.attlo, 101 98188 Applicant Name: HIM Consultants, LTD Applicant Address: 171 Charring Cross Drive Applicant Phone: Westerville, os 43081 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Mechanical Summary MECH -SUM 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Project Description Briefly describe mechanical system type and features. ❑ Includes Plans Include documentation requiring compliance with commissioning requirements, Section 1416. Revised July 2007 Compliance Option 0 Simple System ® Complex System 0 Systems Analysis (See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications. Use separate MECH -SUM for simple & complex systems.) Equipment Schedules The following information Is required to be incorporated with the mechanical equipment schedules on the plans. For projects without plans, fill in the required information below. 'If available. 2 As tested according to Table 14 - 1A through 14 - 1G. 3 If required. 4 COP, HSPF, Combustion Efficiency, or AFUE, as applicable. 5 Flow control types: variable air volume(VAV), constant volume (CV), or variable speed (VS). System Description See Section 1421 for full description of Simple System qualifications. If Heating /Cooling or Cooling Only: ❑ Constant vol? ❑ Split system? ❑ Air cooled? ❑ Packaged sys? ❑ <20,000 Btuh? ❑ Economizer included? If Heating Only: < ❑ 5000 cfm? ❑ <70% outside air? Mechanical Summary (back) MECH -SUM Decision flowchart Use this flowchart to determine if project qualifies for Simple System Option. If not, either the Complex System or Systems Analysis Options must be used. Simple System Allowed (section 1420) otal Ca . wo economize <240,000 Btuh r 10 %? Heating Only No 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Yes — ( Reference Section 1421 Heating /Cooling or Cooling Only Yes Reference Section 1423 Complex Systems Refer to MECH -COMP Mechanical Complex Systems for assistance in determining which Complex Systems requirements are applicable to this project. Mechanical - Complex Systems Checklist MECH -COMP 2008 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Project Address moo - southcenter Date 12/12/2007 The following additional information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for a complex mechanical system for compliance with the mechanical requirements In the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Use the checklist as a reference for notes added to the mechanical drawings (see the MECH- CHK checklist for additional system requirements). This information must be on the plans since this is the official record of the permit. Having this information in separate specifications alone is NOT an acceptable alternative. For Building Department Use Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes ADDITIONAL CHECKLIST ITEMS FOR COMPLEX SYSTEMS ONLY n.a. 1431.1 Field assem. sys. Provide calculations yes 1432.1 Setback & shut -off Indicate separate systems or show isolation devices on plans M -1 n.a. 1432.2.1 Air system reset Indicate automatic reset n. a. 1432.2.2 Hydronic System Indicate automatic reset, cooling tower, & heat pump loop valves n.a. 1433 Air Economizer Indicate economizer on equipment schedule or provide calculations to justify exemption and demonstrate 10% higher efficiency for equipment with out economizer. n.a. 1433 Water Economizer Indicate water economizer and provide calculations if 1433 Exception 2 is utilized n.a. 1434 Separate air sys. Indicate separate systems on plans n.a. 1435 Simul. htg. & cig. Indicate that simultaneous heating and cooling is prohibited, unless use of exception is justified n.a. 1438 Heat recovery Indicate heat recovery on plans; complete and attach heat recovery calculations yes 1437 Elec. motor effic. MECH -MOT or Equip. Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency M -1 yes 1438 Variable flow sys. Indicate variable flow on fan and pump schedules M -1 n.a. 1439.1 Kitchen Hoods Indicate uncooled and unheated make -up air n. a. 1439.2 Fume Hoods Indicate VAV, unheated/uncooled or heat rec. makeup If "no" is circled for any auestion, provide explanation: Decision Flowchart Use this flowchart to determine how the requirements of the Complex Systems Option apply to the project. Refer to the indicated Code sections for more complete information on the requirements. as/Oil Fume input >_ 225,000 tuh or Gas/O 't Heat Section 1432.2.2 Hot Water Supply Temperature Reset Required ( Start Here Section 1411.1 Equipmen Efficiency Shall Meet Tables 14 -1A through 14-1G Yes • 1411.1 Intermittent Ignition Device & Power Venting or Damper. If input >_ 225,000 Btuh then 1412.8 Modulating or Staged Combustion Controls Required 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Yes • 1411.1 0.75% Maximum Jacket Loss Yes • Section 1431.1 Calculations of Total On -Site Energy Input & Ouput Required (continued on back) Section 1432.2.1 Supply Air Reset Controls Required Yes • No Mechanical - Complex Systems (back) MECH -COMP 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms % Air Econ Provided? Section 1413 Water Cooled w/Water Econo? Total Clg Capacity w/ Water Econo 500 Tons pply Air >5, cfm&OSA> 70% otor Ind. qpmt. Covr'd by Tbl 14- 1A -14- 1G? EER 10% Better than Code tal Cap. cono <=480, Btuh or 20% of otal Cap. Section 1436 50% Effective Heat Recovery Required Multi-speed Motor In Multi - ed system Yes 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Yes Yes No No DONE 4 Yeses Yes-0- Yes-► Yes Yes Section 1435 Zone Controls Must Reduce Supply Air Quantity Before ReheatinglRecooling Yes ► Section 1439.1 No Heating or Cooling for at Least 50% of Make -up Air i Yes Nom Section 1433 Economizer Required Yes Section 1437 Motors Must Meet Efficiencies in Table 14-4 Yes stem or Zon w/ Simultaneous Htg. & Clg.? Section 1438 Variable Flow Devices Required Yes Section 1439.2 One Required: a. 50% VAV Exhaust & Make -up b. 75% Direct Makeup w/ Tempering Only Heat Recovery per 1436 Constant Volume w/ < 50fpm Face Velocity c. d. Yes Revised July 2007 Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH -CHK 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Project Address Limited Too - Southcenter ( Date 12/12/2007 The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical requirements in the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability I Code p (yes, no, n.a. > Section Com onent 'Information Required Location on Plans I Building Department Notes HVAC REQUIREMENTS (Sections 1401 -1424) 1411 Equipment performance n.a. 1411.4 Pkg. elec. htg.& clg. List heat pumps on schedule n.a. 1411.1 Minimum efficiency Equipment schedule with type, capacity, efficiency n.a. 1411.1 Combustion htg. Indicate intermittent ignition, flue /draft damper & jacket loss 1412 HVAC controls yes 1412.1 Temperature zones Indicate locations on plans H yes 1412.2 Deadband control Indicate 5 degree deadband minimum MS n.a. 1412.3 Humidity control Indicate humidistat yes 1412.4 Automatic setback Indicate thermostat with night setback and 7 diff. day types M-1 n.a. 1412.4.1 Dampers Indicate damper location and auto. controls & max. leakage n.a. 1412.4.2 Optimum Start Indicate optimum start controls n.a. 1412.5 Heat pump control Indicate microprocessor on thermostat schedule n.a. 1412.6 Combustion htg. Indicate modulating or staged control yes 1412.7 Balancing Indicate balancing features on plans ms-1 1412.8 Ventilation Control Indicate demand control ventilation for high - occupancy areas n.a. 1422 Thermostat Interlock Indicate thermostat interlock on plans n.a. 1423 Economizers Equipment schedule 1413 Air economizers n.a. 1413.1 Air Econo Operation Indicate 100% capability on schedule n.a. 1413.1 Wtr Econo Operation Indicate 100% capacity at 45 degF db & 40 deg F wb n.a. 1413.2 Water Econo Doc Indicate clg load & water econoe & clg tower performance n.a. 1413.3 Integrated operation Indicate capability for partial cooling n.a. 1413.4 Humidification Indicate direct evap or fog atomization w/ air economizer 1414 Ducting systems yes 1414.1 Duct sealing Indicate sealing necessary ms-i. yes 1414.2 Duct insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on duct ms-i. yes 1415.1 Piping insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on piping 10-1 1416 Completion Requirements yes 1416.2.1 Commissioning Provide commissioning plan MS-i yes 1416.2.2 -3 Sys.Bal & Func.Test Indicate air and water system balancing & functional testing ms-1 yes 1416.2.4 Commissioning Indicate O &M manuals, record drawings, staff training MS -i yes 1416.2.5 Comm. Report Indicate requirements for prelim. & final commissioning report ms-1 n. a. 1434 Separate air sys. Indicate separate systems on plans Mechanical Completed and attached. Equipment schedule with types, Summary Form linput/output, efficiency, cfm, hp, economizer l l .y n. - • . . 15 • . I ••• ecions •• r. • 1440 Service water htg. yes 1441 Elec. water heater Indicate R -10 insulation under tank Ms yes 1442 Shut -off controls Indicate automatic shut -off ms-i. yes 1443 Pipe Insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on piping MS n.a. 1452 Heat Pump COP Indicate minimum COP of 4.0 n.a. 1452 Heater Efficiency Indicate pool heater efficiency n.a. 1453 Pool heater controls Indicate switch and 65 degree control n. a. 1454 Pool covers Indicate vapor retardant cover n.a. 1454 Pools 90+ degrees Indicate R -12 pool cover 2006 Washington State Nonresiaentlal tnergy c:oae i.:ompiiance rorm If "no "iss circled for any ques provide exp 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH -CHK 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Fors Revised July 2007 14 -1A through 14 -1G. and it includes provisions for verification and challenge of equipment efficiency ratings, then the product shall be listed in the certification program. Gas -fired and oil -fired forced air furnaces with input ratings > 225,000 Btu/h (65 kW) and all unit heaters shall also have an intermittent ignition or interrupted device (IID), and have either mechanical draft (including power venting) or a flue damper. A vent damper is an acceptable alternative to a flue damper for furnaces where combustion air is drawn from the conditioned space. All furnaces with input ratings > 225,000 Btu/h (65 kW), including electric furnaces, that are not located within the conditioned space shall have jacket losses not exceeding 0.75% of the input rating. 1411.2 Rating Conditions: Cooling equipment shall be rated at ARI test conditions and procedures when available. Where no applicable procedures exist, data shall be furnished by the equipment manufacturer. 1411.3 Combination Space and Service Water Heating: For combination space and service water heaters with a principal function of providing space heat, the Combined Annual Efficiency (CAE) may be calculated by using ASHRAE Standard 124 -1991. Storage water heaters used in combination space heat and water heat applications shall have either an Energy FActor (EF) or a CAE of not less than the following: 1411.4 Packaged Electric Heating and Coo Ing Equipment: Packaged electric equipment providing both heating and cooling with a total cooling capacity greater than 20, Btu/h shall be a heat pump. Exception: Unstaffed equipment shaelters or cabinets used solely for personal wireless service facilities. 1412 Controls 1412.1 Temperature Controls: Each system shall be provided with at least one temperature control device. Each zone shall be controlled by individual thermostatic controls responding to temperature within the zone. At a minimum, each floor of a building shall be considered as a separate zone. 1412.2 Deadband Controls: When used to control both comfort heating and cooling, zone thermostatic controls shall be capable of a deadband of at least 5 degrees F within which the supply of heating and cooling energy to the zone is shut off or reduced to a minimum. Exceptions: 1. Special occupancy, special usage, or code requirements where deadband controls are not appropriate. 2. Buildings complying with Section 1141.4, if in the proposed building energy analysis, heating and cooling thermostat setpoints are set to the same temperature between 70 degrees F and 75 degrees F Inclusive, and assumed to be constant throughout the year. 3. Thermostats that require manual changeover between heating and cooling modes. 1412.3 Humidity Controls: Ifs system is equipped with a means for adding moisture, a humidistat shall be provided. 1412.4 Setback and Shut -Off: HVAC systems shall be equipped with automatic controls capable of accomplishing a reduction of energy use through control setback or equipment shutdown during periods of non -use or alternate use of the spaces served by the system. The automatic controls shall have a minimum seven -day clock and be capable of being set for seven different day types per week. It must retain programming and time for a power loss of 10 hours and include an accessible manual override of up to 2 hours. Exceptions: 1. Systems serving areas which require continuous operation at the same temperature setpoint. 2. Equipment with full load demands of 2 kW (6,826 Btu/h) or less may be controlled by readily accessible manual off -hour controls. 3. Systems controlled by an occupant sensor that is capable of shutting the system off when no occupant is sensed for a period of up to 30 minutes. 4. Systems controlled solely bye manually operated timer capable of operating the system for no more than two hours. 1412.4.1 Dampers: Outside air intakes, exhaust outlets and relief outlets serving conditioned spaces shall be equipped with dampers which close automatically when the system is off or upon power failure. Stair shaft and elevator shaft smoke relief openings shall be equipped with normally open (fails to open upon loss of power) dampers. These dampers shall remain closed until activated by the fire alarm system or other approved smoke detection system. Exceptions: 1. Systems serving areas which require continuous operation. 2. Combustion air intakes. 3. Gravity (nonmotorized) dampers are acceptable in buildings less than 3 stories in height. 4. Gravity (nonmotorized) dampers are acceptable in exhaust and relief outlets in the first story and levels below the first story of buildings three or more stories in height. 1412.4.2 Optimum Start Controls: Heating and cooling systems with design supply a. An sir -sloe economizer, b. Automatic modulating control of the outdoor air damper, or c. A design outdoor airflow greater than 3000 cfm. Exceptions: 1.Systems with energy recovery complying with Section 1436. 2. Multiple -zone systems without direct - digital control of individual zones communicating with a central control panel. 3. Systems with a design outdoor airflow less than 1200 cfm. 4. Spaces where the supply airflow rate minus any makeup or outgoing transfer air requirement is less than 1200 cfm. 1413 Air Economizers 1413.1 Operation: Air economizers shall be of automatically modulating outside and return air dampers to provide 100 percent of the design supply air as outside air to reduce or eliminate the need for mechanical cooling. Water economizers shall be capable of providing the total concurrent cooling load served by the conneted terminal equipment lacking alrside economizer, at outside air temperatures of 45 ° F dry- bulb /40 ° F wet -bulb and below. For this calculation, all factors including solar and internal load shall be the same as those used for peak load calculations, except for the outside temperatures. Exception: Water economizers using air - cooled heat rejection equipment may use a 35 ° F dry-bulb outside air temperature for this calculation. This exception is limited to a maximum of 20 tons per building. 1413.2 Documentation: Water economizer plans submitted for approval shall include the following information: 1. Maximum outside air conditions for which economizer is sized to provide full cooling. 2. Design cooling load to be provided by economizer at this outside air condition. 3. Heat rejection and terminal equipment performance data including model number, flow rate, capacity, entering and leaving temperature in full economizer cooling mode. 1413.3 Integrated Operation: Air economizers shall be capable of providing partial cooling even when additional mechanical cooling is required to meet the remainder of the cooling load. Exceptions: 1. Individual, direct expansion units that have a rated capacity less than 65,000 Btu /h and use nonintegrated economizer controls that preclude simultaneous operation of the economizer and mechanical cooling. 2. Water - cooled water chillers with waterside economizer. 1413.4 Humidification: If an air economizer is required on a cooling system for which humidification equipment is to be provided to maintain minimum indoor humidity levels, then the humidifier shall be of the adiabatic type (direct evaporative media or fog atomization type). Exceptions: 1. Health care facilities where WAC 246- 320 -525 allows only steam injection humidifiers in ductwork downstream of final filters. 1412.6 Combustion Heating Equipment Controls: Combustion heating equipment with a capacity over 225,000 Btu /h shall have modulating or staged combustion control. 2. Systems with water economizer 3. 100% outside air systems with no provisions for air recirculation to the central supply fan. 4. Nonadiabatic humidifiers cumulatively serving no more than 10% of a building's air economizer capacity as measured in cfm. This refers to the system cfm serving rooms with stand alone or duct mounted humidifiers. 1414 Ducting Systems 1414.1 Sealing: Duct work which is designed to operate at pressures above 1/2 inch water column static pressure shall be sealed in accordance with Standard RS -18. Extent of sealing required is as follows: 1. Static pressure: 1/2 inch to 2 inches; seal transverse joints. 2. Static pressure: 2 inches to 3 inches; seal all transverse joints and longitudinal seams. 3. Static pressure: above 3 inches; seal all transverse joints, longitudinal seams and duct wall penetrations. Duct tape and other pressure sensitive tape shall not be used as the primary sealant where ducts are designed to operate at static pressures of 1 inch W.C. or greater. 1414.2 Insulation: Ducts and plenums that are constructed and function as part of the building envelope, by separating interior space from exterior space, shall meet all applicable requirements of Chapter 13. These requirements include insulation installation, moisture control, air leakage, and building envelope insulation levels. Unheated equipment rooms with combustion air louvers must be isolated from the conditioned space by insulating interior surfaces to a minimum of R -11 and any exterior envelope surfaces per Chapter 13. Outside air ducts serving individual supply air units with less than 2,800 cfm of total supply air capacity shall be insulated to a minimum of R -7 and are not considered building envelope. Other outside air duct runs are considered building envelope until they, 1. connect to the heating or cooling equipment, or 2. are isolated from the exterior with an automatic shut -off damper complying EF CAE < 50 gal storage 0.58 0.71 50 to 70 gal storage 0.57 0.71 > 70 gal storage 0.55 0.70 14 -1A through 14 -1G. and it includes provisions for verification and challenge of equipment efficiency ratings, then the product shall be listed in the certification program. Gas -fired and oil -fired forced air furnaces with input ratings > 225,000 Btu/h (65 kW) and all unit heaters shall also have an intermittent ignition or interrupted device (IID), and have either mechanical draft (including power venting) or a flue damper. A vent damper is an acceptable alternative to a flue damper for furnaces where combustion air is drawn from the conditioned space. All furnaces with input ratings > 225,000 Btu/h (65 kW), including electric furnaces, that are not located within the conditioned space shall have jacket losses not exceeding 0.75% of the input rating. 1411.2 Rating Conditions: Cooling equipment shall be rated at ARI test conditions and procedures when available. Where no applicable procedures exist, data shall be furnished by the equipment manufacturer. 1411.3 Combination Space and Service Water Heating: For combination space and service water heaters with a principal function of providing space heat, the Combined Annual Efficiency (CAE) may be calculated by using ASHRAE Standard 124 -1991. Storage water heaters used in combination space heat and water heat applications shall have either an Energy FActor (EF) or a CAE of not less than the following: 1411.4 Packaged Electric Heating and Coo Ing Equipment: Packaged electric equipment providing both heating and cooling with a total cooling capacity greater than 20, Btu/h shall be a heat pump. Exception: Unstaffed equipment shaelters or cabinets used solely for personal wireless service facilities. 1412 Controls 1412.1 Temperature Controls: Each system shall be provided with at least one temperature control device. Each zone shall be controlled by individual thermostatic controls responding to temperature within the zone. At a minimum, each floor of a building shall be considered as a separate zone. 1412.2 Deadband Controls: When used to control both comfort heating and cooling, zone thermostatic controls shall be capable of a deadband of at least 5 degrees F within which the supply of heating and cooling energy to the zone is shut off or reduced to a minimum. Exceptions: 1. Special occupancy, special usage, or code requirements where deadband controls are not appropriate. 2. Buildings complying with Section 1141.4, if in the proposed building energy analysis, heating and cooling thermostat setpoints are set to the same temperature between 70 degrees F and 75 degrees F Inclusive, and assumed to be constant throughout the year. 3. Thermostats that require manual changeover between heating and cooling modes. 1412.3 Humidity Controls: Ifs system is equipped with a means for adding moisture, a humidistat shall be provided. 1412.4 Setback and Shut -Off: HVAC systems shall be equipped with automatic controls capable of accomplishing a reduction of energy use through control setback or equipment shutdown during periods of non -use or alternate use of the spaces served by the system. The automatic controls shall have a minimum seven -day clock and be capable of being set for seven different day types per week. It must retain programming and time for a power loss of 10 hours and include an accessible manual override of up to 2 hours. Exceptions: 1. Systems serving areas which require continuous operation at the same temperature setpoint. 2. Equipment with full load demands of 2 kW (6,826 Btu/h) or less may be controlled by readily accessible manual off -hour controls. 3. Systems controlled by an occupant sensor that is capable of shutting the system off when no occupant is sensed for a period of up to 30 minutes. 4. Systems controlled solely bye manually operated timer capable of operating the system for no more than two hours. 1412.4.1 Dampers: Outside air intakes, exhaust outlets and relief outlets serving conditioned spaces shall be equipped with dampers which close automatically when the system is off or upon power failure. Stair shaft and elevator shaft smoke relief openings shall be equipped with normally open (fails to open upon loss of power) dampers. These dampers shall remain closed until activated by the fire alarm system or other approved smoke detection system. Exceptions: 1. Systems serving areas which require continuous operation. 2. Combustion air intakes. 3. Gravity (nonmotorized) dampers are acceptable in buildings less than 3 stories in height. 4. Gravity (nonmotorized) dampers are acceptable in exhaust and relief outlets in the first story and levels below the first story of buildings three or more stories in height. 1412.4.2 Optimum Start Controls: Heating and cooling systems with design supply a. An sir -sloe economizer, b. Automatic modulating control of the outdoor air damper, or c. A design outdoor airflow greater than 3000 cfm. Exceptions: 1.Systems with energy recovery complying with Section 1436. 2. Multiple -zone systems without direct - digital control of individual zones communicating with a central control panel. 3. Systems with a design outdoor airflow less than 1200 cfm. 4. Spaces where the supply airflow rate minus any makeup or outgoing transfer air requirement is less than 1200 cfm. 1413 Air Economizers 1413.1 Operation: Air economizers shall be of automatically modulating outside and return air dampers to provide 100 percent of the design supply air as outside air to reduce or eliminate the need for mechanical cooling. Water economizers shall be capable of providing the total concurrent cooling load served by the conneted terminal equipment lacking alrside economizer, at outside air temperatures of 45 ° F dry- bulb /40 ° F wet -bulb and below. For this calculation, all factors including solar and internal load shall be the same as those used for peak load calculations, except for the outside temperatures. Exception: Water economizers using air - cooled heat rejection equipment may use a 35 ° F dry-bulb outside air temperature for this calculation. This exception is limited to a maximum of 20 tons per building. 1413.2 Documentation: Water economizer plans submitted for approval shall include the following information: 1. Maximum outside air conditions for which economizer is sized to provide full cooling. 2. Design cooling load to be provided by economizer at this outside air condition. 3. Heat rejection and terminal equipment performance data including model number, flow rate, capacity, entering and leaving temperature in full economizer cooling mode. 1413.3 Integrated Operation: Air economizers shall be capable of providing partial cooling even when additional mechanical cooling is required to meet the remainder of the cooling load. Exceptions: 1. Individual, direct expansion units that have a rated capacity less than 65,000 Btu /h and use nonintegrated economizer controls that preclude simultaneous operation of the economizer and mechanical cooling. 2. Water - cooled water chillers with waterside economizer. 1413.4 Humidification: If an air economizer is required on a cooling system for which humidification equipment is to be provided to maintain minimum indoor humidity levels, then the humidifier shall be of the adiabatic type (direct evaporative media or fog atomization type). Exceptions: 1. Health care facilities where WAC 246- 320 -525 allows only steam injection humidifiers in ductwork downstream of final filters. 1412.6 Combustion Heating Equipment Controls: Combustion heating equipment with a capacity over 225,000 Btu /h shall have modulating or staged combustion control. 2. Systems with water economizer 3. 100% outside air systems with no provisions for air recirculation to the central supply fan. 4. Nonadiabatic humidifiers cumulatively serving no more than 10% of a building's air economizer capacity as measured in cfm. This refers to the system cfm serving rooms with stand alone or duct mounted humidifiers. 1414 Ducting Systems 1414.1 Sealing: Duct work which is designed to operate at pressures above 1/2 inch water column static pressure shall be sealed in accordance with Standard RS -18. Extent of sealing required is as follows: 1. Static pressure: 1/2 inch to 2 inches; seal transverse joints. 2. Static pressure: 2 inches to 3 inches; seal all transverse joints and longitudinal seams. 3. Static pressure: above 3 inches; seal all transverse joints, longitudinal seams and duct wall penetrations. Duct tape and other pressure sensitive tape shall not be used as the primary sealant where ducts are designed to operate at static pressures of 1 inch W.C. or greater. 1414.2 Insulation: Ducts and plenums that are constructed and function as part of the building envelope, by separating interior space from exterior space, shall meet all applicable requirements of Chapter 13. These requirements include insulation installation, moisture control, air leakage, and building envelope insulation levels. Unheated equipment rooms with combustion air louvers must be isolated from the conditioned space by insulating interior surfaces to a minimum of R -11 and any exterior envelope surfaces per Chapter 13. Outside air ducts serving individual supply air units with less than 2,800 cfm of total supply air capacity shall be insulated to a minimum of R -7 and are not considered building envelope. Other outside air duct runs are considered building envelope until they, 1. connect to the heating or cooling equipment, or 2. are isolated from the exterior with an automatic shut -off damper complying three or more stories in h e itIM6 Washington State Nonresidential aera P eedtipliatietcrailhequipment, or 1412.4.2 Optimum Start Controls: Heating and cooling systems with design supply 2. are isolated from the exterior with an automatic shut -off damper complying air capacities exceeding 10,000 cfm shall have optimum start controls. Optimum start controls shall be designed to automatically adjust the start time of an HVAC system each day to bring the space to desired occupied temperature levels immediately before scheduled occupancy. The control algorithm shall, as a minimum, be a function of the difference between space temperature and occupied setpoint and the amount of time prior to scheduled occupancy. 1412.6 Heat Pump Controls: Unitary air cooled heat pumps shall include microprocessor controls that minimize supplemental heat usage during start-up, set- up, and defrost conditions. These controls shall anticipate need for heat and use compression heating as the first stage of heat. Controls shall indicate when supplemental heating is being used through visual means (e.g., LED indicators). 1412.6 Combustion Heating Equipment Controls: Combustion heating equipment with a capacity over 225,000 Btu/h shall have modulating or staged combustion control. 000 EXCEPTIONS: 1. Boilers. 2. Radiant heaters. 1412.7 Balancing: Each air supply outlet or air or water terminal device shall have a means for balancing. including but not limited to, dampers, temperature and pressure test connections and balancing valves. with Section 1412.4.1. Once outside air ducts meet the above listed requirements, any runs within conditioned space shall comply with Table 14 -5 requirements. Other ducts and plenums shall be thermally insulated per Table 14 -5. Exceptions: 1. Within the HVAC equipment. 2. Exhaust air ducts not subject to condensation. 3. Exposed ductwork within a zone that serves that zone. 1416 Piping Systems 1415.1 Insulation: Piping shall be thermally insulated in accordance with Table 14-6. Exception: Piping installed within unitary HVAC equipment. Water pipes outside the conditioned space shall be insulated in accordance with Washington State Plumbing Code (WAC 51 -26) 1416 Completion Requirements (Refer to NREC Section 1416 and the Building Commissioning Guidelines, published by the Building Commissioning Association, for complete text and guidelines for building completion and commissioning requirements.) Project Info Project Address Limited Too - Southcenter Date 3/3/2008 633 Southcenter For Building Department Use Seattle, WA 98180 Applicant Name: asx consultants Applicant Address: 171 Charring Cross Drive South Suite 18 Applicant Phone: Westerville, OS 43081 614- 882 -1199 Project Summary PRJ -SUM 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form FILE COPY Permit doe f`l �t RE ,2 — CITY OF TUr v vi .A MAR 05 2008 PERMIT CENTER REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAR 21 2008 City Of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Revised July 2007 CORRECTION LTR# POI 1-K0 Project Info Project Address Limited Too - Southcenter Date 3/3/2008 633 Southcenter For Building Department Use Seattle, WA 98188 Applicant Name: HBX Consultants Applicant Address: 171 Charring Cross Drive South Suite 18 Applicant Phone: Westerville, OH 43081 614 -882 -1199 Project Description C ❑ Plans Induded requirements. ❑ New Building ❑ Addition ✓ Alteration Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning Compliance Option 0 Prescriptive 0 Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) ❑ No changes are being made to the lighting ❑ Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased, & space use not changed. Location (floor /room no.) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft2" Area in ft Allowed x Area B Retail 1.50 3277.0 4915.5 C Merchandise Display 1.50 3085.0 4627.5 N Stockroom /Office 1.00 579.0 579.0 -- From Table 15-1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA Total Allowed Watts 10122.0 Location (floor /room no.) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed B Recessed Downlight 23 52.0 1196.0 C Fitting Room Mono-Point 7 50.0 350.0 N Recessed Downlight 1 225.0 225.0 2 x 2 Recessed Fluorescent 26 71.0 1846.0 1 x 4 Fluorescent Strip 21 38.0 798.0 Track Track 114 50.0 5700.0 Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Total Proposed Watts 10115.0 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Interior Lighting Summary LTG -INT Revised July 2007 Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Proposed Lighting Wattage Notes: 1. For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T -8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 2. For proposed Watts /Fixture, use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not simply the lamp wattage) and other criteria as specified in Section 1530. For hard -wired ballasts only, the default table in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also be used. For track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50, or as applicable, the wattage of current limiting devices or of the transformer. 3. List all fixtures. For exempt lighting, note section and exception number, and leave Watts/Fixture blank. Use' LPA` (W /sf) Use' LPA` (W /sf) Automotive facility 0.9 Office buildings, office/administrative areas in facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools hospitals, institutions, museums, banks, churches) 1.0 Convention center 1.2 Penitentiary and other Group 1 -3 Occupancies 1.0 Courthouse 1.2 Police and fire stations 1.0 Cafeterias, fast food establishments', restaurants/bars 1.3 Post office 1.1 Dormitory 1.0 Retail retail banking, mall concourses, wholesale stores (pallet rack shelving) 1.5 Exercise center 1.0 School buildings (Group E Occupancy only), school classrooms, day care centers 1.2 Gymnasia', assembly spaces" 1.0 Theater, motion picture 1.2 Health care clinic 1.0 Theater, performing arts 1.6 Hospital, nursing homes, and other Group I -1 and 1 -2 Occupancies 1.2 Transportation 1.0 Hotel/motel 1.0 Warehouses storage areas 0.5 Hotel banquet/conference/exhibition hall'•` 2.0 Workshops 1.4 Laboratory spaces (all spaces not classified "laboratory" shall meet office and other appropriate categories) 1.8 Parking garages 0.2 Laundries 1.2 Libraries' 1.3 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only' Manufacturing facility 1.3 Main floor building lobbies' (except mall concourses) 1.2 Museum 1.1 Common areas, corridors, toilet facilities and washrooms, elevator lobbies 0.8 Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: 0 Warehouses, storage areas or aircraft storage hangers 0 Other Q ualification Checklist Note: If occupancy type Is "Other" and fixture answer is checked, the number of fixtures in the space Is not limited by Code. Clearly indicate these spaces on plans. If not qualified, do LPA Calculations. Lighting Fi (Section 1521) Check if 95% or more of fixtures comply with 1,2 or 3 and rest are ballasted. 1. Fluorescent fixtures which are non - lensed with a) 1 or 2 two lamps, b) reflector p s or louvers, c) 5-60 watt T -1, T -2, T-4, T -5, T -8 lamps, and d) hard -wired elec- tronic dimming ballasts. Screw -in compact fluorescent fixtures do not qualify. 2. Metal Halide with a) reflector b) ceramic MH lamps <= 150w c) electronic ballasts 3. LED lights. 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Interior Lighting Summary (back) LTG -INT 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 TABLE 15 -1 Unit Lighting Power Allowance (LPA ootnotes for 1 apse 1 b- 1) In cases in which a general use and a specific use are listed, the specific use shall apply. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2) The watts per square foot may be increased, by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twenty feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twelve feet. 4) For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly. 5) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above nine feet. 6) Reserved. 7) For conference rooms and offices less than 150ft with full height partitions, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.10 w/ft may be used. 8) Reserved. 9) For indoor sport tournament courts with adjacent spectator seating over 5,000, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.60 W/ft 10) Display window illumination installed within 2 feet of the window, provided that the display window is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three - quarter- height partitions (transparent or opaque). and lighting for free - standing display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt. An additional 1.5 w/ft of merchandise display luminaires are exempt provided that they comply with all three of the following: a) located on ceiling- mounted track or directly on or recessed into the ceiling itself (not on the wall). b) adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axes (vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment). c) fitted with LED, tungsten halogen, fluorescent, or high Intensity discharge lamps. This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed. 11) Provided that a floor plan, Indicating rack location and height, is submitted, the square footage for a warehouse may be defined, for computing the interior Unit Lighting Power Allowance, as the floor area not covered by racks plus the vertical face area (access side only) of the racks. The height allowance defined in footnote 2 applies only to the floor area not covered by racks. Tradable Locations Description Allowed Watts per ft or per If Area (ft), perimeter (If) or # of items Allowed Watts x ft (or x If) Seattle, WA 98188 Name: i ®K Consultants Appl. Name 171 Charring Cross Drive South Suite 1B Appl. Phonepesterville, OH 43081 614- 882 -1199 Project Description ❑ New ❑ Addition ❑ Alteration ❑ Plans Induded Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning requirements. Compliance Option I 0 Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis I Non - Tradable Locations Description Allowed Watts per ft or per If Area (ft perimeter (If) or # of items Allowed Watts x ft (or x tf) Seattle, WA 98188 Name: i ®K Consultants Appl. Name 171 Charring Cross Drive South Suite 1B Appl. Phonepesterville, OH 43081 614- 882 -1199 Project Description ❑ New ❑ Addition ❑ Alteration ❑ Plans Induded Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning requirements. Compliance Option I 0 Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis I Location Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Seattle, WA 98188 Name: i ®K Consultants Appl. Name 171 Charring Cross Drive South Suite 1B Appl. Phonepesterville, OH 43081 614- 882 -1199 Project Description ❑ New ❑ Addition ❑ Alteration ❑ Plans Induded Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning requirements. Compliance Option I 0 Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis I Location Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Seattle, WA 98188 Name: i ®K Consultants Appl. Name 171 Charring Cross Drive South Suite 1B Appl. Phonepesterville, OH 43081 614- 882 -1199 Project Description ❑ New ❑ Addition ❑ Alteration ❑ Plans Induded Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning requirements. Compliance Option I 0 Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis I Project Info Proj Addres: Limited Too - Southcenter Date 3/3/2008 633 Southcenter For Building Department Use Seattle, WA 98188 Name: i ®K Consultants Appl. Name 171 Charring Cross Drive South Suite 1B Appl. Phonepesterville, OH 43081 614- 882 -1199 Project Description ❑ New ❑ Addition ❑ Alteration ❑ Plans Induded Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning requirements. Compliance Option I 0 Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis I Exterior Lighting Summary LTG -EXT 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Building Grounds (luminaires > 100 Watts) ❑ Efficacy > 60 lumens/W ❑ Controlled by motion Sensor ❑ Exemption (list) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form ❑ No changes are being made to the lighting Tradable Maximum Allowed Li>;htins Wattas=e Revised July 2007 ❑ L ess than 60% of the fixtures new installed wattage not increased & spare use not changed Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage otal Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Exterior Non - Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Non - Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage Total Allowed Watts Use mfgr listed maximum input wattage. For fixtures with hard -w'red ballasts only, the default table in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also be used. Total Proposed Watts roposed Watts may not exceed Allowed Watts for Category Tradable Surfaces (Lighting power densities for uncovered parking areas, building grounds, building entrances and exits, canopies and overhangs and outdoor sales areas may be traded.) Uncovered Parking Areas Parking lots and drives 1 0.15 W/ft Building Grounds Walkways less than 10 feet wide 1.0 W /linear foot Walkways 10 feet wide or greater Plaza areas Special feature areas 0.2W/ft Stairways 1.0 W/ft Building Entrances and Exits Main entries 30 W/linear foot of door width Other doors 20 W/linear foot of door width Canopies and Overhangs Canopies (free standing and attached and overhangs) 1.25 W/ft Outdoor Sales Open areas (including vehicle sales lots) 0.5 W/ft Street frontage for vehicle sales lots in addition to `open area" allowance 20 W/linear foot Non - Tradable Surfaces (Lighting power density calculations for the following applications can be used only for the specific application and cannot be traded between surfaces or with other exterior lighting. The following allowances are in addition to any allowance otherwise Building Facades 0.2 W/ft for each illuminated wall or surface or 5.0W /linear foot for each illuminated wall or surface length Automated teller machines and night depositories 270 W per location plus 90 W per additional ATM per location Entrances and gatehouse inspection stations at guarded facilities 1.25 W/ft of uncovered area (covered areas are included in the "Canopies and Overhangs" section of "Tradable Surfaces ") Loading areas for law enforcement, fire, ambulance and other emergency service vehicles 0.5 W /ft of uncovered area (covered areas are included in the "Canopies and Overhangs" section of "Tradable Surfaces ") permitted in the "Tradable Surfaces" section of this table.) Material handling and associated storage 0.5 W /ft Drive -up windows at fast food restaurants 400W per drive- through Parking near 24 -hour retail entrances 800 W per main entry Exterior Lighting Summary (back) LTG -EXT 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form TABLE 15 -2 LIGHTING POWER DENSITIES FOR BUILDING EXTERIORS Revised July 2007 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Lighting Power Allowance Adjustments LTG -LPA 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Adjusted Lighting Power Allowances (Interior) " From Table 15-1 based on exceptions listed in footnotes Revised July 2007 Project Address 'Limited Too - Southcentar 'Date 3/3/2008 Use this form if you are claiming any ceiling height adjustments for your Lighting Power Allowances for interior lighting. The Occupancy Description should agree with the "Use" listed on Code Table 15-1. Identify the appropriate Ceiling Height Limit (9 feet, 12 feet or 20 feet) on which the adjustment is based. The Adjusted LPA is calculated from this number and from the Allowed Watts per ft Carry the Adjusted LPA to the corresponding "Allowed Watts per ft location on LTG -SUM. Location (floor /room no.) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft " Ceiling Height for this room Ceiling Height limit for this exception" Adjusted LPA Watts per ft2 Lighting, Motor, and Transformer Permit Plans Checklist LTG -CHK 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Project Address Limited Too - Southcenter 'Date 3/3/2008 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and transformer requirements in the 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) I I Code Section 'Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section 1513) yes 1513.1 Local controlaccess Schedule with type, indicate locations E -2 yes 1513.2 Area controls Maximum limit per switch E -2 no 1513.3 Daylight zone control Schedule with type and features, indicate locations no vertical glazing Indicate vertical glazing on plans no overhead glazing Indicate overhead glazing on plans no 1513.4 Display /exhib /special Indicate separate controls 1513.5 Exterior shut -off Schedule with type and features, indicate location no (a) timer w/backup Indicate location no (b) photocell. Indicate location 1513.6 Inter. auto shut -off Indicate location yes 1513.6.1 (a) occup. sensors Schedule with type and locations E -2 yes 1513.6.2 (b) auto. switches Schedule with type and features (back -up, override capability); Indicate size of zone on plans ED -2 1513.7 Commissioning Indicate requirements for lighting controls commissioning EXIT SIGNS (Section 1514) yes I 1514 !Max. watts 'Indicate watts for each exit sign IED -2 I LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE (Section 1530 -1532) yes 1531 Interior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture ED -2 no 1532 Exterior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture MOTORS (Section 1511) n. a. I 1511 IElec motor efficiency IMECH -MOT or Equipment Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency I I TRANSFORMERS (Section 1540) yes I 1540 !Transformers !Indicate size and efficiency IED_2 I 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form If "no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: 2006 Washin ton State Nonresidential Ener! Code Com • liance Form Lighting, Motor, and Transformer Permit Plans Checklist LTG -CHK 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Lighting - General Requirements 1513 Lighting Controls: Lighting, including exempt lighting in Section 1512, shall comply with this section. Where occupancy sensors are cited, they shall have the features listed in Section 1513.6.1. Where automatic time switches are cited, they shall have the features listed in Section 1513.6.2. 1513.1 Local Control and Accessibility: Each space, enclosed by walls or ceiling- height partitions, shall be provided with lighting controls located within that space. The lighting controls, whether one or more, shall be capable of turning off all lights within the space. The controls shall be readily accessible, at the point of entry/exit, to personnel occupying or using the space. EXCEPTIONS: The following lighting controls may be centralized In remote locations: 1. Lighting controls for spaces which must be used as a whole. 2. Automatic controls. 3. Controls requiring trained operators. 4. Controls for safety hazards and security. 1513.2 Area Controls: The maximum lighting power that may be controlled from a single switch or automatic control shall not exceed that which is provided by a 20 ampere circuit loaded to not more than 80 %. A master control may be installed provided the individual switches retain their capability to function independently. Circuit breakers may not be used as the sole means of switching. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Industrial or manufacturing process areas, as may be required for production. 2. Areas less than 5% of the building footprint for footprints over 100,000 ft 1513.3 Daylight Zone Control: All daylighted zones, as defined in Chapter 2, both under overhead glazing and adjacent to vertical glazing, shall be provided with individual controls, or daylight- or occupant- sensing automatic controls, which control the lights independent of general area lighting. Contiguous daylight zones adjacent to vertical glazing are allowed to be controlled by a single controlling device provided that they do not include zones facing more than two adjacent cardinal orientations (i.e. north, east, south, west). Daylight zones under overhead glazing more than 15 feet from the perimeter shall be controlled separately from daylight zones adjacent to vertical glazing. EXCEPTION: Daylight spaces enclosed by walls or ceiling height partitions and containing 2 or fewer light fixtures are not required to have a separate switch for general area lighting. 1513.4 Display, Exhibition and Specialty Lighting Controls: All display, exhibition or specialty lighting shall be controlled independently of general area lighting. 1513.5 Automatic Shut -off Controls, Exterior: Lighting for all exterior applications shall have automatic controls capable of turning off exterior lighting when sufficient daylight is available or when the lighting is not required during nighttime hours. Lighting not designated for dusk -to -dawn operation shall be controlled by either: a. A combination of a photosensor and a time switch; or b. An astronomical time switch. Lighting designated for dusk -to -dawn operation shall be controlled by an astronomical time switch or photosensor. All time switches shall be capable of retaining programming and the time setting during loss of power for a period of at least 10 hours. EXCEPTION: Lighting for covered vehicle entrances or exits from buildings or parking structures where required for safety, security, or eye adaptation. 1513.6 Automatic Shut -Off Controls, Interior: Buildings greater than 5,000 ft and all school classrooms shall be equipped with separate automatic controls to shut off the lighting during unoccupied hours. Within these buildings, all office areas less than 300 ft enclosed by walls or ceiling - height partitions, and all meeting and conference rooms, and all school classrooms, shall be equipped with occupancy sensors that comply with Section 1513.6.1. For other spaces, automatic controls may be an occupancy sensor, time switch or other device capable of automatically shutting off lighting. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Areas that must be continuously illuminated (e.g., 24 -hour convenience stores), or illuminated in a manner requiring manual operation of the lighting. 2. Emergency lighting systems. 3. Switching for Industrial or manufacturing process facilities as may be required for production. 4. Hospitals and laboratory spaces. 5. Areas in which medical or dental tasks are performed are exempt from the occupancy sensor requirement. 1513.6.1 Occupancy Sensors: Occupancy sensors shall be capable of automatically turning off all the lights in an area, no more than 30 minutes after the area has been vacated. Light fixtures controlled by occupancy sensors shall have a wall- mounted, manual switch capable of turning off lights when the space is occupied. EXCEPTION: Occupancy sensors in stairwells are allowed to have two step lighting (high -light and low - light) provided the control fails in the high -light position. 1513.6.2 Automatic Time Switches: Automatic time switches shall have a minimum 7 day clock and be capable of being set for 7 different day types per week and incorporate an automatic holiday "shut -off" feature, which turns off all loads for at least 24 hours and then resumes normally scheduled operations. Automatic time switches shall also have program back -up capabilities, which prevent the loss of program and time settings for at least 10 hours, if power is interrupted. Automatic time switches shall incorporate an over -ride switching device which: a. is readily accessible; b. is located so that a person using the device can see the lights or the areas controlled by the switch, or so that the area being illuminated is annunciated; c. Is manually operated; d. allows the lighting to remain on for no more than 2 hours when an over -ride is initiated; and e. controls an area not exceeding 5,000 ft or 5% of the building footprint for footprints over 100,000 ft whichever is greater. 1513.7 Commissioning Requirements: For lighting controls which include daylight or occupant sensing automatic controls, automatic shut -off controls, occupancy sensors, or automatic time switches, the lighting controls shall be tested to ensure that control devices, components, equipment and systems are calibrated, adjusted and operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications. Sequences of operation shall be functionally tested to ensure they operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications. A complete report of test procedures and results shall be prepared and filed with the owner. Drawing notes shall require commissioning in accordance with this paragraph. 1514 Exit Signs: Exit signs shall have an input power demand of 5 Watts or less per sign. Motors - General Requirements 1511 Electric Motors: All permanently wired polyphase motors of 1 hp or more, which are not part of an HVAC system, shall comply with Section 1437. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Motors that are an integral part of specialized process equipment. 2. Where the motor is integral to a listed piece of equipment for which no complying motor has been approved. Transformers - General Requirements SECTION 1540 — TRANSFORMERS The minimum efficiency of a low voltage dry-type distribution transformer shall be the Class I Efficiency Levels for distribution transformers specified in Table 4 -2 of the "Guide for Determining Energy Efficiency for Distribution Transformers" published by the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA TP- 1- 2002). 05 -08 -2008 SARAH NIELSEN 1120E 80 ST SUITE 211 BLOOMINGTON MN 55420 RE: Permit Application No. D07 -450 1046 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Dear Permit Applicant: In reviewing our current permit application files, it appears that your permit application applied for on 12/07/2007 , has not been issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Per the International Codes, Uniform Plumbing Code and/or the National Electrical Code, every permit application not issued within 180 days from the date of application shall expire by limitation and become null and void. Your permit application expires on 06/04/2008 . If you choose to pursue your project, a written request for extension of your application addressed to the Building Official, demonstrating justifiable cause, will need to be received at the Permit Center prior to your expiration date of 06/04/2008. If it is determined that an extension is granted, your application will be extended for an additional 90 days from the expiration date. In the event we do not receive your written request for extension, your permit application will become null and void and your project will require a new permit application, plans and specifications, and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, xc: fer Marshall 't Technician Permit File No. D07 -450 City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 February 27, 2008 Sarah Nielsen 1120 East 80 Street, Ste 211 Bloomington MN 55420 RE: CORRECTION LETTER #2 Development Permit Application Number D07 -450 Limited Too —1046 Southcenter Mall Dear Ms. Nielsen, This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit(s) can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building Department. At this time the Fire, Planning and Public Works Departments have no comments. Building Department: Dave Larson at 206 431 -3678 if you have questions regarding the attached memo. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and /or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) complete sets of revised plans, specifications and /or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. Sincerely, Brenda Holt Permit Coordinator encl File No. D07 -450 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director P:\Permit Center \Correction Letters V007007-450 Correction Ltr #2.DOC jem Jim Haggerton, Mayor 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Building Division Review Memo Date: February 27,2008 Project Name: Limited Too Correction Letter # 2 Permit #: D07 -450 Plan Review: Dave Larson, Senior Plans Examiner l `vJ Tukwila Building Division Dave Larson, Senior Plan Examiner The Building Division conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and /or other applicable documentation. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets shall be original signed wet stamped, not copied.) 1. The revised proposed lighting wattage exceeds the allowed wattage. Please see bold printed note at bottom of revised interior lighting budget. Also, the storage room has its own allowed maximum lighting wattage of .5 watts per sq. ft. This area should be entered separately on the form and not combined with the retail space to increase wattage to 1.5 watts per sq. ft. 2. The use of table 1017.1 to eliminate one hour construction is superseded by sections 402.4.5.1 and 402.7.3 of 2006 IBC. Please review these sections and add notes to plans to coordinate completion of required fire wall assemblies that were framed and sheeted on one side by the mall contractor. The assembly used has been UL No. U465 and if applicable the tenant contractor should complete his side of this assembly per this UL listing instructions. The plans should show all walls that need to be fire assemblies and refer to this listing. 3. Unsupported storefront glazing edges will need clips or mullions or provide structural verification that these joints meet code without supporting all four edges. 4. Vertical grab bar missed at side of toilet. Please add to detail. Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206 -431- 3670. No further comments at this time. January 15, 2008 Sarah Nielsen 1120 East 80 Street, Ste 211 Bloomington MN 55420 RE: CORRECTION LETTER #1 Development Permit Application Number D07 -450 Limited Too —1046 Southcenter Mall Dear Ms. Nielsen, This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit(s) can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building Department. At this time the Fire, Planning and Public Works Departments have no comments. Building Department: Dave Larson at 206 431 -3678 if you have questions regarding the attached memo. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) complete sets of revised plans, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. Sincerely, ifer Marshall it Technician encl File No. D07 -450 Cizy of Tukwila Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director P:\Pennit Center\Correction Letters \20071307-450 Correction Ltr #1.DOC jem Jim Haggerton, Mayor 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Building Division Review Memo Date: January 7, 2008 Plan Review: Dave Larson, Senior Plans Examiner Tukwila Building Division Dave Larson, Senior Plan Examiner The Building Division conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and/or other applicable documentation. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets shall be original signed wet stamped, not copied.) 1. The lighting budget has been filled out using 1.5 watts for the entire space with an increase of 1.5 watts for merchandise display, also using the entire space. All rooms or spaces within this tenant space can use the 1.5 watts per square foot with the exception of the non -sales room that looks like a storage area. This room should be listed separately on the lighting budget and would be allowed .5 watts per foot. Also, in order to take the 1.5 watt increase for merchandise display, the additional light fixtures must meet conditions a, b, and c of footnote 10 from table 15 -1 of WSEC. The location column is filled out incorrectly for proposed lighting wattage. Please complete this column using room numbers or names such as sales, non- sales, bathroom, fitting rooms, hallway, etc. Please adjust maximum lighting wattage allowed based on the two different use areas and show separately the fixtures that are proposed for lighting increases under footnote 10. Please provide manufacturers information or specifications that would show compliance With conditions a,b and c of footnote 10 for these additional fixtures. 2. The main entry hardware is listed as provided by owner. Please provide all hardware to allow us to review for compliance with IBC. 3. Please provide a means of egress plan that shows the exit path between the front and rear exits. Emergency lighting should be coordinated with this path at intensity levels per section 1006.4 IBC. The means of egress path should be shown on a plan also showing store fixturing and shall maintain the required width along its entire length. Please include location of exit signs on this plan. 4. The door to the fitting room at the back of the store and closest to the sales floor may encroach the means of egress. See section 1005.2 IBC. 5. The tenant demising walls will need to be of lhour construction as well as the exit passageway walls. Please include the installation specifics of UL listed assemblies intended for these areas. This should be coordinated with the mall construction team as it is our understanding that the mall contractors will install studs and drywall on non -tenant side and the tenants are responsible to complete the drywall on their side per the same UL listing. 6. Sheet A -9 shows a couple of details for furred out walls. Furring directly in contact with drywall behind needs fireblocking 8 ft. O.0 in each direction or filled with inorganic or class A material and furring set out will need to be sprinklered on both sides or the resulting cavity will need filling with class A or inorganic materials. See sections 803.4.1 and 803.4.2 of the IBC. Show methods of compliance on plans. Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206 -431- 3670. No further comments at this time. December 12, 2007 Sarah Nielsen 1120 E 80 St, Ste 211 Bloomington MN 55420 City of Tukwila i(.a Steven M Mullet, Mayor Department of Community Development Steve Lancaster, Director RE: Letter of Incomplete Application # 1 Development Permit Application D07 -450 Limited Too — 1046 Southcenter Mall Dear Ms. Nielsen, This letter is to inform you that your permit application received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center on December 7, 2007 is determined to be incomplete. Before your application can continue the plan review process the following items from the following department need to be addressed: Public Works Department: Joanna Spencer at 206 431 -2440 if you have any questions concerning the following comment. Sincerely, Enclosures File: D07 -450 1. Submit Non - Residential Sewer Use Certification; the form has been enclosed. Please address the comment above in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) sets of revised plans,, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at the Permit Center at (206) 431 -3670. ifer Marshall it Technician P:\Permit Center\Incomplete Letters\2007\D07 -450 Incomplete Ltr #1.DOC jem 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 April 4, 2008 Tukwila Building Division /Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Bl, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Tenant improvement permit for Limited Too, 1046 Southcenter Mall, Tukwila, WA 98188, Tukwila Permit No. #D07 -450 is issued subject to the following condition: Final inspection approval of this permit and approval of occupancy for the herein named tenant space will not be issued until the "shell" Building Permit No. D06- 147 has received final inspection approval from the Building Division. This condition is hereby acknowledged by: Glenn ►' on Title ice President of Construction Te ' ant Name: Limited Too RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA APR 07 2008 FERN T CENTER tween brands, inc. www.tweenbrands.com � - ' PERMIT COORD COPY `'' PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D07 -450 DATE: 03 -05 -08 PROJECT NAME: LIMITED TOO SITE ADDRESS: 1046 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # X Response to Correction Letter # 2 Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: �11 1)15 L Bu 61 Tding Ivision �y Public Works ❑ Complete 1i Comments: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28-02 Fire Prevention Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Incomplete n Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route 1I Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: ❑ Permit Coordinator ❑ DUE DATE: 03-06-08 Not Applicable C No further Review Required DATE: DUE DATE: 04-03-08 Not Approved (attach comments) n DATE: Planning Division n Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: ACTIVITY NUMBER: D07 -450 DATE: 02 -06 -08 PROJECT NAME: LIMITED TOO SITE ADDRESS: 1046 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # X Response to Correction Letter # 1 Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: 1 �� t Building Division Mj Public Works ❑ DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Comments: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 ` - ' HERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP Fire Prevention Structural Incomplete n Structural Review Required ❑ Permit Coordinator ❑ DUE DATE: 02-1 2-08 DATE: DATE: Planning Division n Not Applicable ❑ Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: No further Review Required DUE DATE: 03-11-08 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions ❑ Not Approved (attach comments) F Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: '1"). Departments issued corrections: Bldg s] Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: (0/ PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D07 -450 PROJECT NAME: LIMITED TOO SITE ADDRESS: 1046 SOUTHCENTER MALL DATE: 12 -19 -07 Original Plan Submittal X Response to Incomplete Letter # 1 Response to Correction Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: Bull m Dlvlslo Public ork ` Complete Comments: -14f, APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: ERMIT COORD COPY Fire Prevention Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Incomplete ❑ TUES/THURS ROU NG: Please Route Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: 011 Departments issued corrections: Bldg tXJ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials:_ JO/ Documents/routing slip.doc T � 2 -28 -02 DATE: Planning Division ❑ Permit Coordinator ❑ DUE DATE: 12-27-07 Not Applicable ❑ Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: DUE DATE: 01 -24 -08 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions ❑ Not Approved (attach comments) 11 Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: ACTIVITY NUMBER: D07 -450 DATE: 12 -07 -07 PROJECT NAME: LIMITED TOO SITE ADDRESS: 1046 SOUTHCENTER MALL X Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division K blic W 4 1- HERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete n t2- ��o� Fire Prevention Structural Incomplete Comments: Permit Center Use Only 1 INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: u Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW NI Staff Initials: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28-02 APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: 14 Rh, p:/! Plann' g Divisio ❑ Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 12 -11 -07 Not Applicable LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route ❑ Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: DUE DATE: 01 -08-08 Da Approved n Approved with Conditions ❑ Not Approved (attach comments) n Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: A Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: 3 if 108 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.citukwila.wa.us ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # RECE ® Response to Correction Letter # 2 C1�—y Ofi T. ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued MAR 0 5 20 ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: LIMITED TOO Project Address: 1046 Southcenter Mall Contact Person: Sarah Nielsen 12ScPo vatc��¢ . - CW onav_ 401 \applicationslforms- applications on Iine\revision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: Plan Check/Permit Number: D07 --450 Phone Number: WA) Sall a 2 Summary of Revision: I E C V:C -1'`Z "rte Pez sAluPm. # 2 t=4.►o Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: Entered in Permits Plus on 011-,4-1 a SHREMSHOCK ARCHITECTS, INC. 6130 S. Sunbury Rd. Westerville, OH. 43081 email: info(dshremshock.com ph: 614.545.4550 fax: 614.545.4555 http : / /www.shremshock.com Tukwila Building Division 6300 Southcenter Blvd. Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Attn: Mr. Dave Larson RE: Limited Too - Store #0149 Southcenter Mall 633 Southcenter Suite 1230 Seattle, WA 98188 Arch Project No.: 07604.R02 Plan Check # D07 -450 Dear Mr. Larson, Itemized below are responses to the review comments, dated February 27, 2008: Architectural Comments: 1. Please see MEP Response letter. 2. Demising walls have been constructed per prior agreement with Building Department. Please see attachment. 3. Standard glazing clips have added to storefront tempered glass. (sheet A6) 4. A vertical grab bar has been added to restroom. (sheet A9) If have any questions or comments, please contact us. Sincerely: Jason Richardson Shremshock Architects, Inc. March 3, 2008 ■ To the Contractor: SHREMSHOCK ARCHITECTS, INC. 6130 S. Sunbury Rd. Westerville, OH. 43081 email: info: shremshock.com ph: 614.545.4550 fax: 614.545.4555 http: / /www.shremshock.com (PLEASE BIND INTO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS) PROJECT BULLETIN No. 2 March 3, 2008 Limited Too Southcenter Mall Store #149 633 Southcenter Seattle, WA 98188 ARCH PROJECT No.: 07604.R02 This bulletin, issued after the execution of the contract, describes proposed revisions of the contract documents and requests from contractor the amount of change, if any, in contract sum to accomplish the work described. It is assumed no change in contract time will be necessary unless contractor submits written request for time extension, including justification, with his proposal for work described in this bulletin. Except, as otherwise described herein, or as shown on drawings issued with this, current contract documents apply to proposed work. This bulletin is not an order to do work. After receipt and review of the proposal requested, a change order will be issued to authorize execution of the work, or portion thereof, if the owner so directs. REASON FOR REVISION: Building Department Comments Submit proposals for the change described herein on Contractor's letterhead. List each item individually as listed below. DRAWINGS INCLUDED WITH THIS BULLETIN: A2, A6, A9 DRAWING REVISION PROPOSALS: A2 — REFLECTED CEILING PLAN • Revised track on ceiling plan. (Per BD Comments A6 — STOREFRONT ELEVATION • Added standard glazing clips to storefront glazing system. (Per BD Comments) A9 — CONSTRUCTION DETAILS • Revised restroom detail to show vertical grab bar — M/A9 (per BD Comments) END OF REVISIONS INITIALS: JR H B K CONSULTANTS, LTD. Mechanical & Electrical Design Services 171 Charring Cross Drive South Suite 1B Westerville, Ohio 43081 February 29, 2008 Mr. Dave Larson City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 RE: Limited Too 1046 Southcenter Mall Development Permit Application Number D07 -450 Correction letter #2 Mr. Larson: The following is our response to your plan review dated February 27, 2008 of the above mentioned project: Item 1 Please find attached a revised energy form that complies. It was discovered the revised track length from the Delta 1 changes was not carried over correctly to the energy form and therefore the proposed wattage exceeded the allowed wattage. The track length on the attached energy form has been checked for accuracy. Also per a phone conversation between yourself and Rob Koeper in our office on February 28, 2008, you had indicated 1.0 watts per squire foot could be used instead of 0.5 watts per square foot for the storage room because it also contains the manager's desk and this area has several other uses. Per your request, this area has been identified as Stockroom/Office on the attached energy form Items 2 thru 4 Please refer to architect's response letter addressing these items. If have any questions or comments, please contact us. Sincerely: )//l/d &i€ William D. Best, P.E. 0 s O usuu oo¢r uni ►ireuru EXPIRES 6/1 %euntannu a eirnnrrronettoueurKtu Phone 614.882.1199 FAX 614.882.1857 Date: I - 31. - c J V City of Tukwila ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ▪ Response to Correction Letter # 1 ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner \applicationslfotms- applications on lineaevision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: //www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Steven M Mullet, Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Plan Check/Permit Number: D07-450 Project Name: Limited Too Project Address: 1046 Southcenter Mall Contact Person: 3e5EPtk t .b )torn 12 . Phone Number: GI-4)5.4 "4S Summary of Revision: g. e41SSG..1 SU,tYIYY't 4129 -1 /3!) 1-ek14 ffl -'`d 'fib c'1T Oil Sheet Number(s): AO (40,4 l A2 , A 3 DA AS A.1s �.� A� . "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center b V I Entered in Permits Plus on az/ delvt ler Al SHREMSHOCK ARCHITECTS, INC. 6130 S. Sunbury Rd. Westerville, OH. 43081 email: info@shremshock.com ph: 614.545.4550 fax: 614. 545.4555 http: / /www.shremshock.com Tukwila Building Division 6300 Southcenter Blvd. Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Attn: Mr. Dave Larson RE: Limited Too - Store #0149 Southcenter Mall 633 Southcenter Suite 1230 Seattle, WA 98188 Arch Project No.: 07604.R01 Plan Check # D07 -450 Dear Mr. Larson, Itemized below are responses to the review comments, dated January 7, 2008: January 30, 2008 Architectural Comments: 1. Please refer to Engineer's comments. 2. Owner shall submit requested hardware for IBC compliance. 3. Sheet A0.4 (Life Safety Plan) has been added to the drawing set to show the means of egress out of the store w/ max travel distances. 4. Fitting room doors & walls pulled back to ensure that door swing does not encroach the means of egress. See sheet A0.4 & A1.1. 5. In the 2006 IBC per Table 1017.1, the exit passageway walls in an M use group building do not need to be fire rated. Also in the 2006 WSBC there are no amendments to this table. 6. Sheet A4 now includes a note calling for fire blocking in each direction at all furring locations to comply with the 803.4.1 & 803.4.2 sections of the IBC. We have also included documentation for all color and material selections in regards to flame spread and smoke development. It is our understanding that the fire department will require this information for code requirement approval. Thank you, Kevin Geib Shremshock Architects, Inc. SHREMSHOCK ARCHITECTS, INC. 6130 S. Sunbury Rd. Westerville, OH. 43081 email: info@' ph: 614.545.4550 fax: 614.545.4555 http: / /www.shremshock.com (PLEASE BIND INTO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS) PROJECT BULLETIN No. 1 January 30, 2008 To the Contractor: Limited Too Southcenter Mall Store #149 633 Southcenter Seattle, WA 98188 ARCH PROJECT No.: 07604.R01 This bulletin, issued after the execution of the contract, describes proposed revisions of the contract documents and requests from contractor the amount of change, if any, in contract sum to accomplish the work described. It is assumed no change in contract time will be necessary unless contractor submits written request for time extension, including justification, with his proposal for work described in this bulletin. Except, as otherwise described herein, or as shown on drawings issued with this, current contract documents apply to proposed work. This bulletin is not an order to do work. After receipt and review of the proposal requested, a change order will be issued to authorize execution of the work, or portion thereof, if the owner so directs. REASON FOR REVISION: Landlord, Designer, and Building Department Comments Submit proposals for the change described herein on Contractor's letterhead. List each item individually as listed below. DRAWINGS INCLUDED WITH THIS BULLETIN: A0, A0.4, Al, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7, A7.1 DRAWING REVISION PROPOSALS: AO — COVER SHEET • Added sheet A0.4 to the drawing index, per Building Department comments. • Revised the Project Coordinator information, per Designer comments. • Revised code information to have the NEC 2006, per LL's comments. A0.4 — LIFE SAFETY PLAN • Added sheet A0.4, per Building Department comments. Al — CONSTRUCTION PLAN • Added 4 "x4 "x4' -0" steel corner guards to rear exit alcove corners, per LL's comments. • Revised the T.O.W. heights on multiple callouts, per LL's comments. • Added partial height walls to non -sales demising wall to support fixtures, per LL's comments. • Revised demising wall note to only place gyp. board on tenant's side of wall, per LL's comments. • Added new partial height wall to partition notes, per LL's comments. • Added U465 design detail to sheet, per Building Department comments. • Moved storefront out to meet the Lease Line, per LL's comments. • Reduced size of rear fitting rooms to ensure that door swing does not encroach the means of egress, per Building Department comments. A2 — REFLECTED CEILING PLAN • Relocated storefront lighting to reflect storefront plan change, per LL's comments. • Revised light cove ceiling height callout to read correctly, per LL's comments. A3 — FLOOR & WALL FINISH PLAN • Revised rest room note to comply with LL's specifications, per LL's comments. • Revised plan to include new storefront design, per LL's comments. • Removed transition strip and updated detail of Mall -Match to Mall flooring, per LL's comments. • Revised circular ceiling element wall covering callout to read correctly, per LL's comments. A4 — FIXTURE PLAN • Added fire blocking note to fixture table, per Building Department comments. AS — INTERIOR ELEVATIONS • Modified Interior Elevation 1, 2, & 9 to reflect storefront modification, per LL's comments. • Modified Interior Elevation 13 & 10 to reflect the change to the rear fitting rooms, per Building Department comments. A6 — STOREFRONT ELEVATION • Modified storefront elevation to reflect the storefront changes, per LL's comments. • Removed vinyl decals from storefront window, per LL's comments. • Recreated the storefront plan to reflect all changes at the storefront, per LL's comments. A7 — STOREFRONT SECTIONS AND DETAILS • Moved storefront location to meet lease line in both section A and B, per LL's comments. A7.1 — STOREFRONT SECTIONS AND DETAILS • Moved storefront location to meet lease line in both section A and B, per LL's comments. END OF REVISIONS INITIALS: KNG S Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: 1 - 3 - O e ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ® Response to Correction Letter # 1 ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: Limited Too Project Address: 1046 Southcenter Mall Contact Person: W/1.4 /4•41 /3,G S Summary of Revision: SHEET E -1 A. ADDED LANDLORD COUNTS. B. ADDED CALL FOR AID SYSTEM PER LANDLORD COMMENT. C. UPDATED THE SALES AREA 4 SHOW WINDOW TRACK LIGHTING to COMPLY WITH BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS. SHEET E -2 A. UPDATED EMERGENCY LIGHTING IN TOILET ROOM PER LANDLORD COMMENT. B. ADDED LANDLORD COMMENT SHEET ED -2 A. ADDED LANDLORD COMMENTS. SHEET M -1 A. ADDED LANDLORD COMMENTS. SHEET MD -1 A. ADDED LANDLORD COMMENTS. City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: //www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Plan Check/Permit Number: D07 -450 Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director Phone Number: 4/4 - 9¢ Sheet Number(s): -/ t - Z 6P- - � -( MO'/ "Cloud" or highlight all arias of revision Indudin / date of re ion Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: ❑ Entered in Permits Plus on \applications\forms- applications on linehevision submittal. Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: H B K CONSULTANTS, LTD. Mechanical & Electrical Design Services 171 Charring Cross Drive South Suite IB Westerville, Ohio 43081 January 30, 2008 Mr. Dave Larson City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 RE: Limited Too 1046 Southcenter Mall Development Permit Application Number D07 -450 Correction letter #1 Mr. Larson: The following is our response to your plan review dated January 7, 2008 of the above mentioned project: Item 1 Sincerely: Phone 614.882.1199 FAX 614.882.1857 Please find attached a copy of Section 1531 from the July 1, 2007 State of Washington energy codes that states "Accessory uses, including corridors, lobbies and toilet facilities shall be included with the primary use." Therefore the stockroom square footage has been included in the Retail row. The display square footage has been updated so that it does not include the "accessories area" Please find attached an updated energy code calculation with the Retail square footage confirmed. Also attached are cuts of the track lighting being used for the display lighting to show that it complies with conditions a, b, and c of footnote 10. Item 2 thru 6 Please refer to architect's response letter addressing these items. If have any questions or comments, please contact us. )1/b1/4- .a:.,:,x:,,,,, -!eg::!:r:mec:uas:s::.;;,, { / V 1f:2:1P =1E5 U :B;,1- a::Wi:SfIYP G , a"�Y�' � a c:P ,�k El William D. Best, P.E. r ; r v� oF'E1 . . . i y 2h.. t ' 4 'JU 5 I I V k u i ff Fl 1 P ` / 0 N MM- ' . EXPIRRES /1 mgalm:mae:r i • Automatic time switches shall incorporate an over -ride switching device which: a. is readily accessible; b. is located so that a person using the device can see the lights or the areas controlled by the switch, or so that the area being illuminated is annunciated; c. is manually operated; d. allows the lighting to remain on for no more than 2 hours when an over -ride is initiated; and e. controls an area not exceeding 5,000 ft or 5% of the building footprint for footprints over 100,000 ft whichever is greater. 1513.7 Commissioning Requirements: For lighting controls which include daylight or occupant sensing automatic controls, automatic shut -off controls, occupancy sensors, or automatic time switches, the lighting controls shall be tested to ensure that control devices, components, equipment and systems are calibrated, adjusted and operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications. Sequences of operation shall be functionally tested to ensure they operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications. A complete report of test procedures and results shall be prepared and filed with the owner. Drawing notes shall require commissioning in accordance with this paragraph. 1514 Exit Signs: Exit signs shall have an input power demand of 5 Watts or less per sign. SECTION 1520 — PRESCRIPTIVE LIGHTING OPTION 1521 Prescriptive Interior Lighting Requirements: Spaces for which the Unit Lighting Power Allowance in Table 15 -1 is 0.80 W /ft or greater may use unlimited numbers of lighting fixtures and lighting energy, provided that the installed lighting fixtures comply with all four of the following criteria: a. one- or two -lamp (bur not three- or more lamp); b. luminaires have a reflector or louver assembly to direct the light (bare lamp strip or industrial fixtures do not comply with this section); c. fitted with type T -1, T -2, T -4, T -5, T -8 or compact fluorescent lamps from 5 to 60 watts (but not T - 10 or T - 12 lamps); and d. hard -wired fluorescent electronic dimming ballasts with photocell or programmable dimming control for all lamps in all zones (nondimming electronic ballasts and electronic ballasts that screw into medium base sockets do not comply with this section). Track lighting is not allowed under this path. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Up to a total of 5% of installed lighting fixtures may use any type of ballasted lamp and do not require dimming controls. 2. Clear safety lenses are allowed in food prep and serving areas and patient care areas in otherwise compliant fixtures. 3. LED lights. 4. Metal halide lighting which complies with all three of the following criteria: 2006 Edition i. luminaires or lamps which have a reflector or louver assembly to direct the light; ii. fixtures are fitted with ceramic metal halide lamps not exceeding 150 watts; and iii. electronic ballasts. 1522 Prescriptive Exterior Lighting Requirements: See Section 1532. SECTION 1530 — LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE OPTION The installed lighting wattage shall not exceed the lighting power allowance. Lighting wattage includes lamp and ballast wattage. Luminaire wattage incorporated into the installed interior lighting power shall be determined in accordance with the following criteria: a. The wattage of incandescent or tungsten- halogen luminaires with medium screw base sockets and not containing permanently installed ballasts shall be the maximum labeled wattage of the luminaire. b. The wattage of luminaires with permanently installed or remote ballasts or transformers shall be the operating input wattage of the maximum lamp /auxiliary combination based on values from the auxiliary manufacturer's literature or recognized testing laboratories or shall be the maximum labeled wattage of the luminaire. c. For line voltage track and plug -in busway, designed to allow the addition and/or relocation of luminaires without altering the wiring of the system, the wattage shall be: 1. The specified wattage of the luminaires included in the system with a minimum of 50 watts per lineal foot of track or actual luminaire wattage, whichever is greater; or 2. The wattage limit of permanent current limiting device(s) on the system. d. The wattage of low - voltage lighting track, cable conductor, rail conductor, and other flexible lighting systems that allow the addition and/or relocation of luminaires without altering the wiring of the system shall be the specified wattage of the transformer supplying the system. e. The wattage of all other miscellaneous lighting equipment shall be the specified wattage of the lighting equipment. No credit towards compliance with the lighting power allowances shall be given for the use of any controls, automatic or otherwise. 1531 Interior Lighting Power Allowance: The interior lighting power allowance shall be calculated by multiplying the gross interior floor area, in square feet, by the appropriate unit lighting power allowance, in watts per square foot, for the use as specified in Table 15 -1. Accessory uses, including corridors, lobbies and toilet facilities shall be included with the primary use. The lighting power allowance for each use shall be separately calculated and summed to obtain the interior lighting power allowance. Effective July 1, 2007 99 f:"/ X 7L/_fc Cla. Whites° • PAR30 Ring 6 1/4' SOCKET COVER: .035 Steel 4 114' IMSPAN ATTACHMENT FITTING: unit Eder d Utso totrack mod color Eder is onto trot aod bets on PUSH TAB: detz Molded p �boa�tc YOKE: We a £70 Sod 1/2' a .050• Steel TENSION SPRING WASHER MOVABLE BRASS CONTACT: Extends fa wanection to Tad *cat taAdraitl nTract POLARITY KEYWAY NOT MOUNTING: Tauioned 350' stop 7 3/4' All Lytespan Track Systems Matte White Matte Black CATALOG MOUNTING 0 9023WH 0 9023BK G enera! .Descri stion ......... :.; ;_: . • ......... �.. Minima!, functional form with cleanly detailed yoke and ring - shaped Iampholder. Front relamping for easy maintenance. Units adjusts horizontally up to 350', vertically up to 9i r. All painted finishes baked enamel. FINISH • LAMP 75W PAR 30 Ctungsten halogen) Electrical: • - Porcelain socket, medium base, nickel plated screw shell. No. 18 braided SF -1 leads with silicone grieving. • labels =:.... ., � ........ , _ ... - ...... .. .. . , U.L:. I.B.E.W. Patents: Products shown here are protected by applicable patents and patents pending. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE DETAILS OF DESIGN, MATERIALS NOT ALTER AND APPEARANCE IN ANY WAY THAT OR REDUCE FUNCTION AND PERFORMANCE. INSTALLED UGFITOUEP, a GENLYTE company 631 Airpor Road. Fat! River, MA 02720 150W 5794131 • FAX (508)6L7.4710 Copyright 1994 TYPE: Detailed Product View - Windows Internet Explorer I 0 http / www.westinghouselightbulbs .corn /detailproduct.phpip- 218055 Detailed Product View Westinghouse Wes,Inzn R� Item: 05428 Monday, Jan 28, 2008 05:29 PM Shape: PAR30 Watts: 50 Base: E -26 (STD) Code Abbreviation: 50PAR30./HISP/LN Description: Halogen PAR-30 LN 50W Spot SB Malts: 120 FinishlBeam Type: Spot Filament CC6 Avg. Rated Hours: 2000 Approx. Lumens: 660 MOL: 4.69 Package Type: Box Master Carton: 24 Inner Pack: 6 kd Internet I Protected Mode: On Close :Vintlor: +400% Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax; etc. Date: t 1 f / G Plan Check/Permit Number: PK Response to Incomplete Letter # ❑ Response to Correction Letter # ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: 1- ( wt l 'P Project Address: ( +6 fV UfiK C t 4 t t Contact Person: -1 tN Phone Number: ( 4 l U Summary of Revision: 1 Qv l P . a' iC lVhi t J d'ct.►!e - rt Cop 'WS ro t-T6 #' hM ,t{ d'uiwntA -fe•t ' 2Cv6 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: //www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Steven M Mullet, Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director OP Tr um/ DEC 18 Z00i PEHMIT CENTEh Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date o Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: 4{ Entered in Permits Plus on 121 I D101 lepplications\fomu- applications on linekevision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 ision Non - Residential Sewer Use Certification (Please print or type) Owner's Name (To be completed for all new sewer connections, reconnections or change of use of existing connections. This form does not apply to repairs or replacements of existing sewer connections within five years of disconnect.) new sewer customers. The charge is collected semi - annually. All future billings can be prepaid at a discounted amount. Questions regarding the capacity charge or this form should be referred to King County's Wastewater Treatment Division at (206) 684 -1740. Pursuant to King County Code 28.84, all sewer customers who establish a new service which uses metropolitan sewage facilities shall be subject to a capacity charge. The amount of the charge is established annually by the King County Council at a rate per month per residential customer or residential customer equivalent for a period of fifteen years. The purpose of the charge is to recover costs of providing sewage treatment capacity for L 1/14i tit' (Last, First, Middle Initial) Subdivision Name Lot # Block # Subdiv. # Building Name (if applicable) Property Street Address t 04 so lam. Cc f - `IV( 15$ City, State, (_ t4) 7 7 x 3 6 Owner's Phonon e Number Owner's Mailing Address (if different from above) �k ✓' 7 63 23 t"'1 W A-t- GA-wke OFt ¢3 of F A. Fixture Units Fixture Units x Number of Fixtures = Total Fixture Units Fixture Units No. of Fixtures Total Kind of Fixture Public Private Public Private Fixture Units Bathtub and Shower 4 4 Shower, per head 2 2 2 2 Dishwasher Drinking fountain (each head) 1 .5 I 2.5 2.5 Hose bibb (interior) Clotheswasher or laundry tub 4 2 2 1 Sink, bar or lavatory t Sink, Clinic flushing 8 8 Sink, kitchen Sink, other (service) 3 1.5 Sink, wash fountain, circle spray 4 3 Urinal, flush valve, 1 GPF 5 2 Urinal, flush valve, >1 GPF Water closet, tank or valve, 1.6 GPF 6 3 Water closet, tank or valve, >1.6 GPF 8 4 6 2 L2 Total Fixture Units Residential Customer Equivalent (RCE) 20 fixture units equal 1.0 RCE Total No. of Fixture Units = 20 1 0-60 RCE King County Department of Natural Resources and Parks Property Tax ID # " JiN1*l� O r✓ 11+�-I- i.`F� , ,,/ Party to be Billed (if different from owner) �_ ter, f ` % Party's Mailing Addres t "~'^ i. -rC�M W.3 wm-t. Plc(1/ Nau A 1-0Arfi Y, ai-f 43 t'r- 1Wt<WLLA City or Sewer District Date of Connection ,I Side Sewer Permit # P07 - 4TH or Property Contact Phone # (_) Demolition of pre - existing building? O Yes 0 No Type of building demolished Sewer disconnect date B. Other Wastewater Flow (in addition to Fixture Units identified in Section A) Type of Facility /Process: N P Estimated Wastewater Discharge: 0 Gallons /days Residential Customer Equivalents (RCE): 187 gallons per day equals 1.0 RCE Total Discharge (gal /day) _ 187 A B 0,6 O., f RCE C. Total Residential Customer Equivalents: (add A & B) RCE INCOMPLETE LTR# I certify that the informatio given is coorect. I understand that the capacity charge levied will be based on this information and any deviation will require resubmission of corrected data for determination of a revised capacity charge. Signature of Owner/ .� pi R rese ative Print Name of Owner/ b - A tat f-v t(P-L c4 f License Information License DEJAGI"233K3 Licensee Name DEJAGER CONSTRUCTION INC Licensee Type CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR UBI 600231433 Ind. Ins. Account Id 44406700 Business Type CORPORATION Address 1 75 60TH ST SW Address 2 City WYOMING County OUT OF STATE State MI Zip 49548 Phone 6165300060 Status ACTIVE Specialty 1 GENERAL Specialty 2 UNUSED Effective Date 5/23/1977 Expiration Date 1/16/2010 Suspend Date Separation Date Parent Company Previous License Next License Associated License Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date DEJAGER, DAN 01/01/1980 MENKVELD, ROBERT 01/01/1980 DEJAGER, DAVE 01/01/1980 WOIDERSKI, DENNIS 01/01/1980 DEJAGER, RICHARD W 01/01/1980 01/01/1980 KROL, BRIAN A 01/01/1980 01/01/1980 LENARTZ, RICHARD A 01/01/1980 01/01/1980 Look Up a Contractor, Electrinian or Plumber License Detail Page 1 of 3 Washington State Department of Labor and Industries General/Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with L &I to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. Bond Information https:// fortress .wa.gov /lni/bbip /printer.aspx ?License= DEJAGI *233K3 05/12/2008 0 x ott / KEY PLAN (LEVEL 1 OF 3) 'LIMITED TOO' SPACE #1230 _a e ..._�..X �}n.: crx... ... rt?. �'e ... ..v.,ti .- ..ia.•n n. _..r ..w _v w.��. -. a.. LOCATION PLAN SOUTI- (CENTER MALL J RESTROOM REQUIREMENTS: WATER CLOSETS: 1 UNISE LAVATORIES: 1 UNISEX URINALS: NOT REQUIRED DRINKING FOUNTAINS: (1) LO PROVIDED PUBLIC ACCESS 15 NOT REQUIRED GENERAL NOTES #1 O � J REQUIRED EXITS: NUMBER: 2 INDEPENDENT EXITS S1- ALL BE PROVIDED MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE: 200' CODE SYNOPSIS WITh GUIDELINES �AND THE PHYSICALLY I HANDICAPPED I W/ DI A !GPO APPLICABLE CODES: WSBC, 2006 BUILDING OCCUPANCY USE GROUP: M WSPC, 2006 CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION TYPE: 115 FIRE PROTECTION: DEMISING WALL - 1 HR SALES / NON -SALES NALL - 0 HR CEILING - 0 HR COLUMNS - 0 HR SPRINKLERED: ENTIRE SALES AND NON -SALES AREA OF T4-IE STORE IS TO RECEIVE AN AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AS PER APPROVED FIRE PROTECTION PLANS. OCCUPANT LOAD (TOO): (3,085/ 30)+ (771 / 300) =106 FIRE SPRINKLER AND EXTERIOR SIGNAGE IS TO BE SUBMITTED UNDER SEPARATE COVER `�,_r,. :x• , •5::.:4` -q.:� = e �. .: w p • tn .?±:�i'c;:;Y >!qn _ _ _ _ . ;�" ::: :r .;. -. •- " .� i .:� V:� i:v • _ _ _ ::.4. " -,. -.... ... .,..w...... ....F.[�i +• :.,'r n:[�� : •.,�.. H . : . �:<>I�::w '. - _ _ T-' _ - �._ . �.. •- �.�..a • - .rT. •:. ^..[_ iy:: i. .K. Y•.:r(:� ti .,T :f: - .l;i rh: - 'eY, -. "•G!:: ; , y . ; .k t :�:t�: "" -' .. Y.. : k�• - _rte � - - - - »5.4{ _.i . �1 „s. °: a� rv,•1 ; - 1.... .,; f : ; ,:^ ;.:.�;,, •?h .._._. • .....: .• -.�a, •... .,,:..... ..,.::” .sx.. t „z•f ,x,C _i. R£:iv .�'�.a �:'i`r�' � .... �...r.. t'z;v., .... ,....., r. ._:rµ'• 2._ ^'��e: %r re _... �,r•.,.1.': " ...:: : � �`, �. r. : �. u.. �` _''�, "�:�`i_:Rt �a•- :- _�:�ei r.i'.•r.i.� , •a�,:r•u L.z. ..x r e.E�.r `.v'' ":3� "•. .c y ,,�+" ... �, •, �� - ..�:!•.�s• ry �:..�'''1 r � • r: .. .. .. ....... u� ., .. ���+... ,v nw F _ ^« •a ^:'• .. �'�'— :�.s"�i =.� .., .. _. .. _ ... :.4 r i7�' ^rir':T %`7 c� a� w.;}-: - ..... ..., ..., ..�.�. -.. rr ...cr:... ... 0 ►I I SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR: 6 echanicai L�1 Electrical L5Plumbing 3 Gas Piping City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION REVISIONS No changes shall be made to the co of work without prior approval Tukwila Building Division. NrTE: Revisions will require a new plan submittal ` ;rid may include additional plan review fees INDEX OF DRAWINGS AO TITLE SWEET A0.1 SPECIFICATIONS A0.4 LIFE SAFETY PLAN NS A A2 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AS FLOOR * NALL FINIS( -I PLAN A4 FIXTURE PLAN AS INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A6 STOREFRONT ELEVATION * DETAILS A7 STOREFRONT SECTIONS * DETAILS A7.1 STOREFRONT SECTIONS * DETAILS A7.2 STOREFRONT SECTIONS $ DETAILS A8 FITTING ROOM DETAILS A01 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS A SEISMIC DETAILS A10 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS SEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAR 2 1 200 City Of Tukwilz B ILDIN DM I FILE COPY permit No. Filar review approval Is stdgect to and construction documents the Approval of on ordnance. Receipt the viol at approved Field Copy = r,.. is acknowledged By Date: City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION E -1 POKIER PLAN E -2 LIGHTING PLAN ED -1 ELECTRICAL DETAILS ED -2 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES * RISERS ES -1 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS M-1 MECHANICAL PLAN MD -1 MECHANICAL DETAILS * SCHEDULES 115-1 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS PROVIDE A PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER WITH A RATING OF NOT LESS TI -IAN 2 -A OR 2- A/105C WITHIN 75' TRAVEL DISTANCE TO ALL PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING BY CONTRACTOR DURING CONSTRUCTION. . PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHER DURING STORE OPERATION AS REQUIRED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT INSPECTOR. 3. SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO BE APPROVED BY LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT. 4. CEILING TO 5E COMPOSED OF FIRE RETARDANT TREATED MATERIALS. 5. ANY DECORATIONS USED SHALL BE NON-COMBUSTIBLE OR FLAME -PROOF IN AN APPROVED MANNER. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE ALL DAMAGED FIRE - PROOFING. 7. ENTRY DOOR TO BE CLOSED AND LOCKED AFTER BUSINESS HOURS. B. USE OF PLASTIC FOR WALL OR CEILING COVERING, OTHER THAN LUMINOUS CEILING, IS PROHIBITED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED FOR EACI -I USE. q. MATERIALS IN MALL SHALL BE CLASS I, 150 MAX. SMOKE DENSITY; MATERIALS IN TENANT AREA OPEN TO MALL SHALL BE CLASS II, 300 MAX. SMOKE DENSITY; MATERIALS IN TENANT AREA NOT OPEN TO MALL SHALL BE CLASS III, 450 MAX. SMOKE DENSITY. 10. ALL SECURITY DOOR AREAS TO BE PROVIDED 1.1IT1-1 A KEY LOCKING DEVICE SO AS TO ENABLE DOOR TO BE LOCKED IN THE OPEN POSITION AND SO LOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS (WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE REAR SERVICE DOOR). 11. ONLY PANIC I- IARDWARE APPROVED AND LISTED 8Y TIhIE STATE FIRE MARSHALL SHALL BE INSTALLED. 12. EXIT DOORS SI -(ALL SWING IN THE DIRECTION OF EXIT TRAVEL WHEN SERVING 50 OR MORE PERSONS AND THE HAZARDOUS AREA OR GROUP I-1 OCCUPANCY. 13. DOORS OPENING INTO ONE -HOUR FIRE - RESISTIVE CORRIDOR SMALL 5E PROTECTED 1 A SMOKE OR DRAFT STOP FIRE ASSEMBLY HAVING A 45 MINUTE RATING. 14. EVERY EXIT DOOR SHALL 5E OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE 1 THE USE OF A KEY, TOOL OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. „cr•, :M J .re�,r -� •i. =: :;n�•.mro.: s� ... �:r e:at� ,-u;a �cw =ac.=.�..:;��: ,ar. ' ^.v .r,�, :. rn4 . ..•; .= .•r+ 1' .•+fM�i }iY. rn.-. • .sou .'J u ,,{� .nsre.a, . .. �,+• . Z ,,,: _ �;�y, ='�axS . I .. _ r�er7 "••'•ate'., � � -I�` �:.t'" ♦ cd: -�:u. MSa =U itrt.^rva r..�. r• .�. 'fWW�i4S �YYeMM�T�.ria�•S�•�' •a��.vu�ea....a, .1 _.^tt: -.t: Jtif"��N "Tn ^�.'/ .5, -,. .n f. ur:s?•e•F�^' a en fir ':s� _ +1 �r rvr."i •�� -. L�'f yr �"' 41 .t. Y� + ... �i:Y % , i..n_. . _... + .... Y . t S S T O R E P L A N N I N G 8323 WALTON PARKWAY NEW ALBANY, OHIO 43054 614- 775 -3500 M STORE # 149 633 SOUTiCENTER SEATTLE, NA 98188 TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVES (614) 775 4 JACK I E FRANCIS VICE PRESIDENT OF STORE PLANNING JFRANCIS@TNEENBRANDS.com DEBBIE ROW E #34017 DESIGN MANAGER DRONE @TWEENBRANDS.COM SCOTT YOUNG 817 -34 CONSTRUCTION MANAGER SYOU NG@TW EENBRANDS.COM CI -IR I SSY JACKSON #3182 PURL - LASING EXPEDITOR CJACKSON @TWEENBRANDS.COM LISA KELLER #3523 PROJECT COOR I NATOR LKELLER @TW EENBRAN DS . COM DEVELOPER WESTFI ELD CORPORATION 11601 W I LKSI -I I RE BLVD LAS ANGELES, CA 90023 TENANT COORDINATOR JOSI -1 KIMMEL 11 601 NI LKSI --I I RE BLVD LOS ANGELES, CA 90023 310 -693- 461 ikimmel@us. westf ield .com CONSULTANTS ARCHITECTURAL SI-- IREMSI-4OCK ARCI -I I TECTS, INC 6130 S. SUNBURY ROAD 6923 WESTERVI LLE, DI-110 43081 MECI -IAN I CAL / ELECTRICAL I-45K CONSULTANTS 171 CI -1ARR I NG CROSSING DRIVE S SUITE 18 WESTERVI LLE, 01-1I0 43081 AREA CALCULATIONS GROSS AREA (LEASED)- 386 GROSS AREA (CALC) APPROX. SALES AREA - APPROX. NON SALES AREA LINEAR FEET OF STOREFRONT - 111 CABINET COUNT ISSUED: 11 /30/2007 BID DATE: 11/30/2007 REVISIONS: KNG LANDLORD, DESIGNER, AND BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS AlFt BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS CORRECTION LTR# . TITLE SHEET 3856 3,085 77 P ._� .�. . �� ; n . iti�Y :xM . ;�K• , � .��. .. �..x ,r-::1,p: � s i73,! •8w:,err.:+n_. 't�4ti:i' `n'k�' � ...... ^r.. � Pr;. c . -..'x ^::. .- ,'i'.T'y�:N,:. .�..a. ... r�`:�r ss•';, �._.. SI-1 L T C f /os OUTI-4 SQ. FT. SQ. FT. SQ. FT. 1 SQ. FT. 37 FT. ORT = 39 NG = 6 OTAL = 43 RECEr' O TY OF TUKWILA LA n ERMIT CENTER 1/30/2008 03/03/2008 L415v AO S'ECIFICATI NS A. CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO BE COMPLIMENTARY. SPECIFIC INFORMATION MAY BE FOUND IN EITHER OR BOTH. 2. THE TERM 'OWNER' AS STATED IN THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS AND CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, REFERS TO THE TENANT OF THIS SPACE ONLY AN REFER TO THE LANDLORD OF THE PREMISES. 3. ANY DISCREPANCIES, ERRORS OR OMISSIONS DISCOVERED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS BY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF OWNER BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH RELATED WORK; OTHERWISE, THE CORRECTION OF SUCH ITEMS IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. 4. APPROVED VARIANCES TO TI-IE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ON ONE PROJECT SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN APPROVAL OF LIKE VARIANCES ON SUBSEQUENT PROJECTS. B. OWNER DIRECTIVES 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH FULL TIME CONTINUOUS SUPERVISION. THE PROJECT SUPERINTENDENT SHALL REMAIN ON SITE THROUGH THE MERCHANDISE DATE OR THE COMPLETION OF THE PUNCHLIST WHICHEVER IS LAST TO OCCUR. 2. SUSPENSION OF ALL CEILING AND OVERHEAD FRAMING IS TO BE FROM STRUCTURAL MALL BEAMS AND TOP CHORD OF TRUSSES ONLY, NOT FROM MALL DECK. 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR MAY SUBSTITUTE METAL FRAMING MEMBERS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS WITH ALTERNATE CODE APPROVED FRAMING METI -IODS AND GAUGE SIZES WITH APPROVAL OF OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLATION OF IN -WALL BLOCKING FOR ALL ITEMS IN STORE. REVIEW DRAWINGS THOROUGHLY. 5. ALL OWNER - FURNISHED MATERIALS ARE FURNISHED TAILGATE DELIVERY ONLY. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSi>3LE TO UNLOAD, EXAMINE, AND TRANSPORT MATERIALS FROM THE POINT OF OFF -LOAD - TO TIE JOBSITE OR STORAGE AREA AS APPLICABLE. MATERIALS WILL BE DELIVERED TO THE CLOSEST AVAILABLE TRUCK DOCK OR OTHER LOCATION AS DIRECTED BY THE LANDLORD. 6. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE, LOSS, THEFT, OR DESTRUCTION OF ALL OWNER- FURNISHED MATERIALS. THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE BACK - CHARGED THE FULL COST OF REPLACEMENT MATERIALS INCLUDING FREIGHT CHARGES. 7. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF EACH TRADE WITH OTHER TRADES. CONTRACTORS SHALL NOT BE ENTITLED TO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION FOR CONFLICTS WHICH RESULT FROM LACK OF COORDINATION OF THE INVOLVED TRADES. 8. TI-IE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY SUBCONTRACTORS WHO ARE EXPERIENCED AND MHO EMPLOY EXPERIENCED TRADESMEN. 9. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT EMPLOY NOISY CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES OR EQUIPMENT DURING MALL OR STORE HOURS. 10. THE CONTRACTORS SHALL WORK IN COOPERATION AND HARMONY WITH TI-IE LANDLORD AND THE ADJACENT TENANTS IN SCHEDULING WORK IN ORDER TO CAUSE THE LEAST INCONVENIENCE TO PERSONNEL AND PROPERTY. IF SECURITY IS REQUIRED WHILE WORKING IN ADJACENT TENANTS SPACE, T1-115 COST WILL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. 11. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT UTILIZE GAS - OPERATED EQUIPMENT IN OCCUPIED SHOPPING CENTERS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL WORK IN HARMONY WITH THE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO NOISE ABATEMENT AND SAFETY. 12. THE CONTRACTOR STALL FURNISH DUMPSTERS AS REQUIRED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY STORE PERSONNEL DURING MERCHANDISING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN THE BID A MINIMUM OF ONE 40 -YARD DUMPSTER OR THE EQUIVALENT. IF THE SALES AREA EXCEEDS 8,000 SQUARE FEET, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ONE ADDITIONAL DUMPSTER. 13. GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COST OF ANY AND ALL OFF -SITE STORAGE OF OWNER SUPPLIED MATERIALS. C. DEMOLITION AND SPACE PREPARATION 1. WITHIN FIVE (5) DAYS OF COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION, OR WITHIN TWO (2) DAYS FOLLOWING COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY EXAMINE THE SITE AND REPORT TO THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER ANY DISCREPANCIES IN THE LEASE -HOLD DIMENSIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PHYSICAL SPACE AND THE INTENT OF THE WORKING DRANINGS. (G.C. TO PAY SPECIAL ATTENTION TO POP -UP CEILING AREAS, CEILING 1- IEIGHTS, AND AVAILABLE HIEIGHT FOR ROLL -UP ENTRANCE GRILLES). 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO CONTACT LANDLORD'S ON -SITE MANAGER PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK TO DETERMINE THE AVAILABILITY OF DUMPSTER PLACEMENT, NOISE AND DUST ABATEMENT REQUIREMENTS, ETC. 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO ARRANGE WITH THE LANDLORD A CONVENIENT TIME TO PERFORM DEMOLITI WORK AND INSTALL TEMPORARY PROTECTED MEANS OF EGRESS FROM REQUIRED EXITS, INCLUDING TEMPORARY LIGHTING AND SAFETY DEVICES, ALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING STATE AND LOCAL CODE AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS, A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO ERECT BARRICADE AT STOREFRONT PER LANDLORD'S SPECIFICATIONS. GENERAL CONTACTOR TO INSTALL OWNER - SUPPLIED BARRICADE SIGN (IF PROVIDED) AS SHOWN ON INSTRUCTIONS SENT WITH BID PACKAGES. 5. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE, REPAIR, RESTORE AND REPLACE WHERE NECESSARY OR INDICATED ON THE DRANINGS OR AS REQUIRED. CUT ALL NECESSARY OPENINGS FOR ANY REQUIRED PURPOSE AND REPAIR, WHERE NECESSARY, AFTER CUTTING. INSOFAR AS POSSIBLE, ALL PROTRUSIONS, MARKS, CRACKS OR OTHER EVIDENCE OF A DEFICIENT OR DAMAGED CONDITION SHALL BE ELIMINATED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. ANY PARTS WHICH ARE SPLIT, CRACKED, CHIPPED, SPALLED, BROKEN, MISSING, OR OUT OF LINE OR ADJUSTMENT, MECHANICALLY OR STRUCTURALLY UNSAFE OR UNSOUND, BENT, TORN, OR OTHERWISE DEFICIENT OR INJURED IN ANY MANNER, SHALL BE REMOVED, REPLACED, RESTORED, OR SATISFACTORILY REPAIRED AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 6. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF ALL LEASE -HOLD IMPROVEMENTS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO INTERIOR WALLS, CEILINGS, FLOOR COVERINGS (ALL ADHESIVES), PLATFORMS, STORE- FRONTS, ETC., (UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS). ALL EXISTING UNUSED MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND /OR PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ABANDONED ROOFTOP 1-IVAC EQUIPMENT AND CURBS (UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS) AND /OR SKYLIGHTS ARE TO BE REMOVED AND THE ROOF PATCHED PER ITEM #12 BELOW: CAPPING IS NOT PERMITTED! 7. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF ALL LOOSE ITEMS SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO TRADE FIXTURES, MISCELLANEOUS DECORATIONS, KITCHEN EQUIPMENT, ETC. S. ALL ABANDONED ELECTRICAL /TELEPHONE CONDUIT, PLUMBING LINES AND MECHANICAL DUCTWORK MUST BE REMOVED TO THE POINT OF ORIGIN. c1. INFORM THE LANDLORD'S ON -SITE MANAGER OF ANY UTILITY NEEDING TO BE DISCONNECTED OR CAPPED, PRIOR TO DOING SO. 10. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO EXERCISE EXTREME CARE DURING DEMOLITION SO AS NOT TO DAMAGE OR DISRUPT UTILITIES OR SPRINKLER LINES WHICH MIGHT PASS THROUGH THIS SPACE TO SERVICE OTHER MALL SPACES OR OTHER TENANTS. (G.C. WILL SEAR SOLE RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY SUCH DAMAGE OR DISRUPTION). 11. REMOVE ALL EXISITING FLOOR FINISHES AND PREPARE CONCRETE SLAB FOR NEW FLOOR FINISHES. PATCH, REPAIR AND LEVEL EXISTING SLAB. INFORM OWNER OF ANY IRREGULARITIES IN EXISTING SLAB IMMEDIATELY. 12. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PATCH AND /OR REPAIR EXISTING FLOOR SLAB, DEMISING WALLS AND ROOF DECK AFTER COMPLETION OF DEMO- LITION AND PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF NEW CONSTRUCTION (G.C. MUST CONTACT LANDLORD PRIOR TO ANY ROOF WORK AND COORDINATE ACCORDINGLY). 13. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DEMOLITION WORK AND MUST INFORM OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OF THE EXTENT OF SUCH WORK, PRIOR TO BIDDING. 14. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO DETERMINE H15 RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE FLOOR SLAB AND DEMISING WALL INSTALLATION OR MODIFICATIONS WITH LANDLORD AND OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER TO MEET ALL TENANT IMPROVEMENT CRITERIA AND RESPONSIBILITY SET BY THE LANDLORD OR OWNER. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY THE ACTUAL CONDITION OF THE PERIMETER DEMISING WALLS AND /OR FLOOR SLAB PRIOR TO BIDDING. BID IS TO INCLUDE ALL WORK REQUIRED. 15. IMMEDIATELY UPON COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION AND PRIOR TO STARTING OF CONSTRUCTION JOB SUPERVISOR TO VERIFY AND ADVISE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. a. OVERALL WIDTH (FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD ON DEMISING WALL TO FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD ON DEMISING WALL). b. OVERALL LENGTH (LEASE LINE TO INNER -FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD ON REAR WALL.) G. ANY AND ALL COLUMN LOCATIONS - FREE STANDING OR PROJECTING. d. AVAILABLE CLEAR HEIGHT FOR GRILLE AND CEILING AS DIMENSIONED ON DRAWINGS. D. LAYOUT OF WORK DIVISION I GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1. EXERCISE PROPER PRECAUTION TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND LAYOUT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IMMEDIATELY. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ERROR RESULTING FROM FAILURE TO EXERCISE SUCH PRECAUTION. SUCH ERROR WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED SUBSEQUENTLY AS A BASIS FOR EXTRA COMPENSATION. 2. SHOULD A CONTRACTOR FIND DISCREPANCIES IN, OR OMISSIONS FROM THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS, OR SHOULD HE BE IN DOUBT AS TO THEIR MEANING, HE SHALL AT ONCE NOTIFY THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SUPPLYING OR RENTING ALL TOOLS, WELDERS, GENERATORS, ETC. FOR COMPLETING PROJECT. E. CODES AND STANDARDS 1. ALL WORK, MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL ORDINANCES, STATE AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES, LATEST EDITION, AND FOLLOW APPLICABLE LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. 2. DESIGN LOADS: LOADS AND CODE RESTRICTIONS FOR ALL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS SHALL CONFORM TO THE LOCAL AND STATE CODES, AND ALL GOVERNING CODES. F. GENERAL CONDITIONS 1, THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS DOCUMENT A201 "GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR CONSTRUCTION" IS A PART OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. DIVISION II SITE WORK A. NO WORK UNDER THIS SECTION, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS. DIVISION III CONCRETE A. THE CONTRACTOR IS REPONSIBLE TO DETERMINE IF A NEW CONCRETE SLAB IS REQUIRED IN ALL OR PART OF THE LEASED SPACE. SUCH FLOOR SLAB SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS, LOCAL CODES, OR COMMON STANDARDS OF PRACTICE TO THE LOCALITY OF THE PROJECT OR WHICHEVER IS STRICTER. IN THE ABSENCE OF THE ABOVE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE OWNER FOR DIRECTION. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE FLOOR SLABS ON GRADE SHALL BE FOUR INCH THICK CONCRETE SLAB REIN- FORCED WITH 6 "x 6 "W.W.F.; CONCRETE TO BE 3, PSI OR HIGHER PLACED OVER SIX MILL VAPOR BARRIER OVER COMPACTED SAND/ AGGREGATE BASE THE SOIL SHALL BE INSECT TREATED IF CUSTOMARY TO THE LOCALITY OR AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD. B. FOR SPECIFICATIONS OF RAISED PLATFORMS IN STORE (IF APPLICABLE), . REFER TO DETAILS OF THIS SET. A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ACCOMPLISH ANY MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY WORK INDICATED ON THE PLANS, OR NOT INDICATED ON THE PLANS YET INCIDENTAL TO THE ACCOMPLISHMENT OF OTHER WORK. WHERE APPLICABLE, MASONRY WORK SHALL MATCH EXISTING WORK. FINISH BRICK WORK SHALL BE NEATLY TOOTHED INTO EXISTING MASONRY IF APPLICABLE. A. STRUCTURAL STEEL: REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS (WI -HERE APPLICABLE.) B. METAL STUDS: GALVANIZED STEEL STUDS SIZED AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED. INCLUDE ALL ACCESSORIES, SUCH AS BRIDGING, TRACK, ETC. PROVIDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS BOLTS, CLIPS, ANCHORS, ANGLES, BRACKETS, SLEEVES, FASTENERS, AND OTHER METAL ITEMS AS REQUIRED. WOOD STUDS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED WHERE PERMISSIBLE BY CODES. 1. COLD FORMED STEEL FRAMING SHALL CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF THE LATEST EDITION OF AISI "SPECIFICATION FOR DESIGN OF COLD - FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS" 2. STUDS SHALL BE INSTALLED SO THE ENDS ARE POSITIONED AGAINST THE INSIDE OF THE RUNNER TRACK WEB PRIOR TO FASTENING AND SHALL BE ATTACHED TO BOTH FLANGES OF TI-IE UPPER AND LOWER RUNNER TRACKS. 3. FOR VERTICAL STUDS WHERE THERE IS NO SHEATHING ATTACHED (SUCH AS ABOVE THE CEILING, ) OR WHERE SHEATHING IS ATTACHED TO ONLY ONE FACE, PROVIDE STANDARD BRIDGING AT 48" O.C. MAX. ATTACH PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. C. DECORATIVE METALS: INSTALL OWNER PROVIDED DECORATIVE METAL SUCH AS STAINLESS STEEL, PREFINISHED METAL, ETC. AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, D. OWNER SUPPLIED METALS: G.0 IS RESPONSIBLE TO CONTACT VENDOR FOR ORDERING OF PREFINISHED METAL STOREFRONT PANELS, CORNER GUARDS AT TILE FACED COLUMNS. REFER TO INDIVIDUAL DETAILS FOR APPLICATION AND INSTRUCTIONS. A. PROVIDE NEW LUMBER, BEARING GRADE AND TRADEMARK OF ASSOCIATION UNDER WHICH IT WAS PRODUCED. B. LAYOUT, CUT, FIT AND ERECT FRAMING FOR ROUGH AND FINISHED WORK. INSTALL BLOCKING, NAILERS, FURRING AND OTHER ROUGH AND FINISHED MATERIALS AS REQUIRED. BRACE, PLUMB LEVEL MEMBERS IN TRUE ALIGNMENT AND RIGIDLY SECURE IN PLACE WITH SUFFICIENT NAILS, SCREWS AND BOLTS AS NECESSARY. C. USE FIRE RETARDANT LUMBER AND TRIM WHERE REQUIRED BY STATE OR LOCAL CODES, WHICH BEAR THE MANUFACTURER'S STAMP OF AUTHENTICITY. D. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL GROUNDS OR BLOCKING REQUIRED TO RECEIVE STORE FIXTURES. E. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL ROUGH HARDWARE, ANCHORS, BOLTS, ETC., AS REQUIRED FOR CARPENTRY WORK. A. ROOFING /FLASHING S. INSULATION C. SKYLIGHTS (NOT APPLICABLE) A. DOORS AND HARDWARE B_ ROLLING GRILLE C. WINDOWS / MIRRORS 2. MIRRORS D. ENTRANCE AND STOREFRONT A. GYPSUM DRYWALL B. CEILING SYSTEMS DIVISION IV MASONRY DIVISION V MISCELLANEOUS METALS DIVISION VI CARPENTRY DIVISION VII THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO CONTACT LANDLORD'S ON -SITE MANAGER FOR SPECIFICATIONS ON ROOF PATCHING OR NAME OF ROOFING CONTRACTOR TO CONTACT FOR REPAIRS. 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL RIGID AND /OR FULL BATT INSULATION AND VAPOR BARRIER AT WALLS AND CEILING AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD AND CONSTRUCTION DRANINGS. DIVISION VIII DOORS AND WINDOWS 1. DOOR HARDWARE: REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE FOR HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS. 2. HOLLOW METAL FRAMES: K.D. MINIMUM 16 GAUGE. SIZE AND SHAPE PER DOOR SCHEDULE. 3. LABELED DOORS: WHERE REQUIRED, PROVIDE U.L. LABEL DOORS AND FRAMES PER APPLICABLE STATE AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES. LABEL DOORS TO RECEIVE DOOR CLOSER. 4. FABRICATE AND ERECT TRUE, PLUMB AND SQUARE AS SPECIFIED AND AS DETAILED AND PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 1. ROLLING GRILLE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER. 2. CAREFULLY COORDINATE INSTALLATION AND HOOK -UP OF ROLLING GRILLE WITH ALL AFFECTED TRADES. REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE. 3. INSTALLATION BRACKET AT GRILLE SUPPORT POST BASE MUST FACE MALL CORRIDOR SIDE. 1. GLASS a. STOREFRONT GLASS TO BE HORIZONTALLY TEMPERED. SIZE AND NUMBER OF PIECES AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. GLAZING CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL GLAZING CHANNELS, GASKETS, BLOCKING, ETC., REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. PROVIDE NEAT, UNIFORM (1/4" WIDE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) GAPS BETWEEN GLASS PANES AND BETWEEN PANES AND ADJACENT VERTICAL SURFACES. b. ARRISSED EDGE: EDGES TO BE DIAMOND GROUND 1/16" 45 DEGREE BEVEL AT FRONT AND BACK FACES WITH ALL EXPOSED EDGES UNIFORMLY MACHINE POLISHED. c. OWNER REQUIRES THAT STOREFRONT GLASS NOT BOW MORE THAN +/- 1/16" OUT OF VERTICAL. d. ALL GLASS TO BE SET IN GLAZING GASKETS THE SIZE AND SHAPE NECESSARY TO ACCOMPLISH GOOD WORKMANSHIP- REFER TO "STOREFRONT DETAIL SHEET(S)" FOR COLOR. CAULKING NOT PERMITTED. a. MIRRORS: NOTED (M -1) TO BE 1/4" CLEAR PLATE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR WITH CONTINUOUS BRIGHT, SHINY ALUMINUM 5/B" J- CHANNEL TOP AND BOTTOM #XLD645P BY C.R. LAWRENCE CO., LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA, (500 - 421 -6144) , OR EQUAL; SET IN MASTIC. b. INSTALL LARGEST SIZE POSSIBLE TO ACHIEVE THE LEAST NUMBER OF VERTICAL JOINTS. HORIZONTAL JOINTS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE, EXCEPT WHERE INDICATED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. G. ALL EDGES OF MIRRORS TO BE GROUND /POLISHED TO CREATE A SLIGHTLY CURVED EDGE WITH A SMOOTH FINISH. NO ROUGH EDGES ON MIRRORS WILL BE PERMITTED. 1. INSTALL STOREFRONT AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, CAREFULLY COORDINATING ALL TRADES INVOLVED. DIVISION IX FINISHES 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL GYPSUM DRYWALL AND SYSTEMS COMPLETE WITH PARTITION FRAMING, CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS AND RELATED ACCESSORIES, PARTS, MATERIALS, ETC. AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED. INSTALL ALL MATERIALS PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 2. GYPSUM DRYWALL: U.S. GYPSUM 5/6" THICK FIRE CODE SHEETROCK (TYPE 'X') PANELS OF STANDARD QUALITY. GENERAL CONTRACTOR MAY USE NON- RATED 5/8" THICK BOARD IN AREAS OF STORE WHERE ALLOWED BY STATE AND LOCAL CODES. ALWAYS USE TYPE 'X' ON DEMISING WALLS. 3. FASTENERS: DRYWALL SCREWS OF PROPER SIZE AND TYPE, PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. .4. METAL ACCESSORIES: U.S. GYPSUM OR GOLD BOND SYSTEM OF COMPONENTS AND JOINT TAPE. 5. JOINT TREATMENT: U.S. GYPSUM OR GOLD BOND SYSTEM OF COMPONENTS AND JOINT TAPE. FURNISH AND INSTALL CEILING SYSTEM COMPLETE WITH SUSPENSION SYSTEM AND RELATED ACCESSORIES AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED. 2. SUSPENSION SYSTEMS SHALL BE ADEQUATE TO SUPPORT LIGHT FIXTURES, CEILING, GRILLES, DIFFUSERS AND OTHER NORMAL ACCESSORIES. PROVIDE SYSTEM COMPONENTS FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER. 3. INSTALL CEILING AND SUSPENSION SYSTEMS IN STRICT ACCORANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. FINISH CEILING SHALL BE LEVEL, WITH JOINTS SNUG AND SQUARE, AND TILES OR PANELS IN PERFECT CONDITION. 4. MATERIALS AND FINISHES 0. REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION OF SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND FINISHES. b. NON -SALES CEILING: ARMSTRONG 2' X 4' NON- DIRECTIONAL FISSURED OR EQUAL. TILE AND GRID TO BE WHITE, CLASS "A" RATING. c. WHEN A ONE -HOUR FIRE -RATED CEILING ASSEMBLY IS REQUIRED BY LAND- LORD, STATE OR LOCAL CODES, THEN GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO CONFORM WITH UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES DESIGN FOR A ONE -TOUR RATED ASSEMBLY LISTED BELOW: FIRE -RATED NON -SALES AREA CEIING: ARMSTRONG NO.896A GEORGIAN, 2' x 4' PANEL WITH WHITE FINISH: METAL GRID TO BE WHITE. d. G.C. TO PROVIDE ONE BOX OF THE SPECIFIED CEILING TILES ON SITE FOR FUTURE USE. C. PAINTING, FINISI -ZING AND NALLCOVERING 1. TI-IE INTENT IS TO PROVIDE A SATISFACTORY FINISH TO ALL PARTS OF THE PROJECT, WHETHER NOTED HEREIN OR NOT, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY STATED. OTHERWISE, COVER ALL SURFACES THOROUGHLY. IF THE NUMBER OF COATS SPECIFIED DOES NOT ACCOMPLISH THE INTENT, THEN APPLY ADDITIONAL COATS OF SPECIFIED MATERIAL TO GIVE SATISFACTORY COVERAGE. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE. 2. PAINT CONTRACTOR IS TO REVIEW ELEVATIONS, FLOOR AND WALL FINISH PLAN, CONSTRUCTION DETAIL SHEETS, REFLECTED CEILING PLAN, AND PRESENTATION PLAN /DETAILS FOR HELPFUL CLARIFICATION OF ITEMS AND SURFACES TO BE PAINTED. REQUEST SHEETS FROM HOME OFFICE IF REQUIRED. 3. BEFORE STARTING FINISH WORK, REMOVE HARDWARE, ACCESSORIES, PLATES, LIGHTING FIXTURES AND SIMILAR ITEMS, OR PROVIDE AMPLE PROTECTION FOR SUCH ITEMS. 4. USE ONLY THE PAINT AND RELATED MATERIALS OF THE MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFIED. 5. CLEAN ALL SURFACES TO BE PAINTED FREE OF LOOSE DIRT AND DUST BEFORE WORK IS STARTED. 6. PAINTED DRYWALL TO RECEIVE ONE COAT OF LATEX PRIMER AND TWO COATS OF SPECIFIED PAINT. TINT PRIMER TO APPROXIMATE SHADE OF THE FINAL COAT. TOUCH UP ALL SUCTION SPOTS OR HOT SPOTS AFTER APPLICATION OF FIRST COAT AND BEFORE APPLYING SECOND COAT, TO PRODUCE AN EVEN RESULT IN THE FINISH COAT. DRY ALL COATS THOROUGHLY BEFORE APPLYING SUCCEEDING COATS. FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR RECOAT TIME. SEAL ALL DRYWALL SURFACES BEHIND MIRRORS. 7. STAINLESS STEEL, ALUMINUM, CHROME- PLATED SURFACES AND ALL OTHER BRIGHT METAL FINISHES SHALL NOT BE PAINTED UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE. B. WASH ALL METAL SURFACES WITH MINERAL SPIRITS TO REMOVE ALL DIRT AND GREASE BEFORE APPLYING FINISH. WHERE RUST AND /OR SCALE IS PRESENT, WIRE BRUSH OR SAND CLEAN BEFORE APPLYING FINISH. 9. ALL METAL SURFACES PAINTED BY PAINT CONTRACTOR ARE TO BE PRIMED WITH A HIGH QUALITY METAL PRIMER (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE). FINISH COATS MUST NOT REVEAL BRUSH MARKS. SPRAY OR APPLY AS NEEDED. 10. PUTTY ALL NAIL HOLES, COUNTERSINK SCREWS, BOLTS, CRACKS, ETC. BEFORE APPLY INC FINISH. 11. SAND ALL WOOD SURFACES TO BE PAINTED BEFORE APPLYING FINISH. 12. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO APPLY ALL STAINS PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. APPLY STAIN TO CLEAN /DRY SURFACES ONLY. 13. PAINT ALL ACCESS DOORS, FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS, EQUIPMENT MOUNTING BOARDS, ETC. IN /ON GYP. BOARD WALLS AND /OR CEILINGS. PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WORK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR DIRECTED. 14. SAND ENAMELED FINISHES APPLIED TO HOOD OR METAL BETWEEN COATS WITH FINE SANDPAPER TO PRODUCE SMOOTH, EVEN FINISH. 15. MAKE FINISH WORK UNIFORM OR APPROVED FINISH; SMOOTH, FREE OF RUNS, SAGS, DEFECTIVE BRUSHING AND CLOGGING. MAKE EDGES OF PAINT ADJOINING OTHER MATERIALS OR. COLORS SHARP AND CLEAN WITHOUT OVERLAPPING. 17. ALL 'BACK - PAINTED' GLASS SURFACES SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED PER THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS SURFACE PREPARATION (SOLVENT CLEANING): CLEAN ALL SURFACES TO REMOVE GREASE, DIRT, AND OTHER CONTAMINANTS WITH APPROPRIATE GLASS CLEANER, PREFERABLY WITH AMMONIA ADDITIVE, SUCH AS 'WINDEX MULTI - TASK'. A FINAL WIPE DOWN OF ALL GLASS AREAS TO BE PAINTED SHOULD BE DONE WITH DENATURED ALCOHOL. PRIMER / FINISH: APPLY TWO (2) COATS OF "PITT -TECH ACRYLIC DTM GLOSS INDUSTRIAL ENAMEL" (90 -375) AT A WET FILM THICKNESS OF 5.5 TO 8.3 MILS PER COAT TO ACHIEVE A DRY FILM THICKNESS OF 2.0 TO 3.0 MILS PER COAT. THE FIRST COAT SHALL BE ALLOWED TO DRY A MINIMUM OF 4 HOURS TO ENSURE COMPLETE OPACITY AND COMPLETE ADHESION BEFORE TI-IE SECOND COAT IS APPLIED. APPLICATION: AIRLESS SPRAY OR 'HIV LP SPRAY ARE HIGHLY RECOMMENDED FOR THIS APPLICATION FOR A FINAL CONSISTANT APPEARANCE. AIRLESS PRESSURE SHALL BE BETWEEN 2000 -2600 PSI; TIP 0.015 - 0.023" IF LOCAL CODES PROHIBIT THIS METHOD, EACH COAT SHALL BE APPLIED WITH A SOFT WOVEN, SHED FREE ROLLER COVER OF 1/4" NAP, NO THINNING IS REQUIRED. D. FLOOR PREPARATION FOR FINISH FLOORING 1. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE EXISTING SLAB CONDITIONS TO DETERMINE TO WHAT EXTENT FLOOR PREPARATION, LEVELING, CHIP HAMMERING, ETC. WILL BE NECESSARY TO FURNISH A SMOOTH, LEVEL SUBSTRATE FOR THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF ALL FLOORING MATERIALS. THE COST OF SUCH WORK TO THE EXTENT THAT IT CAN BE DETERMINED DURING THE BID PROCESS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. UNEVEN SUBSTRATE WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED AS AN EXCUSE FOR POORLY INSTALLED FLOORING MATERIALS. E. CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS FOR FINISH FLOORING 1. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO EXAMINE THE SUBSTRATE AND INSTALL CONTROL OR EXPANSION JOINTS AS REQUIRED DUE TO EXISITING CONDITIONS. WHEN CONTROL JOINTS /EXPANSION JOINTS ARE REQUIRED, THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONTACT THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR APPROVAL OF METHODS OR SYSTEMS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. F. CERAMIC TILE 1. CERAMIC TILE AS SPECIFIED IN FINISH SCHEDULE AND RESPONSIBILITY SCI- IEDULE. (IF APPLICABLE) 2. INSTALL CERAMIC TILE USING RECOMMENDED METHODS OF THE TILE CONTRACTORS ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA AND THE TILE COUNCIL OF AMERICA, INC. 3. INSTALL CERAMIC TILE USING GROUT AND JOINT SPACING SPECIFIED IN FINISH SCHEDULE. 4. ADHESIVE IS TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR (PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS). 5. CAREFULLY CLEAN ALL WORK AND REPLACE OR REPOINT ANY DAMAGED WORK AND LEAVE IN PERFECT CONDITION. USE NO ACID, AGENT OR DEVICE THAT WILL MAR SURFACE. CONSULT WITH OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR INSTRUCTIONS. (DO NOT POLISH CERAMIC TILE). 6. CERAMIC TILES ARE TO BE SET WITHOUT TRIPPING HAZARD TO CUSTOMERS OR STAFF. 7. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO CORRECT RAISED CERAMIC TILES FOR THE ENTIRE DURATION OF THE WARRANTY PERIOD AT THE DIRECTION OF THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. N. VINYL RESILIENT TILE 1. 12" X 12" VINYL RESILIENT TILES WITH 4" NIGH COVE VINYL BASE AS MANUFACTURED BY ARMSTRONG COLOR INTEGRATED #72, MOUSE GREY. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE. BUTT BASE TO FLOOR AND WALL WITH NO GAPS. 2. FILL ALL CRACKS, JOINTS, ETC. IN SUB -FLOOR WITH CRACK FILLER APPROVED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER. INSTALL ALL MATERIALS WITH WATERPROOF TYPE ADHESIVES AS RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER FOR MATERIALS AND SURFACES INVOLVED. X. CARPET DIVISION X SPECIALTIES AND MISCELLANEOUS A. ACCESS PANEL: FOR GYPSUM BOARD SOFFIT OR WALL: 24" X 24" SURFACE MOUNTED, MODEL SF2000, AS MANUFACTURED BY ACUDOR, CEDAR GROVE, NJ, (973) 357 -1800 OR OTHER WHICH MUST BE APPROVED BY OWNERS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. SUBSTITUTE WITH "B" LABEL FIRE PANEL, MODEL FW 5050, KEY LOCK, ONLY IF A RATED DOOR IS REQUIRED PER CODES. B. ACCESS PANELS: FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT ARE NORMALLY INDICATED ON THE HVAC AND REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. IN ABSENCE OF DEFINED LOCATIONS, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ACCESS PANELS AS NECESSARY TO FURNISH REASONABLE, SAFE ACCESS TO SERVICE ALL SERVICEABLE COMPONENTS OF EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. ASSUMED ACCESS SHALL BE BY A TECHIN ICI AN(S) STANDING FIRMLY ON A LADDER. WHERE ACCESS PANELS OR REMOVABLE DIFFUSERS CANNOT BE LOCATED IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO THE EQUIPMENT, THE CONTRACTOR IS TO FURNISH A NON - COMBUSTIBLE CATWALK OR ABOVE CEILING SECURED PLANKING OR METAL DECKING OR SIMILAR NON - COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL TO PERMIT ACCESS TO THE EQUIPMENT FROM THE NEAREST ACCESS PANEL OR LIFT -OUT DIFFUSER. CATWALKS MUST BE OBSTACLE -FREE TO A HEIGHT OF 3 FOOT 0 INCHES ABOVE THE CATWALK. CATWALKS MUST BE CAPABLE OF SAFELY SUPPORTING A MINIMUM OF TWO (2) TECHNICIANS PLUS EQUIPMENT AND BE CONSTRUCTED OF NON - COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS. C. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO ASSEMBLE ALL MISCELLANEOUS NON -SALES AREA WALL STANDARDS, SHELVES, BRACKETS, ETC. D. LAVATORY FIXTURES: REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND A'1 LAVATORY ACCESSORIES: REFER TO COVER SHEET AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. E. RESTORE LANDLORD'S STRUCTURAL STEEL FIREPROOFING TO MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF SAME AND FIREPROOF NEW STEEL AS REQUIRED. F. CLEANING: THE G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR 2 PROFESSIONAL CLEANINGS. ONE CLEANING TO BE PRIOR TO THE PUNCH -LIST DATE. THE SECOND IS TO BE AFTER THE STORE IS MERCHANDISED BEFORE THE OPENING DATE. STORE IS TO BE TURNED OVER IN A DUST -FREE, DIRT -FREE CONDITION. CLEANING SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: 1. STOREFRONT GLASS (INSIDE AND OUT) 2. MIRRORS 3. STOREFRONT METAL 4. SIGNS 5. LIGHT FIXTURES INCLUDING CANS, TRIM, TRACK AND TRACK HEADS 6. FLOORING (PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS) 7. VINYL RESILIENT FLOOR TILE CLEANED AND WAXED 8. PRESENTATION ITEMS, PROPS, AND TRADE FIXTURES 9. WOOD BASE 10. WALL COVERINGS 11. NON -SALES SHELVING, STORAGE PLATFORMS, ETC. DIVISION XI EQUIPMENT A. NO WORK UNDER THIS SECTION, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS. DIVISION XII FURNISH - -INC A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ASSEMBLY AND PLACEMENT OF OFFICE AND NON -SALES EQUIPMENT AND FURNITURE. B. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO UNCRATE, ASSEMBLE, AND PLACE TRADE FIXTURES AND PRESENTATION ITEMS IN SALES AREA; FIXTURES TO BE LOCATED PER THE DIRECTION OF THE OWNER. DIVISION XIII SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION A. NO WORK UNDER THIS SECTION, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS. DIVISION XIV CONVEYING SYSTEMS A. NO WORK UNDER THIS SECTION, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS. DIVISION XV MECI- IANICAL A. SEE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFICATIONS. DIVISION XVI ELECTRICAL A. SEE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFICATIONS. STOREFRONT GLASS ENTRY DOORS * SIDE LITES rigr 9'� e5 •a /' �.Rr• u t [817. ]i.;. .[[+ .:'.1: -W'• ,1 y . . y `":815: •r .. �[ _.�%.i . >I 1 k34r' '� ',[a c•J�,.0 �iw'r_a r n J•.. 3::� z "•- 1'❖'.'ti: �'r `x,n � x x.• !"�;' -�:te •• M> ^r• • , n. ..r w , RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE • • THESE ITEMS ARE SUPPLIED BY OWNER, BUT REQUIRE ORDERS TO BE PLACED BY G.C. - SEE APPROPRIATE DETAILS FOR INFORMATION ITEM * OWNER = TENANT ° o ❑ o ILl * _ * u-I R W Q U1 a Q Q_ 7 I- z R U I • U c cQo inc. ? c) z BARRICADE OR SNOW WINDOW GRAPH -TICS NEUTRAL PIERS - EXISTING TO REMAIN METAL REVEALS AT BULKHEAD AND /OR PIERS (AS REQUIRED) PREFIN[SHED ALUMINUM STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM -m - HARDWARE FOR STOREFRONT ENTRY DOORS SIGNS (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS) STOREFRONT TEMPERED GLASS, BLOCKING, GASKETS, ETC. STOREFRONT PREF!NISHED BREAK METAL BASE STOREFRONT PREFI N I SI-I ED PURPLE METAL PANELS STOREFRONT PREFINISI -iED WHITE PANELS ° LAM -LITE" BOXES FOR FITTING ROOM CIRCULAR OPENINGS ° LAM - LITE" CIRCULAR SUSPENDED CEILING ELEMENT GYPSUM BOARD: CEILINGS, WALLS, ETC. AND REQUIRED FRAMING AND BLOCKING FINISHED ACCESS PANELS IN GYP. BOARD CEILINGS CONCEALED IN -WALL BLOCKING FOR ALL ITEMS IN STORE SALES AREA WALL PANEL SYSTEM (PANELS, RETAINERS, TRIMS, SCREWS ) lx6 FURkiNG FOR SALES AREA WALL SYSTEM * NON -SALES STANDARDS PLATFORM 1x2 METAL CHANNEL EDGE TRIM WALL BASE AND COLUMN BASE (EXCLUDING AT 'ROUND' COLUMNS) PREFINISHED CASHIWRAP /BACKWRAP COUNTERS SALES AREA FURNITURE AND PROPS FITTING ROOM DOORS AND HARDWARE PREFINISI -TED FITTING ROOM HOOKS * MIRROR FRAMES PREFINISHED H.C. FITTING ROOM BENCH FITTING ROOM DOOR JAMBS FLOOR FIXTURES IN SALES AREA FURNITURE IN NON -SALES ROLLING SHON WINDOW DISPLAY PLATFORMS 1/4" PLATE GLASS MIRRORS (M -I) AND J -MOULD (IF REQUIRED) MIRROR FRAME WALL COVERINGS PAINT EPDXY AND POLYURETHANE FLOORINGS R 1 EVIEWED Fop a� NON -SALES FLOORING (V,C.T.) * VINYL BASE CODE COMPLIANCE I MALL MATCI.4 FLOORING AS REQUIRED i APPROVED I I LI AD r) 1 I1111Q I r"trrr� i wiruu umf r.-. ru - r _0___281_ METAL FLOOR TRANSITION DIVIDER STRIPS RIITI DINr DTVicirIN GROUT (FOR ALL FLOOR AND /OR WALL TILE) F.R.P. ON RESTROOMS WALLS (OR CERAMIC TILE IF CODE REQUIRES) I- IOLLOW METAL DOORS, FRAMES AND I-- HARDWARE 'ACROVYN' PANEL FOR SALES /NON -SALES DOOR (NON - SALES) LAY - IN CEILING DOOR STOP AT SALES /NON -SALES DOOR BULLETIN BOARDS SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS, BRACKETS, LADDER HOOKS, CLIPS, ETC. FOR NON -SALES SHELVES IN MANAGER'S OFFICE, LAVATORY, SINK ROOM AND NON -SALES AREA 2" SLATWALL FOR STOCK ROOM SHOE WALL NON -SALES PROTECTIVE METAL WALL CORNER GUARDS HANGROD STORAGE SINS) AND BACKROOM ORGANIZER(S) PIPP MOB ILE SHELVING DRINKING FOUNTAINS HANDICAP GRAB BARS IN LAVATORY LAVATORY TOILET PAPER AND PAPER TOWEL HOLDERS COMMERCIAL GRADE FLOOR MOUNTED SERVICE SINK FRICTION -TYPE MOP HOLDER (DOUBLE AND SINGLE STRIP) AND HOSE HOLDER LAVATORY EXI -IAUST FAN FIRE EXTINGUISHERS REAR SERVICE DOOR ALARM AND NON -SALES DOOR CI- -TIMES EXIT LIGI -ITS ALL SALES AREA LIGHT FIXTURES (WITH LAMPS) AND LIGHT TRACK ALL NON -SALES LIGHT FIXTURES (WITH LAMPS) SENSORMATIC DEVICES AT ENTRY SPEAKERS, WIRE AND GRILLES SPEAKER LINE TESTING, SYSTEM PERFORMANCE CHECKOUT AND SYSTEM SIGNOFF ACCESS PANELS PLUMBING WORK (AS SPECIFIED) MECHANICAL WORK (AS SPECIFIED) ELECTRICAL WORK (AS SPECIFIED) FIRE PROTECTION WORK (AS SPECIFIED) PROFESSIONAL CLEANING • • A • A • • • A • A • A • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 0 • • Oo • • WIMIEEEEll • • • • • • • • • • B • ICII • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • EMIENIEhi • ■■■I ■w WEN • ww� MINIM= YYE111111M1 • • o • • • • • • • a • • • • • • • A_ IM1711 MINEIM MIME • • • CITY 0 =ME G.G. TO GALL AND ORDER THE FOLLOWING OWNER SUPPLIED ITEMS: OLDCASTLE - CALL WAYNE WINE @ (512) 533 -0806 - STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM AND ENTRY DOORS AS REQUIRE - PURPLE AND WI-IITE PREFABRICATED STOREFRONT COMPOSITE PANELS - FITTING ROOM DOOR FRAMES - METAL BASE ON STOREFRONT I PERM CEHTE` mod" "5•• : } .t •Y.'e4••vCr' 1J', .. t'. s. .. $•, . v.. ti�Xv[ a w . �.�'L•', f � %T %, r • ;1L'•r... `M1.s`�i�= a�csen,:• " ,• . _r �i�1: �' .•�z J x•. ... J•. ti :'�t� , r,i r .. - � "w. ' r+:''`� ,rpm >. •Y% Y' +i'r� -x. ...�^';' ,. � . »•.r��.s.�: t,a ,r �4Y;��kS'S:uf��L x•N I� a,r .� ti::r� ��zt x �.:a G.`; r9� ^43!.i._,.�o4 � �u vi. �"'�,[Sa.teS• r`n�u ..mF. U) z 0 rarn00 2 w 0 4c( U, 0 N Q W co 7 cc W CO CC CO Lu C1 0 -I LU I- � w I"' ®r�c)w CO CO REGISTERED - ARCHITEP" Al Ar Lyt. S SHOCK A0.1 DRAWING NUMBER: co cc LL LL ea 2 C) THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI # 0 .P • 1 •' �[ .: �k/x r n'I-.� �u7 =9i2 rc a 1 •✓' • 'iw�� ' i �YJ •, r s .. 18 28 37 47 57 67 77 87 97 107 117 17 26 36 45 55 65 75 84 95 104 113 16 25 34 44 54 63 73 82 93 102 110 15 24 33 42 B2 62 71 80 91 100 108 13 22 31 40 50 60 68 78 88 96 105 12 20 2d1 38 47 57 66 76 85 93 103 11 19 27 36 45 55 64 73 83 92 101 c1 17 25 34 43 53 61 70 60 89 98 6 15 23 31 40 50 59 67 77 86 94 4 13 21 29 37 47 56 64 73 82 91 1 11 18 26 35 43 52 61 69 78 87 -2 8 16 23 31 40 48 57 65 74 83 _G, 4 13 7() 7F )G, 44 57 G;1 G>G 77 y � 1'1 a�1( +P "yiP'' N " .. 9{al weh ."' C i•�'L?T . "✓a;' �• ".n. .. _. , • .r .w.LK,.�.vrAh.!w�'{'wFu4�,. . ���,�° �....... , �. - r1 w w�... . ,r r��,f.✓,'hx��.4,�" r4dew, 7: 7' 9w, ";kW is 7i. ��.'w {� :.; •,r7"' ]' eNi 1.7 , .. 4�'. - - �.. . ;:?f. ,r4�iv,u�'1. i d� « , ,. h �. r ex'r •..�.e, �., n'�.>�� �' r. � r "i� y . „ , w?aiga'.im.- sliSY,rn . �ln �unrv'r. .:�i�jC °'�2y�T`.'s'f r ;'4 i,t;' '.` 'f. a:p.,s x' +.?r^��;dl�tlr ";:V" irr n 3r # �r.: n .. .Ii iy; � r c.S.• yazn ,.'YW,ir 'r:,- fr,Y' Ikt �u:C.rdan,�;.. Sd rzoz.. ` , d r "'1§ Tina' *'.r �q r'a•�aS� � ..,, �;�t,,:�•,a�RH.� �,; � M .es.,.r,'Si��;�tw�..�,an.�'�a�� = �;�mt.a,..»�M,�:.rSwr:ax.l L.t, � . °'.•�c. cr�i� .rar, W 0 a 0) W ac 0 I- U) z 6923 REGISTERED ARCHITE &/4 /b 2 U THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR UABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA_ SAI # DRAWING NUMBER: A0.2 hi N rn 2 0 4 .. ' cri:G• e+ • §' .. cn 'w:r et ..:nut+ • {NCF ,. ,, e .. .. 7 • 5:[ . ' }r.4n•' tl''t n 7 Jl' f. R N F 1 2• ..r �a....r � as....., ., .. �..r..Ci .w„hl. � :..la ra."`' .. &rdl . t..d � �• a.. �i, if w.�G ....::..,,. l�ii tl . S. •..�''' =�i"� J`. �. � M.F�+, �� r' t. r 5. �� '`4r b r p rl ... -1'� 1 RESINOUS FLOOR COATING SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. FURNISH NECESSARY MATERIAL, LABOR, AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO PREPARE DESIGNATED AREAS AND INSTALL FLOOR COATING SYSTEMS. FLOOR SYSTEMS ARE GROUPED IN 2 GENERAL CATEGORIES: EPDXY SYSTEM FOR LIMITED TOO STORES (GLOSS AND SATIN FINISHES AS INDICATED) AND URETHANE SYSTEM FOR. LIMITED TOO OUTLET STORES (GLOSS AND SATIN FINISHES AS INDICATED).TOTAL FLOOR SYSTEM THICKNESS FOR LIMITED TOO STORES TO BE 50 -60 MILS DRY (DFT). TOTAL FLOOR SYSTEM THICKNESS FOR LIMITED TOO OUTLET STORES TO BE 32 -38 MILS DRY (DFT). 1.02 A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT INCLUDING GENERAL AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1, EXCEPTING SPECIAL SUBMITTAL AND QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS IN THIS SECTION. B. CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATIONS - MUST BE ON TSP'S (TWEEN STORE PLANNING) APPROVED FLOOR INSTALLER LIST. C. FLOOR SYSTEM THICKNESS VERIFICATION. G.G. TO VERIFY THAT INSTALLER APPLIES PRODUCTS PER ATTACHED SPECIFICATIONS. 1.04 1.05 1 RELATED WORK WARRANTY A. THE CONTRACTOR AND THE MANUFACTURER SHALL FURNISH A STANDARD GUARANTEE OF THE FLOOR COATING SYSTEM FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR AFTER INSTALLATION. THE LABOR AND MATERIAL GUARANTEE SHALL INCLUDE LOSS OF BOND AND WEAR - THROUGH TO THE CONCRETE SUBSTRATE FROM NORMAL USE. B. IN CASE OF A WARRANTY CLAIM, THE OWNER WILL NOTIFY THE MANUFACTURER AND CONTRACTOR IN WRITING WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE FIRST APPEARANCE OF PROBLEMS COVERED UNDER THIS WARRANTY. REMEDY IS LIMITED TO DIRECT REPAIR OF THE FLOOR COAT ING SYSTEM. SUBMITTAL A. IT IS THE INTENTION OF THIS SECTION TO PROVIDE THE PRODUCTS AS NAMED. NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE CONSIDERED. B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A COPY OF THE MANUFACTURER'S PACKING SLIP, TAGGED FOR THIS SPECIFIC JOB, ALONG WITH CALCULATIONS, SIGNED BY AN OFFICER OF THE PRIMARY MATERIAL SUPPLIER DEMONSTRATING THE QUANTITY OF MATERIAL FURNISHED FOR THE PROJECT WILL ACHIEVE THE SPECIFIED COVERAGE AND MIL THICKNESS. 1.06 MATERIAL DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. PRIMARY SYSTEM MATERIALS SHALL BE DELIVERED IN THE MANUFACTURER'S UNDAMAGED, UNOPENED CONTAINERS. EACH CONTAINER SHALL BE CLEARLY MARKED WITH THE FOLLOW ING: - PRODUCT NAME(S) AND /OR NUMBER(S) - MANUFACTURER'S NAME - COMPONENT DESIGNATION (A, 5, ETC.) - PRODUCT MIX RATIO - HEALTH AND SAFETY INFORMATION (MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS) - CHEMTREC EMERGENCY RESPONSE INFORMATION B. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL TO HANDLE THE MATERIALS BY METHODS WHICH PREVENT DAMAGE. C. THE CONTRACTOR S1 -IALL PROMPTLY INSPECT DIRECT JOB SITE MATERIAL DELIVERIES TO ASSURE THAT QUANTITIES ARE CORRECT, COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS AND ARE NOT DAMAGED. D. T1-4E CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MATERIALS FURNISHED BY HIM, AND HE SHALL REPLACE, AT HIS OWN EXPENSE, SUCH MATERIALS THAT ARE FOUND TO BE DEFECTIVE IN MANUFACTURE OR THAT BECOME DAMAGED IN TRANSIT, HANDLING AND STORAGE. E. STORE MATERIAL(S) IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, WITH SEALS AND LABELS INTACT AND LEGIBLE. MAINTAIN TEMPERATURES WITHIN THE REQUIRED RANGE. DO NOT USE MATERIALS, WI- IICI --I EXCEED THE MANUFACTURER'S MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED SHELF LIFE. 1.07 JOB CONDITIONS A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOBSITE PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF THE FLOOR COATING SYSTEM TO EVALUATE SUBSTRATE CONDITION, INCLUDING SUBSTRATE MOISTURE TRANSMISSION, QUANTITY AND SEVERITY OF CRACKING, AND THE EXTENT OF REPAIRS NEEDED, SUBSTRATE IMPERFECTIONS SHOULD BE REPAIRED ONLY AFTER MECHANICAL PREPARATION OF TI--IE SUBSTRATE. SURFACE PREPARATION REVEALS MOST IMPERFECTIONS REQUIRING REPAIR. CONCRETE SUBSTRATES SHALL BE TESTED TO VERIFY THAT THE MOISTURE VAPOR TRANSMISSION OF THE SUBSTRATE DOES NOT EXCEED THE FLOOR COATING SYSTEM MANUFACTURERS' RECOMMENDATIONS. COST ASSOCIATED WITH REPAIR, LEVELING AND REMEDIATION OF THE SUBSTRATE ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GC. B. THE CONTRACTOR SHOULD EXERCISE CARE DURING SURFACE PREPARATION AND SYSTEM INSTALLATION TO PROTECT SURROUNDING SUBSTRATES AND SURFACES, AS WELL AS IN -PLACE EQUIPMENT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE THE SUBSTRATE TO REMOVE LATIENCE AND OPEN THE SURFACE. THIS SHALL BE ACHIEVED BY SHOT BLASTING. SURFACE PROFILE ACHIEVED SHALL BE SIMILAR TO MEDIUM GRIT SANDPAPER AND FREE FROM BOND - INHIBITING CONTAMINANTS. COSTS INCURRED THAT ARE ASSOCIATED WITH DAMAGE FROM NEGLIGENCE OR INADEQUATE PROTECTION SI --IALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. C. SUB FLOOR TOLERANCES ARE SPECIFIED (IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 302). EACH DRAIN IN THE INSTALLATION AREA MUST BE WORKING AND RAISED OR LOWERED TO THE ACTUAL FINISHED ELEVATION OF TI-IE FLOOR COATING SYSTEM. D. SYSTEM MUST BE PROTECTED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR, AS A SEPARATE BID ITEM, BY THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR UNTIL IT IS INSPECTED AND TURNED OVER TO TI-IE OWNER. E. THE MINIMUM SLAB TEMPERATURE MUST BE CONDITIONED TO 60° F BEFORE COMMENCING INSTALLATION, DURING INSTALLATION, AND FOR AT LEAST 72 HOURS AFTER INSTALLATION IS COMPLETE. THE SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE MUST BE AT LEAST 5° F ABOVE THE DEW POINT DURING INSTALLATION. THIS REQUIREMENT ALSO APPLIES DURING CURING OF TI-IE COATINGS. DEN POINT CI-IART TEMPERATURE AT WHICH MOISTURE WILL CONDENSE ON THE SURFACE. EXAMPLE: IF THE AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE IS 70 °F AND THE HUMIDITY IS 65 %, THE DEW POINT IS 57 °F AND NO COATING SHOULD BE APPLIED UNLESS THE SURFACE TEMPERATURE IS A LEAST 62T. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS COLOR FORMULA FOR "EXUBERANT PINK ": SN6840- 1358T650 -844 COLORANTS ONLY TW 3 OUNCES OR 3 OUNCES OY 10/32 IF GENERAL POLYMERS USED - FACTORY TINT ONLY 90% 85% 80% N 75% 70% = 65 % w 60% 55% < 50% 45% VL 40% 35% 30% COLOR FORMULA FOR "PANACHE PINK ": SW6848- 1358W650 -844 COLORANTS ONLY - TW 3 OUNCES QR 10/32 OY 5/32 IF GENERAL POLYMERS USED - FACTORY TINT ONLY x 3 .':'r � cv� w .., �at�, . «7nt,�.1:', AMBIENT AIR TEMPEARTURE (F) 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 ci0 100 110 120 A. PRIOR TO COATING, A MOISTURE TEST MUST BE PERFORMED. CALCIUM CHLORIDE IS PREFERRED. (MOISTURE TEST TO BE DONE USING 18 BY 18 INCH SQUARE OF 1.5 MIL CLEAR PLASTIC SHEETING. SECURE ALL EDGES TIGHTLY TO THE FLOOR WITH TAPE AND LEAVE UNDISTURBED FOR 16 -24 HOURS" OBSERVE PLASTIC FOR EVIDENCE OF MOISTURE CONDENSATION ON SHEET OR DISCOLORATION OF FLOOR AREA UNDER THE PLASTIC SHEET. IF MOISTURE OR SIGNS OF MOISTURE ARE PRESENT CALCIUM CHLORIDE TEST MUST BE PREFORMED.) FOLLOW PROCEDURES AND RECOMMENDATIONS ON ATTACHED DOCUMENT FROM ITN PHILADELPHIA RESIN TECHNOLOGIES. ANY READINGS OVER 3.0 LBS. OF VAPOR TRANSMISSION PER 1000 SQUARE FEET IN 24 HOURS MUST BE REPORTED TO TWEENBRANDS FOR ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS. TWEENBRANDS MUST APPROVE ANY OTHER TYPES OF MOISTURE TESTING PRIOR TO USE. B. MAINTAIN LIGHTING AT A MINIMUM UNIFORM LEVEL OF 50 OR MORE FOOT CANDLES IN AREAS WHERE THE FLOOR COATING SYSTEM IS BEING INSTALLED. IT IS THE RECOMMENDATION OF THE MANUFACTURER THAT THE PERMANENT LIGHTING BE IN PLACE AND WORKING DURING THE INSTALLATION. C. LEAKS FROM PIPES AND OTHER SOURCES MUST BE CORRECTED PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION. A. SYSTEM OVERVIEN - LIMITED TOO THE FLOOR COATING SYSTEM AS FORMULATED CONSISTS OF ARMORSEAL 33 GRAY PRIMER AT APPROXIMATELY 10 MILS THICKNESS, ARMORSEAL 650 "PANANCHE PINK" AT APPROXIMATELY 15 MILS THICKNESS, AS SASE COAT AND RANDOM DECORATIVE GLITTER SUPPLIED BY TSP" ARMORSEAL 650 CLEAR AS INTERMEDIATE AND FINISH COATS. TWO COATS REQUIRED TO COVER GLITTER AGGREGATE. FIRST AND SECOND COATS AT APPROXIMATELY 10 MILS THICKNESS EACH. B. SYSTEM OVERVIEN - LIMITED TOO OUTLET THE FLOOR COATING SYSTEM AS FORMULATED CONSISTS OF ARMORSEAL GRAY 33 STANDARD PRIMER AS PRIMER AT APPROXIMATELY 10 MILS THICKNESS, ARMORSEAL 650 "EXUBERANT PINK" AS INTERMEDIATE COAT AT APPROXIMATELY 25 MILS THICKNESS, AND ARMORSEAL 1K CLEAR URETHANE AT APPROXIMATELY 5 MILS THICKNESS. C. IN BOTI -I SYSTEMS, THE DRESSING ROOM FLOORS SHALL BE FINAL COATED WITH 3594S EPDXY SATIN EPDXY TO MINIMIZE REFLECTION PER FLOOR FINISH PLAN. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION A. FOR THOROUGH INSTRUCTIONS REGARDING PREPARATION OF CONCRETE SUBSTRATES, REFER TO "INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONCRETE SURFACE PREPARATION" G -1, 01/05 ED, SHERWIN WILLIAMS. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. GENERAL - APPLY EACH COMPONENT OF THE FLOOR COATING SYSTEM IN COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND STRICTLY ADHERE TO MIXING AND INSTALLATION METHODS, RECOAT WINDOWS, CURE TIMES AND ENVIRONMENTAL RESTRICTIONS. THE FLOOR COATING SYSTEM IS TO BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY OVER NON - MOVING CONTROL JOINTS AND CRACKS WHICH HAVE BEEN TREATED WITH ARMORSEAL CRACK FILLER, AND MOVEABLE JOINTS SI -IALL BE TREATED WITH ARMORSEAL FLEX JOINT SEALANT. THE FLOOR COATING SYSTEM WILL TERMINATE AT THE EDGE OF ISOLATION AND EXPANSION JOINTS AS DESIGNATED BY DRAWINGS. B. FOR LIMITED TOO STORES (GW, GWB, GWR): 1. GLITTER SHOULD BE DELIVERED 1 WEEK BEFORE THE JOS STARTS. 2. PREPARE FLOOR AS OUTLINED ABOVE (MINOR PATCHING SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE BASE BID) 3. FLOOR TEMPERATURE SHOULD BE CONSISTENTLY ABOVE 60° F. COORDINATE WITI -I CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 4. INSTALL A COAT OF 33 PRIMER AT APPROXIMATELY 10 MILS THICKNESS. (COVERAGE = 160 S.F. /GALLON). 5. NHEN THE PRIMER IS DRY, SAND WITH 100 GRIT SCREEN AND VACUUM THE FLOOR. 6. INSTALL A COAT OF ' PINK" #650 WITH A 3/16" NOTCHED SQUEEZE AT APPROXIMATELY 15 MILS THICKNESS. (COVERAGE = 107 S.F. /GALLON). 7. WHILE THE FLOOR IS STILL NET, BACK ROLL AND INSTALL OWNER SUPPLIED GLITTER AT APPROXIMATELY 400 S.F. PER POUND. GLITTER SHOULD BE INSTALLED WITH A GLITTER TUBE OR APPROVED EQUAL, MADE FROM A 3" OR 4" MAIL TUBE SEALED AT ONE END WITH TWELVE 5/8" HOLES DRILLED 2" APA;'.T ON THE SIDE OF ONE END OF THE TUBE. FILL TI-IE TUBE WITH GLITTER AND SHAKE BACK AND FORTH SPREADING THE GLITTER EVENLY ON THE WET FLOOR. TWO PEOPLE NITI -I TWO TUBES SI -IOULD BE DOING THIS TOGETHER. THIS ELIMINATES THE FLOOR DRYING TOO QUICKLY AND THE GLITTER NOT STICKING TO TI-IE FLOOR. S. VACUUM ANY LOOSE GLITTER. c1. WHEN THE FLOOR IS DRY, USE A 3/16" NOTCHED SQUEEZE AND INSTALL A COAT OF 650 CLEAR SOLIDS EPDXY AT APPROXIMATELY 15 MILS THICKNESS. (COVERAGE _ 107 S.F. /GALLON). 10. WHEN THE FLOOR IS DRY, SAND THE FLOOR WITH 80 GRIT SCREEN AND VACUUM. 11. INSTALL A COAT OF 650 100% CLEAR SOLIDS EPDXY WITH A 3/16" NOTCHED SQUEEZE AT APPROXIMATELY 15 MILS THICKNESS. (COVERAGE = 107 S.F. /GALLON) 12. THE DRESSING ROOMS ARE TO RECEIVE A COAT OF 3594S SATIN FINISH AT APPROXIMATELY 10 MILS. (COVERAGE = 160 S.F. /GALLON). SEE FINISH PLAN FOR EXTENT 13. FINISHED FLOORS SHOULD BE SMOOTH WITH NO MOLES, PITS, OR ORANGE PEELING. G. LIMITED TOO OUTLET STORES (GWO): 1. PREPARE FLOOR AS OUTLINED ABOVE (MINOR PATCHING SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE BASE BID) 2. FLOOR TEMPERATURE SHOULD SE CONSISTENTLY ABOVE 60° F. COORDINATE WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 3. INSTALL A COAT OF 33 PRIMER AT APPROXIMATELY 10 MILS THICKNESS. (COVERAGE = 160 S.F. /GALLON). 4. WHEN THE FLOOR IS DRY, SAND PRIMER WITH 100 GRIT SCREEN AND VACUUM. 5. INSTALL "EXUBERANT PINK" #650 WITH A 1/4" NOTCHED SQUEEZE AT APPROXIMATELY 25 MILS THICKNESS. (COVERAGE = 64 S.F. /GALLON). 6. WHEN THIS DRIES, TAPE OFF THE FITTING ROOMS AND INSTALL A COAT OF 1K URETHANE AT APPROXIMATELY 5 MILS THICKNESS. (COVERAGE = 320 S.F. /GALLON ON THE REMAINDER OF THE FLOOR. DO NOT INSTALL IN FITTING ROOMS. THE 35945 SHOULD GO DIRECTLY ON THE DARK PINK. IT WILL NOT BOND TO THE URETHANE. 7 THE FITTING ROOMS ARE TO RECEIVE A COAT OF 3594S SATIN FINISH AT APPROXIMATELY 10 MILS THICKNESS. (COVERAGE = 160 S.F. /GALLON. SEE FINISH PLAN FOR EXTENT. 8. FINISHED FLOORS SHOULD BE SMOOTH WITH NO HOLES, PITS, OR ORANGE PEELING. 5.03 CURING, CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. CURE THE FLOOR COATING SYSTEM MATERIALS IN COMPLIANCE WITI -I MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS, TAKING CARE TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION DURING STAGES OF THE INSTALLATION AND PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF THE CURING PROCESS. B. PROTECT THE FLOOR COATING SYSTEM FROM DAMAGE AND WEAR DURING OTHER PHASES OF THE CONSTRUCTION OPERATION, USING TEMPORARY COVERINGS AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER, IF REQUIRED. REMOVE TEMPORARY COVERING JUST PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION. C. CLEAN FLOOR COATING SYSTEM JUST PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION, USING MATERIALS AND PROCEDURES SUITABLE TO THE SYSTEM PER THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. D. SOME CLEANERS WILL AFFECT THE COLOR, GLOSS OR TEXTURES OF POLYMER FLOOR SURFACES. TO DETERMINE HON CLEANER WILL PERFORM, FIRST TEST EACH CLEANER, IN A SMALL AREA, UTILIZING YOUR CLEANING TECHNIQUE. THIS PRECAUTION NI LL DEMONSTRATE THE EFFECT OF YOUR CLEANER AND TECHNIQUE. IF NO DELETERIOUS EFFECTS ARE OBSERVED, CONTINUE WITH THE PROCEDURE. IF DELETERIOUS EFFECTS DO OCCUR, MODIFY THE CLEANING MATERIAL AND /OR PROCEDURE. FOR RECOMMENDATIONS REGARDING TYPES OF CLEANERS, CONTACT FLOOR COATING SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL SHERWIN WILLIAMS COMMERCIAL STORE OR BRAD HARRINGTON AT 216 - 341 -5553 FOR ANY QUESTIONS REGARDING' THE USE OF PRODUCTS LISTED IN THIS SPECIFICATION. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVE tAAR 21 2110a CO Of T'uwiia DIN RECE;'. i• CITY OF 1t.i1C.WeLA MAR 05 2008 PERMIT CENTER 1 1 I 11 I I'• .. . . .. _.. .. .... : ".1:: • t::i'�'� '` - - .;:T ?•.i. '�.' ..f�'�r:._ f• _. --�. •�i�y -.. . ... ._r ... , . _ - -.f .-- ,�v� .... � sc ..,.•r'. �a..:i =:r - - "• _ .� +•�a,..l: :.� -? n s. - _. - ... ,.,s ... •- 1f;y: {t •:a:t`+r' =' "• . rc x "r • 1 ": - - 'Li47�' ,'F � .:.Ss: ": .:J. - .. c i'f• ,.e .:.fa _.. �Y:.,� ...u•a.k�..... :ij_. .r : 'Irr.:.. ... :. ._.. .. ..'-C. ..�.•.Cw- ,�Y._w'r.� `.'.•R::.:.{.,,.{.....0 :E_._.c..(• - ; 5' ..i .�l(' ..s, irr= C ^� - ..- .. 3l1/0E, THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. DRAWING NUMBER: 14.4 -0 TRAVEL DISTANCE 26 -10 55' -10 11/16" LANDLORD I ' ELECTRICAL RM I I �-- ADJACENT TENANT --3 NL /EM -- ADJACENT TENANT -3 4— ADJACENT TENANT LIFE SAFETY SYMBOL LEGEND EMERGENCY LIGHT (SALES FLOOR) EXIT SIGN (SALES FLOOR) EXIT LIGHT (NON -SALES ROOM) EMERGENCY LIGHT (NON -SALES FLOOR) 158 -14" TRAVEL DISTANCE LIFE SAFETY PLAN City Of Tukwila B :ILW.NG DiVI _ ION 1/4" = 1' -0" RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWIIA MAR 0 5 2008 PERMIT CENTER NORTH ce NEW SHEET F 'st. 't . 5. G. «y-f n•.C4 . J',-• - .r Jr. -w.. >.,,,t.S,�.,,1r..0. .. 1. w... .d ii i {:Li. ^e h'.i.:Av:! f�`..`r ,5 i; ..�y.r`.•:,:�:;:y;_a tl J:_.. a rt.. �:f.;.: F.Y ^'� _ _ i.rl -" r?::n .. "�a! ic,'c_..x. - k.`.} '.;EF.: ..tii` c_j..: ''.. " .:>} .l•:2' 3,L'£" is P3: ^'F." _ • { • •YSaI T .. ,...- .��ho—...�.1w..Se,. .....f. k::..a. ...a:��::r -t. a ...'. ^ ... ...........�,... ., -:. .e. _. ... ._ .� - .. .. � .... .!• f•".s.:�.- ::v�- _a;.iai?:/ -n .. ........r....t::: {�ti`.�. f, a .. .,..a ..: ..,.- . 1 . L ._.l_._ LANDLORD DIRECTIVES 1. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY LOCATION AND GET APPROVAL AND REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL TRENCHING NITI -I WESTFIELD'S ON SITE TENANT COORDINATOR BEFORE PROCEDING WITH WORK. 2. ALL CONNECTIONS TO METAL DECK SLABS FOR STRUCTURAL LOADS SMALL BE EITHER PRESET OR DRILLED IN ANCHORS. 3. FIELD VERIFY TI--IE BRACING LOCATIONS AND CLEARANCES ALONG MALL SERVICE CORRIDOR NALL. T.O.W T.O.W. UTILITY PANEL LOCATION (REFER TO ELECTRICAL SHEETS) • 6' - q 3/4" 11 1/ 5 1 - o11 t TO DECK T.O.W. TO DECK INSIDE) Al Aq SIM. •. IN 12'-0" T.O.R. ci _ o" T.O.W. SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS IN 6 DENIM AREA ONLY u-1 DIGITAL FLOORMAX SECURITY SYSTEM, REFER TO ELECTRICAL SHEETS T.O.W. T.O.R. ▪ REFER TO M /Ac1 FOR I ADDITIONAL RESTROOM N DETAILS (REFERENCE ONLY), TYP. BOTH RESTROOMS Aq 47/8 5 -2" 4 7/8" C I T.O.W. i F.R. = I \ 116' 0 -'" SPAS S = DE )0 N SI . T.O.W. T.O.W. 6' BELOW DECK 12 -0" T.O.W. T.O.W. T.O.R. T.O.W. 12'-0" T.O.R. T.O.N. T.O.R. T.O.W. T.O.R. T.O.W. I i I //4 i I/ /I 0 F.R. T.O.W. q' -b" T.O.R. (5) 1 -7" SPS = 7 -11 ADJACENT TENANT T.O.W. T.O.W. T.O.R. LEASE LINE O ENTRY DOORS -• � 7 SPA• ES @ 2 = 14'_0 �� s 11111111 IMO 11111 w N • Aq (DE N I SI r % i.� cv % 8 I 8 Al Aq CI : _ -� ■=EM :_C T.O.W. T.O.W. INSTALL 10 GA 4 "x4 "x4' -0" STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARDS ON OUTSIDE CORNERS OF ALCOVE LANDLORD ELECTRICAL RM 2 1/2" 18 GA METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. (MAXIMUM) WITH 5/5" TYPE 'X" GYPSUM BOARD PROVIDED ON ONE SIDE AS REQUIRED. T.O.14 I-- IEIGNT TO BE 8' -6" A.F.F. (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE). (26) STDS N/ (25) 1 -7" SPACES = 3c1' -7" CONSTRUCTION PLAN CODED NOTES 24" X 24" SERVICE SINK /FAUCET TO INCLUDE 48" NOSE AND CLIP ON WALL FRICTION TYPE MOP HOLDER MOUNTED AT 66" A.F.F. G.C. TO EXTEND PLASTIC LAMINATE TO 48" I " " A.F.F. ON ALL WALLS WITH .�IHITE PLASTIC J MOLD AT TOP EDGE. CAULK ALL JOINTS AND SEAMS (SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C.). 6" METAL JOISTS (16 GAUGE) AT 16" O.C. MAXIMUM WITH ONE LAYER 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD DECK. TOP OF GYP. CEILING AT 6' - A.F.F. INSTALL ONE LAYER 5/5" GYPSUM BOARD ON TOP AND BOTTOM OF JOIST. REFER TO DETAIL M /Ac1. G.C. TO LOCATE DOOR JAMB (HINGE SIDE) 6 FROM EDGE OF FINISHED WALL, (TYPICAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE,) IN -WALL BLOCKING NOTES GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLATION OF IN -WALL METAL BLOCKING FOR ALL WALL HUNG ITEMS IN STORE. REVIEW DECORATIVE PRESENTATION ITEM DETAILS OF THIS SET TO INSURE THAT ALL ITEMS HAVE ADEQUATE IN -NALL BLOCKING. T.D.W. ROOM NO SALES 0 I Z DOO - ENTRY DRS (1 PAIR; SALES /NON -SALES DOOR FITTINC ROOM DOOR LAVATORY DOOR SERV ICE DOOR NON -SALES DOOR REFER. NUMBER (o'- -q 5/4" DOOR AND FRAME SCHEDULE WIDTH 7 - 0" -o 3 DOOR SIZE 1•- IEIGNT 'TI- IICKNESE 10' - DOORS 1 -q /16 1 -3/4" 1 -3/4" 1 -3/4" MATERIAL HOL.MTL HOL.MTL NOL.MT PTD PTD FRAMES MATERIAL ALUM INUM NOL.MTL ALUM H HOL.MTL FIRE RATING HARDWARE HW -6 HN -5 NOTE HARDWARE NOTES ► i • i • i• i• i• i i• i• i• i• i \J��L��A 0000 IMESSEMEM 77, ipT7TIFY77T 7110 r'7 0 1. FLOOR AND CEILING RUNNERS -(NOT SHOWN) - CHANNEL SHAPED RUNNERS, 3 5/8 IN. WIDE (MIN), 1 -1/4 IN. LEGS, FORMED FROM NO. 25 MSG (MIN) GALV STEEL, ATTACHED TO FLOOR AND CEILING WITH FASTENERS SPACED 24 IN. O.C. MAX. 1A. AS AN ALTERNATE TO ITEM 1 CEILING RUNNER * -25 MSG MIN GALV STEEL NIDTH TO ACCOMODATE STUD, WITH 3 OR 4 IN. LEGS OFFSET AT MIDPOINT 5/8 IN. TO ACCOMODATE HALL CLADDING THICKNESS. ATTACHED TO CEILING WITH FASTENERS SPACES 24 IN. D.C. THE NALL CLADDING SHALL OVERLAP WALLBOARD 1 -1/4" IN. MIN. FIRE TRACK CORP. 2. STEEL STUDS - CHANNEL SHAPED, 3 -5/8 IN. NIDE (MIN), 1 -1/4 IN. LEGS, 3/8 IN. FOLDED BACK RETURNS, FORMED FROM NO. 25 MSG (MIN) GALV STEEL SPACED 24 IN. OC MAX. 3. BATTS AND BLANKETS-(OPTIONAL)-MINERAL HOOD OR GLASS FIBER BATTS PARTIALLY OR COMPLETELY FILLING STUD CAVITY. SEE BATTS AND BLANKETS (BZJZ) CATEGORY FOR THE NAMES OF CLASSIFIED COMPANIES. 4. WALLBOARD, GYPSUM * -5/8 IN. THICK, 4 FT. NIDE, ATTACHED TO STEEL STUDS AND FLOOR AND CEILING TRACK WITI -I 1 IN. LONG, TYPE 2 SELF - TAPPING STEEL SCREWS SPACED S IN. OC ALONG EDGES OF BOARD AND 12 IN. OC IN THE FIELD OF THE BOARD. JOINTS ORIENTED VERTICALLY AND STAGGERED ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF THE ASSEMBLY. NHEN ATTACHED TO ITEM 6 (FURRING CHANNELS), WALLBOARD IS SCREW ATTACHED TO FURRING CHANNELS WITH 1 IN. LONG, TYPE S STEEL SCREWS SPACED 12 IN. OC. BOREAL GYPSUM INC. - TYPE BG -C. CANADIAN GYPSUM CO, LTD - TYPES C, SCX, SHX, NRX. CONTINENTAL GYPSUM COMPANY - TYPE CG -C. DOMTAR GYPSUM INC. - TYPE 5 OR C. EAGLE - GYPSUM PRODUCTS - TYPE EG -C. GEORGIA - PACIFIC CORP., GYPSUM DIV. - TYPE GPFS -6 OR GPFS -C. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO., CHARLOTTE, NC - TYPE FSK -G, FSN-G. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO., RIYADH, SAUDI ARABIA - TYPE FR OR !AIR. PASCO GYPSUM CO. - TYPE PG -C. REPUBLIC GYPSUM CO., - TYPE RG -C. CORP. - TYPE SG-C. GYPSUM R -C T G TEMPLE- INLAND FOREST PRODUCTS CORP. - TYPE TP -5. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO. TYPE AR, C, IP -X2, SCX, SHX, WRC, OR NRX. NESTROC INDUSTRIES LTD. - TYPE IN ESTROC FIREBOARD. 4 A.NALLBOARD, GYPSUM * -(AS AN ALTERNATE TO ITEM 4) -NOM 3/4 IN. THICK, .4 FT. HIDE, INSTALLED AS DESCRIBED IN ITEM 4 WITH SCREW LENGTH INCREASED TO 1 -1/4 IN. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO. - TYPE AR. 45. WALLBOARD, GYPSUM*- (AS AN ALTERNATE TO ITEMS 4 AND 4A) -5/5 IN. THICK INSTALLED AS DESCRIBED IN ITEM 4. JOINT COVERING (ITEM 5) NOT REQUIRED. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO. - TYPE WSX. 5. JOINT TAPE AND COMPOUND - VINYL, DRY OR PREMIXED JOINT COMPOUND, APPLIED IN TWO COATS TO JOINTS AND SCREW HEADS; PAPER TAPE, 2 IN. WIDE, NMBEDDED IN FIRST LAYER OF COMPOUND OVER ALL JOINTS. AS AN ALTERNATE, NOMINAL 3/32 IN, THICK GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER MAY BE APPLIED TO THE ENTIRE SURFACE OF CLASSIFIED VENEER BASEBOARD. JOINTS REINFORCED. 6. FURRING CHANNEL- (OPTIONAL -NOT SHOWN)- RESILIENT 25 MSG GALV STEEL FURRING CHANNELS SPACED VERTICALLY MAX 24 IN. OC, FLANGE PORTION ATTACHED TO EACH INTERSECTING STUD WITH 1/2 IN. LONG TYPE S -12 PAN -HEAD STEEL SCREWS. *BEARING THE UL CLASSIFICATION MARKING. NEW DEMISING WALLS: LANDLORD TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL METAL STUDS 16" O.G. (MAXIMUM). G.C. TO PROVIDE (1) LAYER OF 5/5" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD ON TENANT SIDE EXTENDING 6" SI• -IORT OF DECK OR FLOOR ABOVE - NOTE: HALLS SUPPORTING NON -SALES HALL STDS. ARE TO BE OF 15 GA. METAL (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE). A LANDLORD TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL METAL STUDS 16" O.C. (MAXIMUM). TENANT G.C. TO PROVIDE 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD ON TENANT'S SIDE EXTENDING TIGHT TO BOTTOM OF DECK OR FLOOR ABOVE, PROVIDING FOR A 1 -HOUR 'RATED' FIRE PARTITION PER UL #U465 NOTE: WALLS SUPPORTING NON -SALES WALL STDS. ARE TO BE OF 18 GA. METAL (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE). TENANT G.G. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL METAL STUDS 16" O.C. (MAXIMUM) WITH 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD ON BOTI -I SIDES EXTENDING TIGHT TO BOTTOM OF DECK OR FLOOR ABOVE, PROVIDING FOR A 1- 1-IOUR 'RATED' FIRE PARTITION PER UL #U465 NOTE: WALLS SUPPORTING NON -SALES WALL STDS. ARE TO BE OF 18 GA. METAL (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE). COLUMN ENCLOSURES: DESIGN NO. U465 NONBEARING HALL RATING - 1HR. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO WRAP STRUCTURAL BUILDING COLUMNS WITHIN THIS LEASED SPACE ONLY IF REQUIRED PERSUANT TO STATE AND LOCAL CODES. USE APPROPRIATE LAYERS OF 5/5" TYPE 'X' GYP. BOARD TO PROVIDE REQUIRED HR- RATING AS ESTABLISHED BY STATE AND LOCAL CODES. COLUMNS ARE TO BE WRAPPED AS TIGHT AS POSSIBLE SO TO MAINTAIN A MINIMUM SIZE (UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS) I 0 INTERIOR WALLS: co N N co N co N N 0 6 1 m 0 N 6 5/S" 2 YOUT4., OINT 6 1_ 8 0 3 -5/S" 20 GA METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. (MAXIMUM) WITH 5/8" TYPE 'X" GYPSUM BOARD PROVIDED ON ONE OR BOTH SIDES AS REQUIRED. NOTE: HALLS TO SUPPORT NON -SALES WALL STANDARDS ARE TO RECEIVE 18 GA. MTL. STUDS. (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE). HALLS TO EXTEND 6" ABOVE ADJACENT CEILING $ BRACE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. PARTIAL HEIGHT (STRAIGHT) WALLS: 3 -5/8" 20 GA METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. (MAXIMUM) WITH 5/5" TYPE 'X" GYPSUM BOARD PROVIDED ON ONE OR BOTH SIDES AS REQUIRED. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN T.O.H. (TOP OF HALL) HEIGHTS. HEIGHTS VARY BETWEEN 9' -6" A.F.F. AND 6' - 9 3/4" A.F.F FOR FITTING ROOM PARTITIONS. 4 7/S" 26 -l0" 25 -2" -10' (7) STANDARDS ADJACENT TENANT -3 F.D 6 11 a z w I- I- z w 0 OUT INT 7/8" HOLD BACK SIDE OF STUDS TIGHT TO DEMISE WALL, COLUMN ENCLOSURE, MALL OBSTRUCTION, ETC. AS APPLICABLE. PRE - FINISHED METAL CORNER GUARDS SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. MOUNT BOTTOM OF GUARD @ 1/2" A.F.F. ILLUSTRATION OF CORBIN RUSSWIN HANDICAP LEVER HANDLE TYPE 'NZD' T O BE USED AS SPECIFIED ABOVE. HATCHING INDICATES AREA FOR G.C. TO FLASH SKIM CONCRET E SLAB TO A MAX. TOLERANCE OF 1 /8" IN 15 -0" OF STORAGE SHELF TRACK (ENTIRE AREA) (13) STDS N/ (12) 1 -7" SPACES = lcl' -O" BUTTS: STANLEY NO. FBB179, FINISH - STAINLESS STEEL. KEYED LOCKSET: CORBIN RUSSWIN LINE LEVER TYPE PASSAGE LATCH SET: CORBIN RUSSIA! IN LINE LEVER TYPE PULL PLATE: BUILDERS BRASS WORKS NO. 57 -N - CENTERED 48" A.F.F. ON NON -SALES SIDE, FINISH - BRUSHED ALUMINUM. PUSH PLATE: PRIVACY LOCK SET: SERVICE DOOR CLOSURE: SALES /NON -SALES CLOSURE: DOOR STOP /HOLD: WALL STOP: KICK PLATE: LATCH COVER: SLIDE BOLTS: DOOR SWEEP: 5E3 OA 34 -10" DIMENSION NOTES 4 7/5 57 3/5 ' -8 1/2" 4 7/5 11' 55 -10 11/16" (10) STDS N/ 4 7/8" 4 7/5" IVES #446, FINISH - 32D IVES #407 1/2 ALUMINUM, 10" x FULL WIDTH, MOUNT 1" FROM BOTTOM OF DOOR. LATCH- GUARD, INC. 3 "x11", TAMPER PROOF GLYNN JOHNSON NO.1708TB (OR EQUAL) STANLEY NO. 5070, MTD. ON EXTERIOR • T.O.R. TOP OF RETAINER (WALL PANEL) T.O.W. = TOP OF WALL - ALL WALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE FINISH FACE OF GYPSUM HALL BOARD OR FINISH FACE OF WALL PANEL SYSTEM. - ALL CEILING TRANSITION DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE FINISH FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD OF CEILINGS, SOFFITS, FASCIAS, CURTAIN HALLS, AND /OR LIGHT COVES. • •:`a� • I: q \\ I 1 � I � I r l 1 1 1 1 1 1 i II � 1 \ E 1 11 Aq I 1 I I ai / ai// �aaiaiaiaiaiaiiaiaiaiiiiiaiaiiaiaii/ i/ iia/ aa/ iia/ oiaiaaiaii /aiiaii /ifi /i /iiaiiaa //aria /aiaiif, /r/ / /i /r i /riiaaaiaaaia / IMO BUILDERS BRASS WORKS NO.47 - CENTERED 48" A.F.F. SALES SIDE, FINISH - BRUSHED ALUMINUM. CORBIN RUSSWIN LINE LEVER TYPE CORBIN RUSSWIN NO. DC3210 MOUNT ON STORE SIDE CORBIN RUSSWIN DC3200, FINISH- BHMA68q ON 11" 14' - 4" 1 1' -8 1/2" HARDWARE SET NO" HN -1 GLASS ENTRY DOOR $ HARDWARE PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. 1-IN-5 1 1/2 -PAIR OF BUTTS 1 EA. KEYED LOCKSET W -6 1 1/2 -PAIR OF BUTTS 1 EA. LATCH COVER 2 EA. SLIDE BOLTS 1 EA. KICK PLATE 1 DOOR CLOSURE 1 DOOR SHEEP (6) STDS W/ 1-1N-1 HN -2 HN -7 NW -3 11 ,7 C.8 +--ADJACENT TENANT 1,14,16 1,15 1 q, 11 1, 10 HN -2 11/2 - PAIR OF BUTTS 1 EA. DOOR STOP 1 PULL PLATE 1 PUSH PLATE 1 CLOSER HN -3 1 1/2 - PAIR OF BUTTS 1 1 -PAIR OF BU S 1 EA. PRIVACY LOCK 1 EA. EYED LO SET 1 EA. WALL STOP 1 EA. ► A L STOP TD DOOR r 1 SURFAC CLOS 4 -KE 'S FOR 'CKSET •NRESTRICTED HW -7 OWNER PROVIDED 2- SELF /CLOSING HINGES 1 -REG. HINGE (INSTALL AS TOP PIVOT) GLASS NOTE: ALL STOREFRONT GLAZING TO BE 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS WITH BLACK NEOPRENE GLAZING GASKETS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. REFER TO STOREFRONT DETAILS. " 1/4" = 1'-0" S I _c1I' ± i11 -p." Di 3I -11" ±5 -7 3/4 CONSTRUCTION PLAN 0 m 0 0 m N m RENEWED FOR DOE CO'1PLIANCE APPP.®MED R 21 2003 at i Of Tukwila ' U N L J S I Q L N RECEI TD CITY OF TUKV I A MAR 0 5 2008 PERMIT CENTER ALL HARDWARE IS TO BE US26D FINISH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 2. PROVIDE PEEPHOLE N/ 360 127 VIEW @ DOOR TO EXTERIOR 3. PROVIDE WEATHER STRIPPING AND ADA THRESHOLD AT EXTERIOR DOORS. 4. HARDWARE TO EXISTING SERVICE DOOR (DOOR #5) MUST MATCH MALL STANDARDS. 5. EXISTING SERVICE DOOR, FRAME Et HARDWARE TO BE RE -USED IF IN WORKING ORDER. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE TO REPLACE ANY COM- PONENT DETERMINED TO BE INOPERABLE OR MISSING. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE TO RETROFIT EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME TO ACCEPT TENANT FURNISHED 'HARDWIRED' PANIC HARDWARE. 6. ALLOWABLE SUBSTITUTIONS ARE: YALE, SCHLAGE OR STANLEY 7. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION OF ALL DOORS, FRAMES, HARDWARE, INCLUDING CYLINDERS AND FINAL KEYING. S. ALL NON -SALES DOORS TO BE KEYED ALIKE. q. G.G. TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL CLOTHING N00K AT 72" A.F.F. - CENTER ON DOOR, INTERIOR SIDE. 10. G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL (2) 8 1/2" x 11" PICTURE FRAMES. MOUNT AT EYE LEVEL, INTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR. 11. G.G. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL 20" x 50" MIRROR ON LAVATORY SIDE OF DOOR. MOUNT TOP AT 70" A.F.F. 12. G.G. TO INSTALL OWNER SUPPLIED PANIC RELEASE /ALARM LOCK CENTERED AT 45" A.F.F. . 13. G.C. TO INSTALL OWNER SUPPLIED STORE SIGN LABEL CENTERED ON OUTSIDE FACE OF DOOR WITH TENANT'S NAME AND SPACE NUMBER. INSTALL 2 "1-I. DIE CUT, VANDAL PROOF WHITE HELVETICA BLOCK STYLE LETTERS ON A RED BACKGROUND MOUNTED 5' - 0" A.F.F. 14. G.G. TO APPLY OWNER SUPPLIED 'ACROVYN' PANEL - TO COVER ENTIRE FACE ON SALES AREA SIDE. 15. GRILLE TO 0 CLEAR PLEXIGLASS INSERTS THE ENTIRE AREA OF CURTAIN. 16. G.C. TO INSTALL OWNER SUPPLIED 'E -Z TONE' CHIME ON SALES TO NON -SALES DOOR. 17. G.G. TO INSTALL OWNER SUPPLIED PLUNGER HARDWARE IN PLUNGER HOLE (PROVIDED BY G.G.) SO AS TO HOLD DOOR OPEN AT 135° (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.) 15. G.G. TO INSTALL DOOR (PIVOT) STOP ON TOP HINGE OF EVERY FITTING ROOM DOOR. 19. G.G. TO INSTALL DOORBELL 3 - 6" A.F.F. •, r Hr ,•�� w y , i. •1 t 'tw g& � .k rlr ; rtCn.t xe 1�4e� q w� Hb ice. L • ' t +! Y F •5 !• W w r+d' .R" Y.C. C h .. ... Vr��� _,}". �f�"kt xf S:Yt4 r �F.A3F` �It �u~F.nn�a{ ..� •:ra �i•�•�.u.��+�.� {>ra:� r�..1`,��«.f 15h,..__ ��.. �_..aglt� K . ti;V:1 V . P A Y4 6 7 •:wY.i„ 1 L� p� h' n P + µ • I.Y +I v 'LT; k J Ih) F � e 1*n.. ?�. r � F t2 s 1 l•� ' fY ' i � S A 4 i` 11 M '4 4 I ,Y. 1 i! �' Y d S •n:/ . Y .�.�'1 ..x.4.�r..rMvki,.rv, �.rh2 X41 + .,P,rx.Ael.l..,�,r. br •,• ml � s :P*w 55111.I?rns }sir ga'"�;lt o hJ"i% i k t�ras7 fir. °. Ar id to a 0 N a a 0 W cn W cc 0) vitt W cc 0 CO 00 CC 00 CD obal 2 C W D 44 0 co LU ta to CO 6923 REGISTE : ARCHITECT ec 2 9 SHR.* S7 SAI # 3/4fos THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR UARIUTY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. DRAWING NUMBER: CK GTON _ -- }••. -- • F. t - '-FM:• - - w :U" - , :J't:, - - •N .f-:f ::a , 5: Y: ::,. w -.r. , t:; .:.<::'�� es�:x ..? r. .. ,G. ���r•r .::_.�_� ;.:•; : -. ,._ .. -: --..: • `_ ^:- -�., _ x,.. w.:� :s�`� K.. !urn ,..!]��' -,.� ,. �'- 1;��:c ..i " "y.. ,� x :..w. ..._. � � ... °.7...�. - ... r �... •.%. .. ....... >... 6923 . REGISTERED ARCHITEC SHOCK 1NGION GYP. BD MATCH MALL FINISH ELECTRICAL RM 1 20' NL,{EM 4' -10" L 7'_10" N1 NL,f'EM 4- ADJACENT TENANT -3 ADJACENT TENANT -3 PREFI N NL /EM R 2' X .4' SUSPENDED GRID CEILING WITH ARMSTRONG TILE (SEE SPEC. INSTRUCTIONS BELOW) SUSPENDED "LAM -LITE" CIRCULAR CEILING ELEMENT SUPPLIED BY OWNER /INSTALLED BY G.G. 7'_10" �, 2'_10" - ALL HALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE FINISH FACE OF GYPSUM WALL_ BOARD OR FINISH FACE OF WALL PANEL SYSTEM. - ALL CEILING TRANSITION DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE FINIS- FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD OF CEILINGS, SOFFITS, FASCIAS, CURTAIN WALLS, AND /OR LIGHT COVES. TING ROOMS NOTES FRONT OF STORE G.C. TO LOCATE LIGHT (FR T WALL) 15"0 S - ' 'E FIXTURE NO CLOSER THAN 1. ALL CEILING TRANSITION DIMENSIONS ARE TO TIE FINISH FACE OF GYPSUM N/ C ro" ' RYLIC 6" FROM THE 2' x 4' GRID LINEca BOARD OF CEILINGS, SOFFITS, FASCIAS, CURTAIN WALLS, AND /OR OPEN �CLES GRID EDGE BANDING - Q� ` MIN. 2. 24" X 24" ACCESS PANEL(S) FOR OVERHEAD MALL EQUIPMENT AND OWNERS ` �) SENSORMATIC EQUIPMENT TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. - �, REFER TO 57 OREFRONT SECTIONS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF PANELS, THEN COORDINATE INSTALLATION /LOCATION OF ACTUAL SENSORMATIG EQUIPMENT. (REFER TO SHEET A0.1 FOR COMPLETE ACCESS PANEL SPECIFICATIONS) 3. ALL GYPSUM BOARD GEIL'NGS SHALL BE NON-COMBUSTIBLE AND INSTALLED ON CONGEALED METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS. S 13' ADE REFER TO 4. ALL CEILING FRAMING AND WIRES SHALL BE ATTACHED TO STRUCTURAL FRAMING MEMBERS ONLY. ATTACHMENT TO FLOOR OR ROOF DECKING IS GB FUZZ R 'CEILING PLAN' PROHIBITED. 5. WOOD BLOCKING AND OTHER COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS IN TIE OVERHEAD PLENUM SPACE IS PROHIBITED. II G ® gI_IN A F F , . ,« G. ALL LIGHT FIXTURE SUPPORTS ARE TO BE INDEPENDENT OF MECHANICAL S ^q A.F.F. EQUIPMENT SUPPORT. TRAPEZE AROUND OBSTACLES AS REQUIRED. MIN• 7. ALL FLUORESCENT STRIP LIGHTS SHALL BE 4' - LONG U.N ON PLAN. I . . CEILING TILE DETAIL 8. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS TO BE 'FACTORY FINISHED / STANDARD 'WHITE', 0 "c N.T.S. 20" SHADE 2 •_° 1S" " S DE REFLECTED CEILING CODED NOTES N/ WHITE BAUBLES , r FUZZ G.C. TO INSTALL OWNER LAY -IN CEILING SPECIFICATIONS ►4� GYPSUM BOARD CEILING AT Fes' -0" A.f .f`. Q-- - - SUPPLIED SIIADE OVER 6' WHITE MONOPOINT CORD AND WIRE TO "J" SOX GRIP: OPEN FROM TOP OF DECK TO STORE CEILING ABOVE. ABOVE CEILING. ARMSTRONG PREL 1 2 ' E ID MAIN XL 5/I ' TEE SYSTEM I \ 15"d) 2 7348/ 4' CROSS TEE 3Q ALIGN WITH CORNER OF WALL. 15 " SHADE 7328/ 2' CROSS TEE N/ ACRYLIC 7800/ 7/8" 12' HEMMED ANGLE MOLDING FITTING ROOMS FIN15�1 WHITE CIRCLES FRONT OF STORE q DASHED LINE FIXTURES TO BE MOUNTED IN 8' -0" (A.F.F.) ( FRONT WALL) d TILE PANELS: GYPSUM BOARD CEILING ARMSTRONG FINE FISSURED LAY -IN/ MEDIUM TEXTURE #172q - 15/16" ANGLED `1•EGULAR - 24x48 COLOR: WI -IITE ALIGN LIGHT COVE WITH GLAZING OPENING CALL PHYLLIS MILLER @ ARMSTRONG CUSTOMER FOCUS • PENDANT DETAIL 1- a00 -q�}2 -'4212 CENTER FOR STRATEGIC ACCOUNT PRICING @ U CENTER TRACK ON 6- ALL `.ECTION OR EACK6• RAP. 1- 1/4 = 1'-O" Q CENTERLINE OF CIRCULAR LIGHT COVE. CEILING SYMBOLS INDICATES NEIGH -IT ABOVE FINISH FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF CEILING INDICATES FINISI -1 ON CEILING. INDICATES CEILING MATERIAL LAM - LITE SPEAKER MOUNTED IN CEILING; TYPICAL OF 5 2" . 91 4 '_ q " ADJACENT TENANT -4 CEILING PLAN "LAM LITE" RING 4 EXTENSIONS; INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS; REFER TO PLAN FOR RING DIAMETER AND LOCATION; PAINT F'-1. GYP. BD. CURIA NWALL SUSPEND N/ ALL- 1"NREAD @ EA. END OF PRE -FAB SECT ION; REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER SIZING AND LOCATION. NL /EM LANDLORD DIRECTIVES 1. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS IN THE FORWARD SELLING AREA ARE TO SE CONCEALED / RECESSED WITH COVER PLATE COLORED TO MATCH ADJACENT CEILING FINISHES. 2. ALL SUPPORTS TO BE FROM STRUCTURAL BEAMS AND JOISTS, NOT FROM DECK ABOVE. 3. ALL STOREFRONT LIGHTING AND SIGNAGE MUST BE ON SEPARATE CIRCUIT AND ON 7 DAY TIME CLOCK SET TO MALL'S OPERATING HOURS. GYP. BD. ENTRY CEILING GYP. 5D. CLING 3 5/S" G ki DIAGONAL RACING 4' -0" O/C SUSPENDED CEILING SYST (2) LAYERS 1/4 GY1 ! BOARD ON 3 5/ " 15 METAL SrTUD FR MING PAINT 1 5/8" GYP BOARD O ER (2) LAYERS CO INUOUS 3/4" F.R.T. P DOD URVED SOFFIT" SECTION SECURE TO STRUCTURE BOVE NOT TO D CK REE OMPLIAN CODE CE APPROVED MAR 21 2008 C'! Of T�lc�Ni� Bi ILDIN D IQP INTERIOR RADIUS (REFER 'N2 'PLAN' BELOW) ALL'MIETAL FRAMING C (U.N.O.) emse i .. .. ....... .: �... •. ..:...f: -Y.: ';ti ^� - __ ;. ir'r): - - __ = v.1 - �:Trr; ^:'Y: 'F -.• _ _ r�4 ".r, - .vk.., y� , S, rf�_ 3. a P.. ..i� 1. 4. �.�.a cra!'.1. "'' a:T -: ...^ ?'...: - `. t�:�!:- r�.IC•.r a:�^'S..•:'�'i�� __ ::rS:.. •FiJi .5.. _il"•? _`.:�`��' v.l . -w n � ..L v .. •ry . r�.. - •a:S't � :. -1�- .i• c }.. f.. .. -. .-. � .. .. - .. ti .. � '..•.��.. .5'.!': ':'i�.at c. • - :�..1,. - +•n' ..r;. -,..c ,i:X'• -, v:,, .,�::� -v �_. .•_. _ .. -.. ... .�,. r.t�!.� ... x, ,.- .e..._._�,::- kas,•Y.�.�.. ..,�....,.'.a -• <; .r- ._...t '.T_t_,. .. ...�.. ;�: _ +::�r :s'.�..�. � ?_. =r'�= ..e _ ... ..- c.. .. "'a"i = ° %- ._- ....w.a ...�•d�. .. .. . ;:.:,�g:••:;,��:a;;:: ... a., .. :ir %3"� ":�ti:e:'',,.. ,__- .c�:_k'.: •;:��:.:.. �.. •..�. .. ..... r, n:...ax•.--'- "-=-�.:h... -�. -. _.,... ... r. r. ._,��.. 77r'. THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEAIFD FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI # 477604 DRAWING NUMBER: a t - - r,ys- ray: PAINT SCHEDULE FINISH PLAN CODED NOTES WALLCOVERING SCHEDULE FLOOR COVERING SCHEDULE P -1 EXTRA WHITE. SNERWIN WILLIAMS - COLOR: # SW7006 SUPPLIED AND APPLIED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR (REFER TO SPECS. DIVISION IX, SECTION C - PAINTG, FINISHING AND NALLCOVERING) WC -1 WALLCOVERING BY 'WOLF / GORDON' : ULTRA WHITE / PLAIN STIPPLE (54" WIDE). PROVIDED BY OWNER, AND INSTALLED BY G.G. FG -1 LIGHT PINK PAINT "PANACHE PINK ", GLITTERED, AND CLEAR EPDXY TOP COAT - PER SPECIFICATIONS: G.C. TO USE REQUIRED INSTALLER. M I ALIGN TRAN r r E NITH OF NALL S ITION FACE BA S WC _ CUSTOM CANVAS WALLCOVERING WITH HAND PAINTED DAISY SHAPES AND STRIPES - FOR REAR WALL OF FITTING ROOM AREAS. PROVIDED BY OWNER, AND INSTALLED BY G.G. EXICTIN( FLOOR / FLOORING '%CAL' OR 'MATCH AND PATCH' TILE). P -IA EXTRA WHITE. SHERWIN WILLIAMS - COLOR: #3W7006 DURATION ► ^� - • ` ` . ro n5oy ` - I' -' TYPICAL FINISHES: . (CONCRETE) (VINYL ALL MATERIALS G.C. SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED. _ e' WALL CEILING SURFACES: EGGSHELL 11 PINK PANT, "PAfdANC44E P' " Pd LITTERED, AND SATIPJ !=FOXY TOIL GOAT r'El' 0 ALIGN FLOORING TRANSITION WITH BACK OF, DOOR JAMB OR, ENTRANCE COLUMN k � P -2 GREEN. SNERWIN WILLIAMS CUSTOM MIXED PAINT (FORMULA: G2 -2y14 / N1-2£3 / Y1 -4y26 / Y3 -2y16) PLEASE CONTACT LOCAL STORE FOR PAINT. WOOD SURFACES: LATEX SEMI -GLOSS ENAMEL - • e- . _. .!+ • _ - �_ - ■, • • -• c= .USTOt1 CANVAS PAINTED )SLUE AND GREEN V1= RTICAL STRIPES - -- - — — NONSALES DOOR. /FRAMES: LATEX SEMI -GLOSS , - 0 FC -4 12' X 12' VINYL TILE : 'ARMSTRONG' STD. EXCELON 451901 (TAUPE) IMPERIAL TEXTURE. BASE 'ARMSTRONG' ARMSTRONG \ COLOR- INTEGRATED #72 (MOUSE GRAY). BOTH TILE AND BASE TO BE - G.C. SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED. ENAMEL Q ALIGN FLOORING TRANSITION WITH CENTERLINE OF SERVICE DOOR THRESHOLD PLATE WC-4 WALLCOVERING BY 'WOLF - GORDON' : CUSTOM LIGI -IT PINK / MINTO DESIGN (5.4" WIDE) - PER PLAN AT FITTING ROOM ALCOVE. PROVIDED BY OWNER, AND INSTALLED BY G.G. - = I. G.G. IS TO PRIME ALL GYPSUM BOARD WALLS r SOFFITS, FASCIAS AND CEILINGS INCLUDING BEHIND MIRROR OR W ALLCOVERING THROUGHOUT ENTIRE STORE IN SALES AREA AND UP TO r 12' -0" (WALLS ONLY) IN NON SALES AREA. 2. G.C. TO FINISH PAINT ALL METAL DOORS AND FRAMES (FIELD APPLY: ONE COAT LATEX PRIMER - TWO COATS FINISH.) 3. REFER TO SPECS. DIVISION IX, SECTION D - PAINTING, FINISHING AND NALLCOVERING 4. G.G. IS TO LEAVE ON SITE A MINIMUM OF ONE QUART OF EACH COLOR OF PAINT USED. 5. NO ALTERNATIVES TO FINISHES WILL BE ACCEPTED. 6. CALL BRAD I- IERRINGTON @ SNERWIN WILLIAMS WITH ANY PAINT FORMULA QUESTIONS @ (216)3.41 -5553. - - - -- -p• , - - dFEtJ _ p • y ,_ ., _ -- , Q 5 G.C. TO CONTINUE FLOORING UNDER GASHWRAP AND BACKNRAP •� - _e. - • = '- - -e -' �' W. - - - - -' INTED CREEN iN/ PURPLE CIRCLES ('18 _ _ _ _, _ _• _ _ _ _ w - y r _ - ` • P - 4 BLUE. SNERWIN WILLIAMS CUSTOM MIXED PAINT (FORMULA: L1 -4y16 / W1 -6y26 / Y3 -7 +1) PLEASE CONTACT LOCAL STORE FOR PAINT. _ _ ` _..- :: _ • ,. -.. _, e �• - - 5 PER PLAN, AT S l 91�1 TO EFT DISPLAY 1� P. 11NDOW. POVI -ED BY OWNER, AND INSTALLED BY G.C. FC -6 NEUTRAL COLOR CERAMIC TILE - TOILET ROOM "HARD SURFACE ". SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.G. GROUT: TO MATCH TILE - G.G. SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED. "E)CUBEPANT BUTT FLOORING TO EACH OTHER; ADJUST SETTING BED AS NECESSARY TO CREATE A FLUSH TRANSITION WC - 6 CUSTOM WALLCOVERING BY 'WOLF - GORDON' : WITH PINK BRUSH STROKES - APPLIED ABOVE CURVED NALL AND ON INTERIOR OF HANGING RING. PROVIDED SY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY G.C. * INSTALL HORIZONTALLY TO MINIMIZE NUMBER OF SEAMS. P - 5 PURPLE. S ERWI WILLIAMS CUSTOM MIXED PAINT (FORMULA: L1 -23 +11 / R3 -2Y31 / N1 -47) PLEASE CONTACT LOCAL STORE FOR PAINT. DARK PINK PAINT, PINK" b4/ CLEAR POLYURETI IANE TOP COAT PER ►i,� . nin-r' "-cm) c� r - • / (-)n-rt � i� ir A n •!I �rl lp� - rli� n)c rt r� - - - _ _ _ y _ _ _ ___� _ _ _ _� � _ Ma WC -7 CUSTOM NALLCOVERING BY 'P$R GROUP' (4S" WIDE) - FOR BACKWRAP AREA. PROVIDED BY OWNER, AND INSTALLED BY G.C. * INSTALL VERTICALLY, WITH VERTICAL SEAMS s 'lWNOVATPV 12" X 12" PORGELAtN TFLE; D ANON (P I01 - tfi - 0000 MATTE. - ii. _ _� ' .C. IPJCTALLI =D• GROUT SPEC. MAPEI 411 9 PEARL GREY SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED. FLOORING CONTRACTOR NOTE O PEIJ G.C. 401011111 "EXUBERANT WC_g WALLCDVERING BY 'WOLF / GORDON' : CUSTOM BLUE FUR (54" WIDE) - FOR DENIM AREA. P ROVIDED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY G.C. FLOORING CONTRACTOR MUST EXAMINE FLOORS PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE FLOOR PREP IN H15 BID. (EXCEPTION CAN BE TAKEN ONLY IN CASES WHERE DEMOLITION OF PRIOR TENANT SPACE CREATES A HIDDEN CONDITION). DARK r'H<IK PA -ENT, PINK" b�/ OATH,1 -EPDXY TDP COAT PEP ^PE-CIrICATIDNC• G.C. TO USE REQUIRED INSTALLER. - ..._....._._.___ SPECIAL FINISHES SCHEDULE €N 'P$R - H r , _ CUB 1x1 WALLCOVER1NG 51• GROUP' : BLUE 5 1 RIPE WI I DAISIES (45" WIDE). P - 8 LIGHT PINK. SNERWIN WILLIAMS - COLOR: #SW6568. PROVIDED BY OWNER, AND INSTALLED BY G.C. S: -1N NALLCOVERING NOTE ALL AREAS OF NALLCOVERING THAT ARE TO BE PAINTED (FITTING ROOM BANKS) MUST BE PRIMED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO BEING PAINTED. G.G. TO USE ZINZER BULLSEYE 123 (ACRYLIC PRIMER) OR EQUAL. MUST BE APPROVED BY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. G.G. ALLOW 1 WEEK FOR NALLCOVERING TO CURE PRIOR TO PAINTING. ANY VARIATION FROM THIS TIME ALLOTMENT MUST BE APPROVED BY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. -l0 CU-,TOM NALLCOVERING, VENDOR T.B.D. P -(1 DARK PINK. SNERWIN WILLIAMS CUSTOM MIX PLEASE CONTACT LOCAL STORE FOR PAINT. 2 - - • — = _ - V = =• a ■ •• w •' • • * W.' • ,a . . • - ■ -"'-- -_- = w - • r • — m - . , — it w -- * REFER TO DETAIL C /A10. www.c...chluter.com • GROUT ;PEG. MAPEI #12 MIST G.C. --- - • = • . SF -3 WHITE 'F.R.P' PANELING W/ MATCHING FACTORY EDGE TRIM AND CORNER MOULDINGS - ON ALL RESTROOM WALLS. * REFER TO FLOOR AND NALL FINISH PLAN. G.G. TO PROVIDE $ INSTALL A WATERPROOF MEMBRANE ON FLOOR AND 6" UP WALLS PER LANDLORD SPECIFICATIONS. (THE MEMBRANE SHALL BE MANUFACTURER'S 2 PART FORMULA CONSISTING OF LIQUID LATEX RUBBER AND PONDER FOR TROWEL APPLICATION WITH GLASS FIBER FABRIC REINFORCEMENT (LATICRETE 9235 OR SUMMITVILLE 5- 9000). INSTALL A WATER TIGHT DOOR THRESHOLD.) TRIM SURROUN 5F -3 UP TO 48" A.F.F. U. PREFIN. ABOVE 48" A.F.F. r T � I I T T T T L_ L L L 1 1_1 1 PREFIN. PREFIN. 1 7 T T T - f 7 `r1 — I — f 7 I_ L- L L 1 1 L J I I_ L_ L L 1 1 wC -6 INSIDE RING NC-2 I REAR WALL I I PREFIN. L_ L L 1 1 J. J J WC -4 II I 1 MALL FC -4 SALES AREA NALL BASE NOTES GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO SUPPLY $ INSTALL 3/4" TI -TICK MDF BASE ON ALL SALES AREA COLUMNS AND WALLS. SCRIBE WALL BASE TO TOP OF FINISHED FLOORING. (REFER TO DETAIL G H /A9.) NOTE: WHEN CLEANING OR TREATING ANY FLOORING, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO MASK OFF AND OTHERWISE PROTECT ANY ADJACENT FLOOR FINISH(S). DIMENSION NOTES - ALL WALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE FINISH FACE OF GYPSUM WALL BOARD OR FINISH FACE OF WALL PANEL SYSTEM. - ALL CEILING TRANSITION DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE FINISH FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD OF CEILINGS, SOFFITS, FASCIAS, CURTAIN WALLS, AND /OR LIGHT COVES. P -4 (SIDE RETURNS) p,� (FRONT,�IDS,vIDERS) WC -1 H P-4 (SIDE RETURNS) PREFIN. WALL PANEL P -4 TRIM P -1 Do7q6 P -1 jl FLoo \ LANDLORD DIRECTIVE: WHEN EXTENDING ALL TILE TO ENANT'S TOREFRONT BASE R VESTIBULE TILES 1`VUST BE FULL TILE. ICS TILE IS CUT IT MUST BE REMOVED AMID REPLACED WITH FLiLL TILE. J P -2 1 AINFW FACE ONLY FLOOR & WALL FINISH PLAN 1/4" = 1" -0" IMPORTANT NOTE: ALIGN TOP OF BOTH FLOORING MATERIALS WITH TOP OF TERRAZZO DIVIDER STRIP VINYL TILE . L• en I I i BUTT BOTH FLOOR FINISHES TIGHT TO TERRAZZO STRIP - NO CAULK JOINT r , VINYL TILE TO EPDXY \ �+ J N.T.S. IMPORTANT NOTE: ALIGN TOP OF BOTH FLOORING MATERIALS WITH TOP OF TERRAZZO DIVIDER STRIP N.T.S. MALL MATCH G.G. TO ADJUST SETTING BED UNDER TILE TO ACHIEVE FLUSH TRANSITION MALL -MATCH FLOORING TO MALL FLOORING 1/S" TERRAZZO STRIP SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. MALL MATCH TILE EPDXY FLOORING FLASH DOWN TO EXIST. FLOOR SLAB - SLOPE TO BE 1/16" IN 1' -0" MAX. REVIEW SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION IX "FINISHES" FOR FLOOR FINISH INSTALLATION REVIEW SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION IX "FINISHES" FOR FLOOR FINISH INSTALLATION REVIEW SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION IX "FINISHES" FOR FLOOR FINISH INSTALLATION 1 /S" TERRAZZO STRIP SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.G. EPDXY FL OORING FLASH DOWN TO EXIST. FLOOR SLAB - SLOPE TO BE 1/16" IN 1' -0" MAX. r 1 ►� l l A PROVIDE JOINT CONDITION TO MATCH EXISTING MALL FLOORING 00 MALL FLOORING IMPORTANT NOTE: ALIGN TOP OF BOTH FLOORING MATERIALS WITH TOP OF TERRAZZO DIVIDER STRIP BUTT BOTH FLOOR FINISHES TIGHT TO TERRAZZO STRIP - NO CAULK JOINT EPDXY TO MALL MATCH FLR. 1 7 , 1 N.T.S. RECEi_ fl , CITY OF TUKW'ILA MAR 0 5 2008 PERMIT CENTER • ...y.,:.,. -.� - - .,..r r• ...;..,.�.,,.. -.:. - - - - - -- , ,.r- -..� - - - r5� a:u - - _ -- .�: >.• -- •:::x.�:r_.; , - - �.. - ¢.,rt:.•:•�:*,:- ;.y,,; ,::rr •- -:.-•:..x.. _ - r. ° . � . ; - „c ur ..... ., ...�:•s e •r 4:: :rr: '.•3��: �: :'•Ci:: - {'Xy`; :- .T.:.'�i`:.: ^: ::4':. -. • :�:n . =�:T:: •�..T r. y ;:, •. _•:.s:. ..r1i ii2 =: 1.- : ":,.' ?`:: - x�;�,s• .,yi r:.J > '.;4 7 ' }: }:'L, .: 1. :. _ Z.tia3r - •i .ni •a7rs.. ,t.. 'P {. {, n ;;F' ' .,!?�;:.' ': �" •7a:: - •.F. :7i" :!1¢`,'r.' "�" .....q•e C - m;�'�i�:. k.. :f y.. ;5: ;" - :.. ° •:✓a �•.ii.- `•- ._.::` �: e.: �i c -F•. ve�.,. ",'?'7 .tee -:'4`r . 3 [ I -. .- 41.. ..� . - , �'d;'�ry >'reit _ ..�, +_ : . `Firs... ..r + -.•y� _ .: J + ."� • ?�Lii x•l• - •r� ' "!�• , �,Ts ". ^= '•,... �•_ i u .�. - ., ... .r.Y _ � - sd:i':: ., t -tl :� ^•'�. . .L.. ... � .. r of !.: . - rs, .S -w .... r,N. _ . _. � .. ,.. -._.. 'r1�G . ,� -" .. i .n ... r �..., .a,. .. � . . a:f,..,+ '��-- :.'.:. -.. •Ir T. F. ... ._..r .� uF' s.... _ n � • -° Fri. ..r! _ .i .a..`:l+k.Y -n 7: _. ... -• :,..• ._•.:�.- rl::.....':,+� .tz�a hy.. , •::�;:_�.,.5..:.��,.,.�:�s:r.. .,.-� iF. ,,... i . ,..•,,.... s. r...... ��s:,.^ ��a` �: �` s•' �R.•:; .:,::x:i:_.�.«�r.�:a.,:,�.._._. ,^=: �. �c:. r- ,'����;� °�,�._...r....,.�:,,.. �,�:.,.�. .. a.,.. v�. F. .,�.�_._�t:•- ,......x�,.,...�,. _.. .. ,...t[. �, �.,.....4..�.:...,~.t.. ,,,,.. t..�,•.. ,,r_...�,.rs.,.��.H__r,4,,.tika. .�.. ;>r±...... � ,., ..,,.._.r;...f..,.., _.i,. >,I.�.•r._,....� 7,�:..:�,.�.�- ..w.n... .•� , • -:. ... s ac �_ '. ir. - ..:FG - _,r'4.':ti �_ 'i ?.' :•:[:�� rf: dq +' �'S.: "•!': u w•ti:r , iyy ..,..., M�„,, =• ,.,,-. �. . c'�`�R`r" .�.:�'r .'iC "` , _,,.. , , ':5�::.. _. r � , ,... _ :?ice ,' • :. n -iK1 :.1._. . , ':i•� -;� .. .. , , � ., � _. ...,.,,,•�.... � a;�. _., .•.r y.::} -._,. tr.:m....�: r -:.�.� rr^:..::z�•`- �v:.r' ...,.. ,- .�,_v.••r-�e•.,. _ ,. .,�. .�..•, .r,��.:::,r�,7,.�.7.. ..... ... .... .. •L,•t _.,, .. -. z 0 I co U co 0 0) ige T LU cc 0 H z W DC 0 co co LLJ c 7, J z 66 la 0 111 0 6 � I— L 1 5 li i WXC —D ocit ®I Oc,w LL .j CO CO CO REGISTERED ARCHITECT DRAWING NUMBER: A3 a U z co THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPUCABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI # 07604 7 :, NEW ALBANY, OH 43054 8323 WALTON PARKWAY ISSUE DATE: 11-30-2007 SCALE:AS NOTED * INDICATES NO REVISION TO THIS SHEET FIXTURE PLAN CODED NOTES pl PC CART "W 11 D) LOCKERS (2E X 1E3 C1 "k "D) FROCE sC1 Cf T (3q X 27 8' HIGH PIPP - MOBILE SHELVING DIAGRAMS OPEN DESKS, TABLES, AND CI -IAIRS ARE PROVIDED BY ONNER, AND INSTALLED BY G.C. - VERIFY LOCATION KITH OWNER. Q BULLETIN BOARD: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL 36" X 48" BOARD PROVIDED BY ONNER. BOTTOM OF BOARD IS MOUNTED @ 36" A.F.F. I HANGROD AND HARDWARE BINS 0 MARKET ING BINS �J FLOOR MOUNTED SAFE (20 "W X 20 "D X 20 "1-1) PROVIDED BY OWNER WITI --I BOLTS, INSTALLED BY G.C.; G.G. TO HOLT TO FLOOR. 8' NIGH -3 I-II (HANGING) 2 SHELVES PER UNIT: A8- 4;A8- 6;A8 -8 8' I-I IGI -1 -2 I-11 (HANGING) 2 SHELVES PER UNIT: 138- 4;138 - 6;138 -8 ,_, . 011:i . il* 4 � ... ,,,,,-"" I - 7 - ' Ais.... .- .1110 0 P''''''" 8' HIGH PIPP - MOBILE SHELVING DIAGRAMS efFi ,e••µ••e .. w ,.� r •,a:'�x`. ^.ri•' ,. � .� :•r,`e: ' -u ' - ` a. re a;2 •v r •t �. _•dve '4•,, ,• . t'..� .Sy: -. 4, t }. °• � r Jlti:•a .J y..�r 4 :''ie " w[L+ .t. ��'C * ='r :.�•t h. 1• , _f. ... r .,., i. t �. r. ., '.;'). . :ri. ... ... � .� ... .... , r k � ,.._,crb... •i}..:':S:.r;}. }., -, :o- T'•F.'�• '{C.7 ,7 .r .c.�aai••x. r.. .r+w x.. - • �... -. 1..7 ...�... u.. j_... as �Tw.�m.�C':.��• 4M .�. ..,., a,, rig,: .:,Fs,r.,_.- .,,..ter• ... %r• ��. _.., ;. •.'.•. ,. :i:, .... .. ., r ,•1•: n .c x .Si• .. ,.r ., .. ,• e. .,a _on: rr. '`i: , .. 'ri, w "j •; y,r • mix -s r . : r 1 � Al +':1c. �',• 5i i�'.ic � ..it4f�•': SHELVING .eT • Se. w.. • ,. vej 12' -0" MIN. CEILING HT r . i, rs.0 ._.. r..A96w nJN /�' t �4:. . . r x'•' ,r - f «: � a•r —Er NON -SALES i max+,- , f v �a.�r.. .a• r:r �a ...t 1 F . es• "4 r "•k4R . n L'.c�i '4'Cl�, '� r .0 + mil•4. ,`. -. .. .., .� �s ,.:. .. � a«.14 a r'.,. _. it r A v r x M z ict 0 w L REGISTERED ARCHITE 9SNOCK dBSON THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI # 07604 DRAWING NUMBER: 1 x 6 FURRING w 0 3/8 " =1' -0" HEAVY DUTY WALL STANDARD TYP. MTNG SECTION CL- OF STUD 3/8" =1' -0" STORAGE SHELVING 12' -0" MIN. CEILING I-IT. SORTING SHELVING LIFESTYLE SHELVING 3/8"=1' -O" USE #14 FLATHEAD HOOD SCREW 2" LONG IN EA. HOLE THAT ALIGNS WITH A RUN OF FURRING (TYP. 6 SCREWS I-11 PER STANDARD) USE THREE EQUALLY SPACED SCREWS (ACROSS THE WIDTH OF THE FURRING) TO FASTEN FURRING AT EA. STUD. SINK SCREWS FLUSH W/ BUT NOT LONER THAN THE SURFACE OF THE FURRING. INSTALL WASHERS AT SCREWS WHERE FURRING IS UNUSALLY SOFT. II TIP OF 6 ALL SHELVES ALIGN W ITI-I TOP (6) OF A2 SHELVING I- TNIS SECTION TO SPAN (6) 24" SPACES (7 STDS) HANGER BINS /CA T MIRR FURRING AND WALL STANDARD INSTALLATION DETAIL _J BENCH CIRCL MIRR • - S REFER 0 A C 12' —O" MIN. CEILING 14T. X TYP OF 5 TOP (4) --- SHELVES ALIGN W ITN TOP (4) p OF A2 _— OFFICE 0 STOOL FURNITURE STORAGE SHELVING PROCESSING BRA $ PANTIES U O 0 0 S 0 DES 12' -0" MIN. CEILING 14T. TYP of q TN IS SECTION TO SPAN (2) 24" SPACES (3 STDS) o ® CARTS NON - SALES 00 WALL STANDARDS 1 x 6 FURRING OVER HIRE MESH I f1 (5) ROWS HORIZONTAL I x 6 WOOD E FURRING BY G.C. - FURRING IS TO BE SPACED PER DTL. A -1 SO THAT THE FURRING IS CENTERED AT EACH TOP (3) HOLES OF THE STANDARD AND EVERY OTHER HOLE TO THE BOTTOM OF THE STANDARD. REFER TO 'FURRING AND WALL STANDARD INSTALLATION DETAIL'. O WALL STANDARDS - G.C. TO INSTALL TO SOLID IN -WALL BLOCKING OR FURRING. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR CORRECT SPACING. BENCH (CENTER BELOW PENDANT GROUPING) ACRYLIC FRAME REFER TO D /A8 ■ / / -E> / / / / STOOL r �4• . r•YS co rn N i NON -SALES SHELVING AND HANGROD CODED NOTES MIRROR TYP OF 4 STORAGE SHELVING AT HARDWARE BINS 3/S "_-o" O 16" DEEP SHELF- 3/4" THICK O BLOCKING NOTE: G.C. IS TO DURAFLAKE WITH WHITE LOCATE (2) STUDS (16 GA.) @ MELAMINE SURFACE. 24" D.C. CENTERED BEHIND W.C. SHELF BRACKETS AND FOR ATTACHING WALL HOLD -DOWN CLIPS PROVIDED STANDARDS AND ADDITIONAL WALL STUDS AS NEEDED TO BY OWNER. ENSURE ADEQUATE BLOCKING Q 12" HANGROD BRACKET WITH FOR WALL STANDARDS IN SINK SADDLE END, HANGROD, $ END P.M. AND OFFICE. GAPS PROVIDED BY OWNER. 4' X 8' SLATNALL PANELS BY ® HANGROD BRACKET DIRECTLY ® OWNER - G.C. TO SCRIBE TIGHT BELOW SHELF BRACKET MUST BETWEEN STANDARDS * MOUNT BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO DIRECT TO FURRING STRIPS. FASTENING MOUNTING CLIPS TO (USE G1" SLAT WALL PEGS TO SHELVES ON BRACKETS ABOVE. HANG SHOES) MIRROR MIRROR DELETE TOP SHELF IF ON LOW WALL. 2' D. x 6' L MARKETING GRID (ABOVE) 8 - 0" MIN. INSTALLATION NOTE: G.G. TO ELIMINATE ALL SHELVES ABOVE THIS ELEVATION IF REQ'D BY CODE (NO CHANGE TO STANDARDS OR OTHER SHELVES) E > MARKETING GRIDS (ABOVE) r - — I MIRROR 8 — O " INSTALLATION NOTE: L _ 2'x6' MARKETING GRID SUSPENDED FROM CEILING TO BE CENTERED (HORIZONTALLY) ON THE STOREFRONT TABLE AND MOUNTED OVER THE BACK EDGE OF THE STOREFRONT TABLE. (12" OVER THE TABLE AND 12" BEHIND THE TABLE) TO BE INSTALLED BY G.C. AFTER STORE PERSONNEL NAVE POSITIONED THE STOREFRONT TABLE 3' D. x 6' L. MOVEABLE PLATFORM WITH MARKETING GRIDS (ABOVE) G.C. TO PROVIDE FIRE BLOCKING @ 8' -0" D.C. IN EACH DIRECTION AT FURRING LOCATIONS TO COMPLY W/ SECTION 803.4.1 803.4.2 OF THE IBC 3/4" DURAFLAKE W/ WHITE MELAMINE SHELF SUPPLIED BY G.G. " CLIP CORNER (TYP. TO ALL OUTSIDE ENDS) NON -SALES SHELVING DETAILS SCREW CLIPS TO BOTH SHELF AND BRACKET FACE OF WALL STANDARD FIXTURE PLAN N 1/4" = 1' -0" 12' —O" MIN. BAR ,456 CAPITOL #2051 BRACKET w/ #2041 SCREW -ON SHELF CLIPS FOR ALL NON -SALES SHELVES (BRACKET /CL I P BY OWNER) USE: 2 CLIPS @ SHELF r 12' -0" MIN. CEILING HT. —� "MP OF5 } THIS SECTION TO SPAN (3) 24" SPACES (4 STDS) r1 O PANTY BIN NON—SALT 5 HI HANGBAR BRA & PANTIES 3/8 " =1 " -0" NOTE: SHELVES TO RUN CONTINUOUS ALONG HALLS AND AT INSIDE - CORNERS G.G. TO PROVIDE WOOD SUPPORT SPLICES AT ALL SEAMS (KEEP SHELF TOPS FLUSH) SEAMS ARE TO STOP AT A BRACKET 0 REVIEWE NCE CODE COM APPRO B AR `1.1 T_4D� City ILDING DIVISION w B 1 7 a_ 12' -0" MIN. CEILING NT. ($ CI MOUNT T h 008 NON-SALES U PERMIT C% I` TER SHOE HANG WALL 3/8"-9' -0" DELETE SHELF I F ON LOW WALL G.G. TO ADD ADDITIONAL FURRING TO SUPPORT TOP OF °I' -0" STANDARD DUE TO SLATWALL STOPPING @ G' - •0" A.F.F.. GENERAL NOTES n 1. NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE PERMITTED ON ANY OF THE MATERIALS OR HARDWARE SPECIFIED IN THESE DETAILS. 2. ALL SHELF MOUNTING HARDWARE, HANGRODS AND WALL STANDARDS ARE PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. 3, G.G. TO PROVIDE 10 ADDITIONAL 16" DEEP x 4' -0" LONG SHELVES IN ADDITION TO WHAT IS SHOWN ON THE PLAN. G.C. TO PLACE SHELVES AS DIRECTED BY OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. I I . .11.1.'.ti (]:ts^ �. ... 'rca a ii:J "•R.[:rti.,��x'I.L�. l ra`.1•s ": .;'.��G:'.:r: ".,. -,.... ..�. _r r . �..... .... ... .. COLUMBUS SHOWCASE UPPER SYSTEM RETAINER PREFIN. COLUMBUS S1- •IOWGASE BOTTOM SYSTEM RETAINER INTERIOR ELEVATION TRIM SURROUND \ / OPEN COLUMBUS SI- IOWCASE UPPER SYSTEM RETAINER COLUMBUS SHOWCASE UPPER SYSTEM RETAINER INTER' • R ELEVATION PREFIN. 11 WALL PANELS COLUMBUS SHOWCASE BOTTOM SYSTEM RETAINER COLUMBUS SHOWCASE BOTTOM SYSTEM RETAINER PREFIN. COLUMBUS SHOWCASE UPPER SYSTEM RETAINER COLUMBUS SHOWCASE BOTTOM SYSTEM RETAINER MIRROR BASE AND ALL TRIM 12' - 7 1/8" COUNTERTOP M SURROUND \ / OPEN 12' -2 3/8" G.G. TO USE 22" LENGTH NANGBAR TO HANG THE PANELS ON INTERIOR ELEVATION CASHWRAP ELE SURFACE MOUNTED WALL STDS. IN DEMIN AREA ONLY. G.C. TO SET LEDGE BASE ON HT. OF 'PANELS' PROV I DED PREFINISI-ED DOOR AND FRAME (TYP.) TRIM SURROUND ATION FRONT WALL WING WALL MIRROR BASE AND BASE ALL TRIM 4' - 10 1/2 "r BASE ACRYLIC MIRRORS PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.G. G.G. TO ATTACH TO WALL NITN "MIRROR MASTIC" PROVIDED BY PALMER PRODUCTS CORP. LOUISVILLE, KY (800- 431 -6151) INTERIOR ELEV.�C TION COLUMBUS SHOWCASE UPPER SYSTEM RETAINER COLUMBUS SI- IOWCASE BOTTOM SYSTEM RETAINER INTERIOR ELF NATION BACKWRAP COLUMBUS SI- IOWCASE UPPER SYSTEM RETAINER PREFIN. COLUMBUS SHOWCASE BOTTOM SYSTEM RETAINER SASE _ COLUMBUS SI- IOWCASE UPPER SYSTEM RETAINER 'ACROVYN' #q4q -WHITE SUPPLIED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY G.C. 1 PREFIN. INTERIOR ELEVATION COLUMBUS SHOWCASE BOTTOM SYSTEM RETAINER INTERIOR ELEVATION 1/4." = 1° -0" INTERIOR ELEVATION COLUMBUS SHOWCASE UPPER SYSTEM RETAINER PREFIN. COLUMBUS SHOWCASE BOTTOM SYSTEM RETAINER TERIOR ELEVATION COLUMBUS SHOWCASE UPPER SYSTEM RETAINER COLUMBUS SHOWCASE BOTTOM SYSTEM RETAINER INTERIOR ELEVATION INTOI *.IOR ELE TRIM SURROUND — faE1D FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED ma 2 1 20 Of Tukwila N d ap PERMIT CENTER •rx •,:..... rte .. , ;:- it -:6 :.� � - _ .-i .� +., h.�. -.'�Y' .•SY_'_ Y r� "i= -'xr - ..4`i• nF.... - Ct:: :p�': - ..'l.•t:. "` �.s�..i. _ ... ...... .. .. .. � _,_:.. .._ � .. 5' , .w...''•{;i'aw --s -r r. ..r- :'�P ... _ .a. � ..x: � .. .. :. F.i�:i "};:: 'cY= . v -- �:frrR: + =M1�: - a..(� .�;.:. ii ",1:,.}{.•'+ 'd }'_'�;''� 'b;.+n`. "•F,'•v .`- = '�t'�.T _ {:lrii': __ �.. G..c�.•i'A . .'� ,.� _ �.. .8� , a.... 1.. .. a.....a , w�.�'r':. +', ° ^�I u. .r t.. rv: l'l_._ . ..h:. - _ ::y: ] ,,:a - xi^ :�r'i '.Xv'r�a'I:a' 5- n: +:r2,':° -- Llei'f17�:<•:ae.. "ti %'-:: ?�;�' - .::k�•,:1 - el,�.... r_�_; s•i.. :5'tia n'�� .'- i._..t. L�`.` ex - � �. ...,. _ - .._,.:.12• +�:�t.w .... a_.r. � r `7 F. r.� ...., 9 '�J::.�' i.'.. � IY� Lix]fK•T :::f,:.. G f a K:e; �.. ., � ^'�.. J`.fr'.'.C� ?. S. ... ..k, ..x ��J "� `7:' �• , .�. ,_ . .,.._r,.� _'ri:c�tixi;,.sx•. : ^.w F .. ,YY w � .. ''S'::!( x. a ^ .�� "•h A� .. , .. � i.. . � ..�r. „ v .o.... ... , .,xtC $ - i`{.. f f �� ... •" f .p,riE ._. _ .._ �ti.. •.. �• 4...... .,u. iY.. ._ :..f, r _ .. '1 t, EQ. , c' -6 1/8" EQ. , 4' -2 3/4" ' -4 5/: A e Rt ;4. N� I z 0 2 H LU uJ 0 0 1 REGISTERED ARCHITE r THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR UABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI # DRAWING NUMBER: LEASE LINE CURTAIN WALL ABOVE EXISTING DEMISING HALL TO REMAIN EXISTING COLUMN TO REMAIN NEW (1) LAYER 5/8" GYP. BD, OVER METAL FRAMING; PAINT P -1 3/16" PREFINISHED WHITE COMPOSITE METAL 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM GLAZING POST 2" W. x 4 1/2" D. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM GLAZING HEADER 2" N. x .4 1/2" D. CLEAR ANODIZED STRUCTURAL REINFORCED ALUMINUM GLAZING TRANSOM BAR STANDARD GLAZING CLIPS PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS (TYP) 4 1/2" W. x 4 1/2" D. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM GLAZING POST 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS (TYP) – PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. EXISTING NEUTRAL PIER TO REMAIN 6" H. x 4 1/2" D. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM GLAZING BASE 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM GLAZING CORNER POST CEILING TRANSITIONS ABOVE 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS WITH 2" H. X 4 1/2" D. HEADER AND TRANSOM AND 6" H. X 4 1/2" D. BASE – ALL: CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM GLAZING CORNER POST 1/2 TEMPERED GLASS WITH 2" H. X 4 1/2" D. HEADER AND 6" H. X 4 1/2" D. BASE -- BOTH: CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM FACE OF GYP. BOARD RETURN ON TENANT LEDGE ABOVE (CENTERS ON GAP IN GLASS RECESSED LIGHT ENCLOSURE ABOVE 10' -0" H. X 7' –O" W. FULLY GLAZED TEMPERED GLASS, CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM ENTRY DOORS AND SIDELITES INCLUDING HARDWARE PROVIDED BY OWNER $ INSTALLED BY G.C. 6" X 4" 1-155 BEAM ABOVE (REFER TO SECTION A /A7.1) BEARS ON 3" X 3" COLUMNS EACH SIDE OF OPENING AND CANTILEVERS OVER COLUMN ON LEFT SIDE ONLY 3" X 3" X 1/4" HSS; REFER TO C /A6 FOR MTG. PLATE DETAIL MALL BULKHEAD 3 - 7 ■ –11 3/4" 16" (L) INDIV / TTERS S OWNE / ryUALL \Y ILLI LIED AND ENTER ON \/ STOREFRONT ELEVATION STOREFRONT PLAN AT ED ALLED PEN ING) t— OF SIGNAGE TO ALIGN WITH C ENTRANCE DUSTPROOF STRIKES (4) FOR OPEN CLOSED POSITIONS TEMERED GLASS, CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM ENTRY DOORS AND SIDELITES INCLUDING HARDWARE, PROVIDED BY OWNER $ INSTALLED BY G.C. LEASE LINE AND FACE OF TENANT LEDGE ABOVE 16" X 16" X 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD BLOCKING ABOVE CEILING (BETWEEN FRAMING) " WHITE METAL PANELS CONCEALED ANODIZED ALUMINUM GLAZING SYSTEM FACTORY SEAMS (TOP AND BOTTOM) PAINT BEHIND P -5 PRIOR TO INSTALLING PANELS (6) PEICE 3/16" PREFABRICATED PURPLE METAL WINDOW ENCLOSURE NOTE TO FABRICATOR: CUSTOM SIZE WINDOW ENCLOSURE 3/4" CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM REVEAL ALONG EDGE OF MALL BULKHEAD AND BOTH NEUTRAL PIERS 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS (TYP) – PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. CONCEALED 2" W. X 4 1/2" D. GLAZING SYSTEM (REFER TO SECTIONS AND DETAILS BELOW) EXISTING NEUTRAL PIER TO REMAIN 6" N. PREFABRICATED CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM METAL BASE (FIELD APPLIED) CURTAINWALL ABOVE EDGE OF WINDOW PLATFORM 1/2" THICK NON– SHRINK GROUT DETAIL I–ISS 3x3 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAR 2 1 2000 BASE PLATE 1/2 "x5 "x0' -8" (ORIENT LONG SIDE PARALLEL TO STOREFRONT TO FIT INSIDE ENCLOSURE) TOP/ EXIST CONIC SLAB (2) -5/8" DIA x 6" LONG KWIK –BOLT II GONG EXP ANCHORS BY HILTI LEASE LINE EXISTING DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN PREFINISHED BRAKE METAL TO MATCH METAL WINDOW ENCLOSURE. PREFINISHED PURPLE METAL PORTAL (ENCLOSURE) MAR 0 5 2008 PERMIT CENTER 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS WITH 2" H. X 4 1/2" D. HEADER AND 6" H. X 4 1/2" D. BASE – BOTH: CLEAR ANODIZED LUMINUM FACE OF GYP. BOARD RETURN ON TENANT LEDGE ABOVE — r (2) EQUAL PIECE RECESSED LIGHT ENCLOSURE ABOVE PREFINISHED PURPLE METAL PORTAL (ENCLOSURE) 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS WITH CONCEALED GLAZING HEADER AND BASE OF GLASS W/ I /4" GAP 5/8" GYP. BD" OVER MISC. MTL FRAMING; PAINT P 1 16" X 16" X 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD BLOCKING ABOVE CEILING (BETWEEN FRAMING) �COITCEALED� ANODIZED ALUMINUM GLAZING SY_ST€M — - •:7c,.. ,. r•. xi . :., 'v r.rt� .: 9�wC9v' ��: a..;. l; � �e�.>. �ri� .fk''`•��y�a�i;;•rs•; � ?�::R Misr^•;. � r.,.:�r �'(:ii:�:. ?:"r5 • .4.'� :,.�.dSf�n- .'e'.5: : ":Y'�: ;..•.. ,. �.ir;i'^: ' ?Yi ��:�. i 1 kiC�.. .ia••� �.. .r . .�. .....�...... ��3n ... y e. . . - ✓t.. � � c it7: 7`x-3 w .. . - .. ., . +•1: . _ •�k� ,. [ :. Pi L' %= : l�'Ge 5`v, .nom, � - ^. �.a ..i`:!; `.. .4 r+" ..,• �S•]v., i' "'f -�`�T :[V.. erli.. ':'•.r.�'.._ ":` =1'�•5 1. �'�I•. ..,•[Y'��,.:.$�': a•n:: t�:1i's .... ..�:.',�,1•I 2.'; "." u.i " /n, ..:u�• e..c?[_h!V4*T . �iz<' �ir' �: Y• �k=,`. i•. r. 3i .Zcrm•F:k�ya,'i',_'�j:.�?"n-iT ,, "r`�.Y<4= ��.:- ":'i�v }:r "' :;E'•:� irmvki:ie .`;fir" r;?r MSF l:e11.d . .14,- ieAai•_`zfi • r '.• TiY` _ i� �'. • ''A�.�.7:;'y K s� : • :=r 03 0 0 0 Q C W 5 W W 0 Co cc CO L 0 w 0 l am. IA 1 5 ° 0 aco 0 w CO (0 CO 6923 REGISTERED ARCHITECT AV � SHOCK ON A6 DRAWING NUMBER: THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI # i `zer�'•n • .:5:_i.. i� ���=° i. w�i�r:` �, ��' ei'• .'•,5:'siq';;tCe r.. SECURE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE (NOT TO DECK) 10' -0" A.F.F. 1 r SECURE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE (NOT TO DECK) G.C. TO SUPPLY 5/8" TYPE. 'X' GYPSUM BOARD ON BACK SIDE OF BULKHEAD AND PROVIDE ANY NECESSARY RATING 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD SURFACE MOUNTED LIGI -ITING FIXTURE IN LIGHT COVE (REFER, TO 'R.C.P. T1-1I5 FACE ON 121" 6" X 18 GA. METAL STUDS (16" O.C. 3 5/8" X 18 GA. DIAGONAL BRACING @ 48" D.C. SUSPENDED GYP. BOARD CELING REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 12' -0" A.F.F. SALES AREA CEILING B.O. CURTAINWALL 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD P -1 MARKETING GRID SUSPENDED WITH WHITE CHAIN AND S- NOOKS. ALIGN WITH HORIZONTAL TRANSOM BAR. 1 /4" 3 5/8" X 18 GA. DIAGONAL BRACING @ 48" O.C. 3 5/8" X 18 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. 3 5/8" X 18 GA. FRAMING AT 16" O.C. 3 5/8" X 18 . FRAMING 16" O.C. TENANT FLOORING SECTION @ GLASS 1' = 1' -0' MALL LOORING EXISTING MALL BULKI -1EAD G.C. TO PROTECT DURING CONSTRUCTION LIGHT COVE BY LL (WI -IERE OCCURING) TENANT TO CONSTRUCT GYP. BOARD SOFFIT TO ALIGN WITH MALL CEILING AT PIER, COORDINATE WITH MALL OPS FOR SPECIFICATIONS AND FINISHES 13' -7" A.F.F. B.O. MALL BULKI -IEAD 3/4" CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM REVEAL 2" N. X 4 1/2" D. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM GLAZING HEADER 2" H. X 4 1/2" D. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM GLAZING TRANSOM BAR 4 1/2 "W. X 4 1 /2 "D. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM GLAZING POST BEYOND LEASE LINE 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS BY G.C. (TYP. ) 6" N. X 4 1/2" D. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM GLAZING BASE 0' -0" A.F.F T.O. FINISHED FLOOR G.G. TO INSTALL 16" X 16" X 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD BLOCKING WITI -IIN THE GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS AND /OR SOFFITS AT THE TOP OF ALL 3/16" PREFINISNED METAL PANELS AND ENCLOSURES; THIS BLOCKING IS TO SERVE AS 'GROUNDS' FOR SECURING THE NECESSARY MOUNTING ANGLES. LANDLORD DIRECTIVE ALL STOREFRONT DESIGN MUST BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED FROM THE MALL STRUCTURE. LANDLORD'S MALL BULKHEAD CAN ONLY BE USED FOR LATERAL SUPPORT Y ∎CK OV I P -1 ' 5/8" TYPE SURFACE MOUNTED 'X' GYPSUM LIGHTING FIXTURE I BOARD LIGHT COVE (REFER TO 'R.C.P 3 5/8" X 20 G.A. FRAMING AT 16" O.C. N55 REFE E. 'X' SIDE rE 6" X 18 GA. METAL STUDS (16" O.G. 3 5/8" X 18 GA. DIAGONAL BRACING @ 48" O.C. SECURE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE (NOT TO DECK) SUSPENDED GYP. BOARD CELING REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 12 -0" A.F.F. SALES AREA CEILING 10' -0" A.F.F 5.0, CURTAINWALL 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSU BOARD P -1 MARKETING GRID 2 "1A1. X 4 1/2 "D. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM GLAZING CORNER POST BEYOND 6" N. X 4 1/2" D. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM GLAZING BASE BEYOND SECURE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE (NOT TO DECK) G.G. TO SUPPLY 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD ON B OF BULKHEAD AND P ANY NECESSARY RATI 3 5/8" X 18 GA. DIAGONAL BRACING @ 48" O.C. 3 5/8" X 18 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" D.C. 3 5/8" X 18 GA. FRAMING AT 16" D.C. 3 5/8" X 18 GA. FRAMING AT 16" O.0 TENANT FLOORING SECTION @ GLASS 1 = 1'-0" MALL LOORING EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD - G.G. TO PROTECT DURING CONSTRUCTION LIGHT COVE BY LL (WHERE OCCURING) TENANT TO CONSTRUCT GYP. BOARD SOFFIT TO ALIGN WITH MALL CEILING AT PIER. COORDINATE WITH MALL OPS FOR SPECIFICATIONS AND FINISHES 13 A.F.F. B.O. MALL BULKHEAD 3/4" CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM REVEAL 1" W. X 5/8" D. WHITE METAL GLAZING CHANNEL NESTED 18 GA. STUDS, BETWEEN 16" FRAMING. CONT. TENANT LEDGE: PREFINISNED WHITE METAL OVER 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD 2" N. X .4 1/2" D. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM GLAZING HEADER 2"N. X 4 1 /2 "D. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM GLAZING MULLION BEYOND LEASE LINE 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS BY G. C. (TYP.) 6" N. X 4 1/2" D. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM GLAZING BASE 0 -0" A.F.F. T.O. FINISHED FLOOR REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE A mAR 2 12 t 1 B City Of TukW61 D BUILDIN DIVISION G.C. TO COUNTERSINK ALL VISIBLE (PREFINISHED) SCREWS SCREWS LOCATED BEHIND SURFACE MOUNTED BASE. 2" W. x 3" N. x 1/8" ALUM. SUPPORT ANGLE N/ FL. ND. SCREWS AS REQUIRED. CONTINUOUS BEAD OF PURPLE SILICONE BETWEEN PANEL AND GLASS, TYP. BOTH SIDES. 3 " =1'-0" WINDOW 'PORTAL' HEAD SECTION - FRT BLOCKING AND SHIM AS REQUIRED; REFER TO SECTIONS REVEAL AS REQUIRED; REFER TO SECTIONS REFER TO SECTIONS BOTT. OF BULKHEAD 12' -0" MAX TOP OF GLASS ' 3/16" PURPLE METAL COMPOSITE PREFABRICATED PANEL SUPPLIED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.G.; TYPICAL AROUND ENCLOSURE. r� TO SECTI 2" H. X 4 1/2" D. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM GLAZING HEADER 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS DETAIL D FC -1 EPDXY FINISH OVER (2) LAYERS OF 1/2" FRT PLYWOOD, REFER TO FIN151 -1 PLAN FOR FLOORING SPEC. 1" x 2" METAL CHANNEL PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.G. 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD OVER 3 5/8" 18 GA METAL FRAMING @ 16" O.G. 6" H. x 3/4" TI-IK MDF SURFACE MOUNTED BASE; PAINT P -6. 3 5/8" DIAGONAL BRACE AT 4 O.0 3 " =1' -0" WINDOW PLATFORM (REAR) SECTION 0 DETAIL E DETAIL :�,;......:. � �.�� w - a r t ..,, .. .::s•��•:.s•- :,,, -...� - _ - ., :.,.,, „..�, .::�••:... c:� >. . ti: � , . n"�ki.�.._.:;;- cg..... - �... _ , f.'ur ^Y.•`.+-” •� w�6 . .4:.�.;,.r �,..:::.w� -.� x!.- .. - «n _ e'. a`: v�- f' Y. S: S +' +i:� ".•.:xn "s' ...l:i: . _7:.� - � i:�r e- ;:,�...�:.;. ,,�.���. .rp:w:r,:.•a:�. 7. - .3' : "lg•: c•�a•G. r * t.... � V�cL :bi. .5 =• t , rx . - ,,: .1 . ? ^Y�:r ':K ?�: - �C +::sk.::..;, ;.�. .,, Y .._k,...,...,..:: r,z':.: "7.e.;....�;.:. - .�,,.�;,.:...•,;•., . � �yS: y � . gy 2 :� n l . Y r•.�" . 4 . "�'• 5:� - ` c ; e - , ��::�::,'�. i,. 5 �T� ;�'' . "S • .,. �:>:,.. , :r�. .. �r ,. r: .,X =r4� `::F,��:..� i•• "�,e iit _. 1:= ':a��'. ,..,�, c`:i• ,..c •' 't5'r �,;:� .��..._�_ . ,�.. ... tsxc'E:�� -.,.,. ,.... 'r�.., ...r' ,i. .: -sr.,. �t..S�•z,r�"•3� -,e„ti `".r .- :z�,�r• - .. :�:.,:_r_,. *.:3: °. .R... .= '.�� "% „7a: :... sr' ...� . i!_ *- S.�x.. r .. , .,: r - -r b'i;�;i�:llirr.. .. ,.., s:Vi'�.•' .- �alY... ,>.. .. •c,5,.x rr:' .:r .3'^ «.,: •. r•:. + '� _ _ ,.��� .. ...,� -. r.. - '�,5.... 7 ' h ' . + t• �I• .yc .. ..f.�`b � 6x� �, xnu:. .:fiu:. f""�I - . �:, ,..�.... .r�Y::.:r•.`:6:1_�:i.rA, .L.�., , ,. n;7� - x -,.a, n ° � �IL... . Ph'_•.,5�.._ .q � °$ .. .�':as.�r.:.fk;�c.:s:E•Y •r,.- � ..r�.:Y § :S�w _L-3_. xY S. . �...Fr �a,;,s'�:•r.�:, ?1n:..,__r ...F,s.. _ -..�G ., . . {., i. rt.Y��.,�,i�: %x= Y..�iA`�li.sy 5,•S',P�:!tt•`• .. .2s.:: ^. " "f$1. .�S'��?,S?il., .. rY_, �"�.[ V• >_rw �L••...H • .. � ,� , • --- r. :,r., ;•;. .� - .,.. .. ,-- -...�r. rr..:_v..�.. ,: ... n .. ... _.. .• .._..... � � , +.,_ ,. .. .: - ..._.... _ . _ .. _ ._.. ._. . _ _ ._ _.. .. ._.. . ,Y�:rik..:`e•.: .,•.i'.n�.rl.if.�d .... I_.,w.. .:'+l.._...... s. ... .�: N�£:�iS'N: %e.. ..._.��15:�'i•' =:;:�.. 3/16" PREFABRICATED PANEL BEYOND CONTINUOUS BEAD OF PURPLE SILICONE BETWEEN PANEL AND GLASS, TYP. BOTI -1 SIDES. FC -1 EPDXY FINISH OVER (2,) LAYERS OF 1/2" FRT PLYWOOD, REFER TO FINISH 6 PLAN FOR FLOORING SPEC. 1-L. 2" I-I. X 4 1/2" D. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM GLAZING SILL 2 1/2" DIAGONAL BRACE AT 4' -0" O.0 INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT LEGS MADE FROM 2" X 4 1/2" ALUMINUM GLAZING SYSTEM COMPONENTS (31 1/2" O.C. WINDOW 'PORTAL' SILL SECTION G.C. TO COUNTERSINK ALL VISIBLE (PREFINISNED) SCREWS $ SCREWS LOCATED BEHIND SURFACE MOUNTED BASE. STRAP (PROVIDED BY OLDCASTLE) @ 12" O.G. G.C. TO SECURE TO PANEL WITH HIGH BOND URETNA , iE AND MULLION WITH 1/2" PAN HEAD SELF DRILLING SCREW. 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS 3/16" PURPLE METAL COMPOSITE PREFABRICATED PANEL SUPPLIED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.G.; TYPICAL AROUND ENCLOSURE. PREFABRICATED CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM BASE - SECURE WITH ADHESIVE, AFTER COUNTERSINKING ALL MOUNTING SCREWS BEYOND — TOP OF MALL FINISH FLOOR 2" W. x 3 "1-I. x 1/8" ALUM. ANGLE W/ FL. 1-ID. SCREWS AS REQUIRED. TYPICAL BOTH S I DES. 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS IN 2" H. x 4 1/2" D. GLAZING SILL. FINISH TO BE CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM. 3/16" PURPLE METAL COMPOSITE PREFABRICATED PANEL SUPPLIED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.G.; TYPICAL AROUND ENCLOSURE. 3" x 3" STEEL TUBE; REFER TO STOREFRONT PLAN DETAILS 2" W. x 3" N. x 1/8" ALUM. SUPPORT ANGLE BELOW W/ FL, ND. SCREWS AS REQUIRED. SIMILAR AT TOP. G.G. TO COUNTERSINK ALL VISIBLE (PREFIN SCREWS AND ANY SCREWS LOCATED 13EI --IIND SURFACE MT D. BASE @ NARROWEST POINT WINDOW 'PORTAL' ENCLOSURE PERMIT CENTER EDGE OF PLATFORM PREFABRICATED 3/16" PURPLE METAL COMPOSITE PANEL BELOW AND ABOVE 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS SET IN FULL PERIMETR GLAZING SYSTEM CONTINUOUS BEAD – `OF - BLACK SILICONE BETWEEN PORTAL d AND GLASS, TYP, BOTH SIDES. 10' -0" DIAMETER DETAIL 00 0 0 N O REGISTERED ARCHITECT �4�Oa A7 THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. 0 z. SAI # 0 DRAWING NUMBER: T,k:_� r ev.- i '��� ^:1•�'- -' , w. .. ... SF'.+cF.:.^ ... -. -. ,..•n..: � -�f `: , .an f .. .. ! � t .: it ,._tii:z:.e: .�:?i::rx`- x._. __..._....._(:'S':•..: •:r =:;fir_.. ,.........�tt_ -. ..... .. .�r'�: -.., z ;'it:.[,§s...t . � `�::4f.,�•i:" .. - .- r_..r,�' ire= ...f..��;��:_t §,�.._ ., >,��t, l...el,..i.6.,....s.,. ...,.:r:I.� .,_.. .._.._N�s7,a.•..- ., .......,... ,_ir.$sh2 ' okra?!..' r' s'` d��. �,.:.: c>< k_ �• e; ���_ ±Y.�,iF�'..:�a�r "�;::are}5 .-!:�'wa sGS� �';�. .. •,.. .. a:r ".�: :o�:' ". SG'. -r ,. .,.r�r. ._.r .. - "�,:i'i?,c'e n-....' i�"' i. �1.. �s--::a�tita�':.`r =�ia�n; ..•i='I?:�:.. :- �' �'+' 9, tiz.; .G�;Mi tit- �r-_ t'_ ?>: �; >.Jy:v'K.i_.c: °:s:r „y ., _ .. s.,: y.•. :•s.: •�- n...:..ry:, :::�: : -.!_:. i:.,r;ry'.r��.. •r.:r” -.: •n = - - .. r1. .x ��n• .may....,- _ _ _ � .Jt 1 .. .. ... .. F.. J ..n.•.._.- .,......,:.:...�..0 M1' +.. �.. ..-. -. .. .._^• -- ..a .•x �,_. •. _:- y.�•:�_a-n[•.t � -. .�-..•e {ry 9.7P• ::7•: ^ - '�'£%�. =?"_.. '2i, . f. ' :. -. - y :r. -,. .4 T, � , a . l . . r , .,.r7. ,r •: ±: tom:,; ^"iF. ' ^ { ".: �.2.; �: ?_,,. --•w ..re >wrn. � =';'-n... :: �:. :i:` {::;,..;��,�;:,,�,..r•._� . ,.r _. ;`s, " .r`: MKIrK.R .. ...,4..�.a�.nr.4. .Jz,.L.. a�i ....11 ...i rinim e.tr... ..r.n. d,.. .. .. .: n...4.. , .. J.d...N .. ... ...... ... ... -... 'IF.!� -. ....v .., wi'.aa...e. ^it.• r . . -J., ...i' .�.,..� ;�ls.:�✓.i �.._._,.._ �£. Y..' iR5_. t.... ...... rc_ G�:, �.,. x Z .. - _; r:l'.ymn;�_�--1- ;.._...,. ,:=x.._� :: rc± � „ r.-;-<.. e! ` n: ?...... ..e.. --•...,.....M.'!�.,::31': e..:. _.k ^.... .�}':.. ... '•rr !. y 6" X 18 GA. METAL STUDS (16" O.C. SECURE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE (NOT TO DECK) SUSPENDED GYP. BOARD CELING REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 10' -O" A.F.F. 8.0. CURTAINWALL 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD ENTRY LIGHTING - REFER TO A2 4 1/2 1I W. X 4 1/2 "D. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM GLAZING CORNER POST BEYOND 6" H. X 4 1/2' D. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM GLAZING BASE BEYOND TENANT FLOORING G.C. TO SUPPLY 5/8" TYPE. 'X' GYPSUM BOARD ON BACK SIDE OF SULK1 -IEAD AND PROVIDE ANY NECESSARY RATING 3 5/8" X 18 GA. FRAMING AT 16" 0.C. 3 5/8" X 18 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" D.C. 1/2 TEMPERED GLASS BEYOND MALL MATCI -1 FLOORING MALL FLOORING EXISTING MALL BULKI -IEAD - G.C. TO PROTECT DURING CONSTRUCTION LIGI -IT COVE BY LL (WHERE OCCURING) TENANT TO CONSTRUCT GYP. BOARD SOFFIT TO ALIGN WITH MALL CEILING AT PIER. COORDINATE WITN MALL OPS FOR SPECIFICATIONS AND FINISHES 3/4" CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM REVEAL PREFINISNED WHITE METAL PANELS OVER 3 5/8" X 18 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. NESTED 18 GA. STUDS, BETWEEN 16" FOAMING. CONT. TENANT LEDGE: PREFINISIED WHITE METAL OVER 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD TENANT SIGNAGE - REFER TO A6 I" W. X 5/311 D. WHITE METAL REVEAL 2" N. X 4 1/2" D. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM GLAZING HEADER PREFINISI -1ED PURPLE METAL WINDOW ENCLOSURE BEYOND LEASE LINE 1-1IGI -•1 PREFABRICATED CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM BASE (FIELD APPLIED) G.C. TO INSTALL 16" X 16" X 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD BLOCKING W ITN IN THE GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS AND /OR SOFFITS AT THE TOP OF ALL 3/16" PREFINISNED METAL PANELS AND ENCLOSURES; TN IS BLOCKING IS TO SERVE AS 'GROUNDS' FOR SECURING THE NECESSARY MOUNTING ANGLES. G.C. TO SUPPLY 5/8" TYPE. 'X' GYPSUM BOARD ON BACK SIDE OF BULKHEAD AND PROVIDE ANY NECESSARY RATING 3 5/8" X 18 GA. FRAMING AT 16" O.C. 3 5/8" X 18 GA. FRAMING AT 16" O.C. 6" X 18 GA. METAL STUDS (16" D.G.) SUSPENDED GYP. BOARD CELING REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN TENANT FLOORING SECURE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE (NOT TO DECK) SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHTING FIXTURE I LIGI -IT COVE (REFER TO 'R.C.P.' PLATFORM 3 5/8" X 18 GA. METAL FRAMING @ 16" O.C. ALIGN VERTICAL STUDS / HORIZONTAL JOISTS SECTION @ PURPLE PANELS EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD - G.C. TO PROTECT DURING CONSTRUCTION TENANT TO CONSTRUCT GYP. BOARD SOFFIT TO ALIGN WITH MALL CEILING AT PIER. COORDINATE WITH MALL OPS FOR SPECIFICATIONS AND FINISHES 13 -7" A.F.F. 8.0. MALL BULKI IEAD 3/4" CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM REVEAL 2 X 4 1/2" D. CONCEALLED ALUMINUM GLAZING SYSTEM UPPER PIECE 3/16" PREFABRICATED PURPLE METAL WINDOW ENCLOSURE END PIECE 3/16" PREFABRICATED PURPLE METAL WINDOW ENCLOSURE BEYOND - SUPPLIED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS LEASE LINE 2 "N. X 4 1/2" D. CONCEALLED ALUMINUM GLAZING SYSTEM BOTTOM PIECE 3/16" PREFABRICATED PURPLE METAL WINDOW ENCLOSURE N. PREFABRICATED CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM BRAKE -METAL BASE 0' -0" A.F.F. T.O. FINISHED FLOOR `' r`_ `irkt:i l.g ^x c RECE ._„ CITY OF TUK1AIL•A MAR 0 5 2008 PERMIT CENTER THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI # 07604 DRAWING NUMBER: UiJ 1. • • LIJ z 0 0 0) z 0 w 0 co cc 0 co ac co Lu z uj 0 C.) ui LLf LU cn 1— D og 0 co LU 71 CO CO CO 6923 \ REGISTETT ARCHITEI (3/4/0E) 2 DRAWING NUMBER: THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR UABIUTY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. SAI # 07604 A7. z' A: '^' Z 4C MEMPIRROMMENMSNEM 12 A.F.F. `f 51•014 WINDOW CEILING 5/8" GYP. BOARD ON 3 5/8" X 18 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. - PAINT P-1 (6) PIECE 3/16" PREFABRICATED PURPLE METAL WINDOW ENCLOSURE BEYOND 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS BEYOND RAISED PLATFORM BY G.C. - SEE DETAILS gi b oi-oli A.F.F. \ -F TENANT FLOOR FINISH 1/2" NEN TENANT FLOORING 1 = 1%0" - 71MAW..niffflifift 4 1/4" 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS MALL MATCI-1 FLOORING <■ SECTION @ RETURN GLASS 2" N. X 4 1/2" D. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM LAZING SILL OPP 3/16" F'REFINISIAED NI-11TE METAL PANEL 6" ft PREFABRICATED CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM BRAKE- METAL BASE G.C. TO INSTALL 16" X 16" X 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD BLOCKING 1A1 ITI-1 IN THE GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS AND/OR SOFFITS AT TI-IE TOP OF ALL 3/16" PREF IN ISI-IED METAL PANELS AND ENCLOSURES; T1-I IS BLOCKING IS TO SERVE AS 'GROUNDS' FOR SECURING TI-IE NECESSARY MOUNTING ANGLES. 10 A.F.F. dik B. TENANT ' LEDGE 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD, PAINT P-1 E 2" 1-1. X 4 1/2" D. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM GLAZING HEADER 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS 4 1/2" N. X 4 1/2" D. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM GLAZING CORNER POST BEYOND 6" 1-1. X .4 1/2" D. CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM GLAZING BASE MALL MATC1-1 FLOORING 4 1/2" 1 = NEN TENANT FLOORING SECTION @ RETURN GLASS SH010.1 WINDOW 4! 13 A.F.F. CEILING B/8" GYP. BOARD ON 3 5/8" X 20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 18" O.C. - PAINT P-1 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS BEYOND 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS BEYOND 01-0" A.F.F. TENANT FLR FIN ( 0 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED A 2 1 2008 cty Of T uloivila BUILDING DIVISIQC RECE CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 0 5 2008 PERMIT CENTER " • - •-• - .4`:L•:; :•• • r- .:•••• .; CF. • ' 3.1,-;;;■4:yV,:ii■viP • 3/4" SURFACE MOUNTED MDF BASE SUPPLIED INSTALLED BY G.C.; PAINT P-5. DASHED LINE REPRESENTS EXTENT OF NALLCOVERING; TUCK BEHIND MDF TRIM 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD OVER 3 5/8" METAL FRAMING @ 16" O.C. MAX. 3/4" FIRE RETARDANT TREATED PLYWOOD 3/4" TNK x 6 3/8" N. MDF PAINTED PER FINISH PLAN; TYPICAL AT JAMB AND HEADER. FACE OF DEMISE WALL OR FURRED-OUT DEMISE WALL TOP OF WALL THAT EXTENDS TO CEILING AND NALLCOVERI NG TO RETURN TO DEMISING NALL. 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD ON 6 METAL STUD FRAMING @ 16" O.C.; REFER TO FINISH PLAN 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD ON 3 5/8" METAL STUD FRAMING @ 16" 0.C.; REFER TO F IN 1514 PLAN T.O.N. @ 9 A.F.F. 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD OVER 3 5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. • MAX.; REFER TO SHEET AS FOR FINISH 1 3/4" X .4 1/2" METAL DOOR FRAMES PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. OWNER SUPPLIED MIRROR FRAM; G.C. SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED MIRROR; G.C. TO INSTALL IN-WALL BLOCKING FITTING ROOM DIVIDER HALL; 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD BOTH SIDES OVER 3 5/8" METAL 0 STUDS AT 16" 0.C.; TOP OF WALL AT 6 ci 3/4" A. F. F. TYPICAL HANGER LOCATION (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) G.C. TO PROVIDE IN-HALL BLOCKING TYPICAL N .0 . F. R. LOCATION (UNLESS NOTED OTH ERN ISE) MOUNTED 48" A . F. F.; G.C. TO PROVIDE IN-WALL BLOCKING BENCH PROVIDED W ITH FACTORY INSTALLED STEEL BOTTOM STIFFENERS - HAT CHANNEL AND ANGL 2 DEEP 8ENC1-1 MOUNT / TOP @ IS" A.F. F HOOD DOOR AND HARDWARE PROVIDED BY ONNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. - (SEE "INSTALLATION NOTE" BELOW) TYP. ALL FITTING ROOMS 3/4" SURFACE MOUNTED MDF BASE; PAINT P-E. ¶TOP OF 1 v=y6a METAL TRACK METAL TRACK \ TOP OF DR FRAME \ owien /I" '-e" A . F . F. TOP OF DOOR MI ThIS PLAN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY TN IS PLAN IS FOR FIXTURE ILLUSTRATION; FOR EXACT ROOM SIZE, CONFIGURATION, AND DOOR SWINGS- REFER TO THE CONSTRUCTION PLAN. G.C. TO PIECE IN 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD BETWEEN "LAM-LITE" BOX AND TUCKED ABOVE DOOR FRAME LAM-LITE SQ. BOX WITH 2 CIRCULAR OPENING. TAPE AND SPACKLE BOX TO GYPSUM BOARD 51 DE WALLS, IIMINEMER "LAM-LITE" SQUARE BOX N/ 2 CIRCULAR OPENING. TAPE $ SPACKLE BOX TO GYPSUM BOARD SIDE HALLS. OWNER SUPPLIED MIRROR FRAME; G.C. TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL MIRROR INTO FRAME; G.C. TO INSTALL IN-HALL BLOCKING; REFER TO D/A10. G.C. TO SURFACE MOUNT THE ONNER SUPPLIED FITTING ROOM DOOR HINGES ('SELF-CLOSING' @ BOTTOM $ CENTER; AND 'REGULAR' @ TOP), AND STRIKE PLATE ON THE JAMB. G.C. TO DRILL A 1-10LE FOR THE THUMB TURN DEAD BOLT INTO THE JAMB - I TI-OUT A STRIKE PLATE. (BOLT ALREADY ATTACHED TO DOOR) ONNER SUPPLIED MIRROR FRAME; G.C. TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL MIRROR INTO FRAME; REFER TO D/A10. 3/4" SURFACE MOUNTED MDF BASE SUPPLIED $ INSTALLED BY G.C.; PAINT P-5. DASHED LINE REPRESENTS EXTENT OF WALLCOVERI NG; TUCK BEHIND METAL FRAMING 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD OVER 3 5/8" METAL FRAMING @ 16" O.G. MAX. 3/4" FIRE RETARDANT TREATED PLYWOOD 1 3/4" X 4 1/2" PREF IN I SHED METAL DOOR FRAME; PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. TOP OF HALL TI-IAT EXTENDS TO CEILING AND 1A1ALLCOVER I NG TO RETURN TO DEMISING HALL. LAM-LITE SQUARE BOX HIM! 2 CIRCULAR OPENING. TAPE AND SPACKLE BOX TO GYPSUM BOARD SIDE WALLS ACRYLIC FRAMES - G.C. TO REPLACE PIN HEAD SCREWS I.A1/ FLATHEAD SCREWS $ PLASTIC IC DRYWALL ANCHOR. IN-HALL BLOCKING BY G.C. TYPICAL ALL FITTING ROOM 'HANGER' WALLS TYPICAL DAISY HANGER LOCATIONS (UNLESS NOTED OTHERW ISE) G.C. INSTALL USING LOCK- TITE' SCRENS P 'Q Nr •Wi H.C. FITTING ROOM BENCH PROVIDED BY OWNER - G.C. CUT TO LENGTH IN FIELD; FIT TIGHT TO BOTH SIDE AND REAR HALLS - SCREW MOUNTING CLEATS TO EACI-I STUD. MOUNT TOP OF BENCH @ 18" A.F.F. AND PROVIDE CONTINUOUS CLEAR SILICONE EDGE BEAD AFTER BENCH IS IN PLACE. OWNER SUPPLIED AND G.C. INSTALLED MOUNTING CLEATS AT PERIMETER OF BENCI-I BENC1-1 PROVIDED NIT FACTORY INSTALLED STEEL BOTTOM STIFFENERS - NAT CHANNEL AND ANGLE •. EQUAL 4.4 Y11 . " , "AZ: fi:*744'...irtg,';'-iStr`,VAS06:5';;O• MIRROR SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. MASTIC DIRECTLY TO HALL G.C. TO INSTALL CLEAR SILICONE AROUND ENTIRE FRAME BETWEEN FRAME AND WALL ONLY. G.C. TO SET OWNER PROVIDED FRAME W IT1-1 PRE-DRILLED MOUNTING HOLES OVER MIRROR AND INSTALL USING ONNER SUPPLIED FINISH SCREWS INTO IN-WALL BLOCKING IN-HALL BLOCKING BY G.C. - LOCATE TO SATISFY PRE-DRILLED MOUNTING POLES IN MIRROR FRAME REC.:77: CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 0 5 2008 PERMIT CENTER THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES No RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. PANEL WALL CEILING GRID; REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN REFER TO CEILING PLAN HALL ABOVE TOP RETAINER TO BE PAINTED PER FINISH PLAN 4 "I-I. x 3 /4 "T1-1K MDF TRIM TO BE PAINTED PER FINISH PLAN. TOP $ BOTTOM RETAINERS $ PILASTERS PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. EXISTING DEMISING WALL OR 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD ON ONE OR BOTH SIDES OF 3 5/8" METAL FRAMING @ 16" D.G. MAX; INSTALLED BY G.C. (EXTEND TIGHT TO DECK ABOVE I F REQUIRED BY CODE OR ELSE 6" ABOVE CEILING; REFER TO Al). PRE - FINISHED MDF PANELS BY OWNER INSTALLED BY G.C. FINISHED FLOOR L 16" ABOVE OR ELS REFER T GAP BETW AND SEGME METAL FRAM PRE - FINISHED OWNER $ INSTA FINISHED FLOOR CURVED PANEL WALL OM $ PILASTERS BY OWNER, BY G.G. SUPPLY 1 X 6 G AS SHOWN. EFINISHED MDF PANELS UPPLIED BY OWNER NSTALLED BY G.C.. 5 .;'' TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BO. RD ON BOTH SIDES OF 3 5 -" METAL FRAMING @ 16" 0. . MAX.; INSTALLED BY G NALLCOVE NG OVER 5/8" TYPE "X" G PSUM BOARD ON FITTING "OOM SIDE. FINISHED FLOOR LOW PANEL WALL INSTALLATION OF PANELS N.T.S. PI LASTER PANEL RETAINER CLIP 1. ALL PANELS ARE PRE -CUT TO FIT BETWEEN PILASTERS. HOWEVER, FIELD CUTTING WILL BE REQUIRED AT ENDS OF RUNS (AND AROUND DOORWAYS (I F APPLICABLE) TO ENSURE A PROPER FIT DUE TO FIELD VARIATIONS. 2. INSTALL EACH PANEL AT THE DESIGNATED AREA SHOWN ON SLOP DRAWINGS BY FIRST INSERTING TOP EDGE INTO UPPER RETAINER AND ALLOWING BOTTOM EDGE TO FALL INTO LONER RETAINER. 3. NOTCHES IN PANELS ALLOW THE PANEL TO BE SUPPORTED BY PANEL RETAINERS. NOTE: AFTER INSERTING PANEL INTO TOP TRACK, MAKE SURE THE PANEL IS PUSHED IN FLUSH BEFORE ALLOWING IT TO DROP DOWN INTO THE LONER RETAINER. G.C. TO USE ALL INSIDE CORNERS AS LAYOUT POINT FOR PANEL SYSTEM INSTALLATION. NALL PANEL SPECIFICATION: COLUMBUS SHOWCASE NALL SELL II - 3/4" SYSTEM 1" SLOTS @ 2" O.C. 1 X 4 FURRING CEILING GRID; REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN REFER TO CEILING PLAN SUSPENDED LAY -IN CEILING FOCAL WALL HOLD TOP OF STANDARD TIGHT TO CEILING GRID (TYP. ) CONTINUOUS 1 X 6 FURRING BY G.C. LOCATE AS SHOWN FOR SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS 5/8" GYP. BOARD TAPE, SPACLE , SAND, AND PREP FOR NALL COVERING (REFER TO 'FINISH PLAN') SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS PROVIDED BY OWNER / INSTALLED BY G.C. (SECURE TO ALL FURRING) BUMP -OUT WALL BEYOND; PAINT PER 'FINISH PLAN' EXISTING DEMISE RETAIN / MAINTAIN FULL INTEGRETY 1 X 6 HOOD SASE PAINT PER 'FINISH PLAN' AND 'ELEVATIONS' FINISHED FLOOR CEILING PLAN CEILING GRID; REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN WALL ABOVE TOP RETAINER TO BE PAIN PER FINISH PLAN TOP $ BOTTOM PILASTERS PR OWNER, INST G.G. TO SUP FURRING A ON METAL 2 1/2" M O.C. MA SECT 10 ALL LY 1 X 6 SHOWN DIRECTLY RAMING. AL FRAMING @ 16" . BRACE WALL BACK TO CURVED S NECESSARY. AYERS OF 1/4" TYPE 'X' SUM BOARD ON ONE OR 4 SIDES OF CURVED SALES N/ 3 5/8" METAL FRAMING .C. MAX.; INSTALLED SY TEND TIGHT TO DECK REQUIRED BY CODE 6" ABOVE CEILING; Al). N CURVED WALL TED 2 1/2" G. AN ELS BY ED BY G.G.. FOR CURV WALL, INFORMA SEE SHE ETAIL OF / FACETED ND LAYOUT ION, T A /A11. 'J" BEAD TOP $ BOT RETAINER PROVIDE INSTALL G.G. T FURR di DETAIL BASE @ WALL SYSTEM 1" =1' -0" I 7 1 1 _ 7 " LI CONTINUOUS 1 X 6 FURRING SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.G.; REFER TO \ DETAIL A /Aci FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. PILASTERS (TYPICAL) PREFINISHED WALL PANEL SYSTEM PROVIDED BY OWNER $ INSTALLED BY G.G. END TRIM PROVIDED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY G.G. FURRED OUT WALL OR OTHER OBSTRUCTION END CONDITION W/O FLANGE DETAIL FACE OF DEMISING WALL, TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD OVER METAL FRAMING, OR BARE METAL FRAMING - REFER TO WALL SECTIONS. WALL PANEL SYSTEM PROVIDED BY OWNER $ INSTALLED BY G.C. BOTTOM RETAINER PROVIDED BY OWNER $ INSTALLED BY G.C. 3/4" MDF BASE SUPPLIED $ INSTALLED BY G.0 - SCRIBE TIGHT TO FLOORING, SET IN ADHESIVE AND PAINT P -5, U.N.O. FLOORING - SEE 'FLOOR AND WALL FINISH PLAN' SECTION THRU BASE SECTION THRU BASE FACE OF DEMISING WALL, TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD OVER METAL FRAMING, OR BARE METAL FRAMING - REFER TO WALL SECTIONS. 3/4" MDF BASE SUPPLIED $ INSTALLED BY G.0 - SCRIBE TIGHT TO FLOORING, SET IN ADHESIVE AND PAINT P -5, U.N.O. FLOORING - SEE 'FLOOR AND WALL FINISH PLAN' DETAIL N.T.S. DRINKING FOUNTAIN NOTE: IF DRINKING FOUNTAIN 15 OTHERWISE LOCATED IN THE PATH OF TRAVEL A TEXTURED AREA 12" AROUND TI-IE FOUNTAIN, CLEARLY IDENTIFIABLE BY THE BLIND IS REQUIRED. BUBBLER 15 TO BE ACTIVATED BY A I- IANDICAP PUSH BAR ON THE FRONT FACE OF UNIT. HI /LO DRINKING ADD SF -3 WAINSCOTT ON (3) SIDES f ROM FINISHED FLOOR TO 48" A.F.F. NOTE:THESE PLANS ARE FOR FIXTURE AND GRAB BAR ILLUSTRATIONS; FOR EXACT ROOM SIZES, CONFIGURATIONS AND DOOR SWINGS - REFER TO THE 'CONSTRUCTION PLAN'. ELEVATION N -4 N.T.S. H.C. LAVATORY ILLUSTRATION DETAIL 17" -19" TO TOP OP TOILET SEAT SINK ILLUSTRATION p WATERCLOSET H.G. SINK 0 NEW 24' X 24' COMMERCIAL GRADE FLOOR MOUNTED SERVICE SINK ALL BY G.G.; WHERE APPLICABLE; REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN ELEVATION N -5 HS S. I I /2" DIA. METAL GRAB BAR - REFER TO DETAIL BELOW, MUST COMPLY WITH LOCAL AND STATE CODES. 0 60' X 66" I- IANDICAP TURNING AREA TO BE PROVIDED IN HANDICAP LAVATORIES. 01 HEAVY LINE INDICATES EXTENT OF MARLITE. INSTALL MARLITE TO 48" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR, ENTIRE PERIMETER OF LAV. SEAL AT FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC /SINK AND SINK/FLOOR WITH WHITE SILICONE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY r+ND INSTALL THE FOLLOWING ITEMS TO BE STAINLESS STEEL COMMERCIAL GRADE. PROVICE SOLID IN WALL BLOCKING FOR ALL OF THESE TTEMS. SURFACE MOUNTED ROLL -TYPE TOILET PAPER HOLDER Q SURFACE MOUNTED ROLL -TYPE PAPER TOWEL HOLDER FRICTION -TYPE MOP HOLDER FRICTION -TYPE HOSE HOLDER RESTROOM DETAILS I I/2' MIN. AND MAX. SOLID IN - WALL BLOCKING SECURED TO STUDS 11/2' DIA. GRAB BAR DETAIL AT WALL SINK NOTES: GRAB BAR NOTES: GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE AND THERE AR; TO BE NO SHARP, OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS ON OR ADJACENT TO THEM, EDGES ARE TO HAVE A MINIMUM OF 1/8' RADIUS. GRAB BAR BACKING AND ATTACHMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED FOR A 250 POUND POINT LOAD. INSULATE OR COVER ALL HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER SINKS. NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES ALLOWEE UNDER SINKS. FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS MUST BE EASILY OPERATED BY ONE HAND AND MUST NOT REQUIRE GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE NEEDED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHAT.L HOT EXCEED 5 LBS. FOR LEVER OPERATED OR 15 LBS. FOR PUSH TYPE. CONTROLS FOR FLUSH VALVES SHALL BE MOUNTED ON THE WIDE SIDE OF THE WATER CLOSET AREA, NO !AORE THAN 44" AFF. NOTE: TOILET ROOM DOOR SYMBOL SMALL BE IN CONTRASTING COLOR. ACCESSIBILITY SYMBOL TO BE MOUNTED AT LAVATORY. ELEVATION N -5 DOOR SYMBOL DETAILS N.T.S. CITY OF 1 u .Y.. LA MAR 0 b 1008 PERMIT CENTER „ , { ..rr• e . �r y+.�•w'pT'�- tih�i'i• a. - . �'s:. -. I:;f . dl ,; •7e DETAIL 1 1/2 " =1' -0° 3 5/8" x 20 GA. METAL DIAGONAL BRACING @ 2 -0" O.C. (ALTERNATE DIRECTION OF DIAGONAL @ EA. BRACE) ANCHOR TO STRUCTURE ABOVE- NOT TO DECK. 2 - #10 SCREWS 16 GA. CLIP ANGLE CONTINUOUS 16 GA. FACTORY PRIMED METAL TRACK TO RECEIVE VERTICAL STUDS. 3 5/8" x 16 GA. FACTORY PRIMED METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. (SEE CONSTRUCTION PLAN) W/ CONTINUOUS TOP BOTTOM TRACK- PAINT P -1 (TYPICAL) HORIZONTAL BRIDGING @ 4 -0" O.C. MAX NON -SALES CEILING DETAIL DETAIL B � Q LL 0 Rig 11! 1" =1' -0" J�EFER TO 1 CONSTR. f PLAN CONTINUOUS 1 X 6 FURRING SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.G.; REFER TO DETAIL A/A l FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. PREFINISNED WALL PANEL SYSTEM PROVIDED BY OWNER $ INSTALLED BY G.G. INSIDE CORNER TRIM PROVIDED BY OWNER $ INSTALLED BY G.G. DEMISING WALL OR FURRED OUT WALL. 1 _ 7 " I 7" 3 5/8" METAL i f FRAMING 16" O.G. CONTINUOUS 1 X 6 FURRING SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C.; REFER TO DETAIL A /AG1 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. PILASTERS (TYPICAL) PREFINISHED WALL PANEL SYSTEM PROVIDED BY OWNER et INSTALLED BY G.C. OUTSIDE CORNER TRIM PROVIDED BY OWNER $ INSTALLED BY G.C. TYPICAL INSIDE /OUTSIDE CORNERS G J DETAIL C DETAIL DETAIL CONSTRUCTION PLAN END TRIM W/ FLANGE © STOREFRONT 1" = 1' -0" REFER TO MISC METAL FRAMING; REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN DEMISING WALL G.C. TO PROVIDE "J" BEAD @ END OF GYPSUM BOARD. 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD BY G.C. END TRIM W /FLANGE PROVIDED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY G.C. CONTINUOUS 1 X 6 FURRING SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C.; REFER TO DETAIL A/A l FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. PREFINISHED WALL PANEL SYSTEM PROVIDED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY G.C. CEILING TRANSITION DETAIL H 8' —O" A.F.F. 1 1/2" =1' -O" 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD DECK 1 x 4 HOOD TRIM (CLEAR PINE OR POPLAR) - RUN CONTINUOUS ALONG TOP EDGE OF WALL; G.C. TO SAND ALL EDGES SMOOTH; PAINT HOOD P -9. 6" METAL JOISTS (16 GA.) @ 16" O.G. MAX. W/ (1) LAYER 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD DECK; INSTALL (1) LAYER OF 5/8" GYP. BD. ON TOP $ BOTTOM OF JOIST. 16 GA. METAL CHANNELS 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUD PARTITION - ALIGN STUDS DIRECTLY UNDER JOIST (TYP.) 5/8" GYP. BOARD; PAINT P -1. LAVATORY /OFFICE DECK SECTION ,:t •..•k � •.�•. -�:::. ��- :F'-n;Fyr ': ,. .. . *•„,::.ir+'rr..- .:a +•:;.:�.�.; .,�,:: .- ....'::.:. .- .se.� • - n. e," rS�: +•._�;:l�R�C ^�.>,:•e e�f.:..ar :1'. :.�:: ,. �1- ...^,`i�+i.':= ... :�l•.:i- x..._. . _ , r.. r .. .. , . � t,... ... •........, .. . r r r v . r .� .. _. n. r -;,i �..�::.r+rw•rr ., ..: r�..,..., � �• r t� -:... s* . �r . .i. is - =' "Y ;: .�. .r f. r .1,. .. ,..,, •�..y. ., ::r, K . +.. ., ._•.. ,. .,,... ,,... , ,...•_r.,T ,. •.. ;.. .... , : .4,,. •.Nrl. , .1 ., +5.�`e •,• l ,:l.:: ,w:S; .� r.} + s " .- 1 ;"r-•r _ 'r7G••• �. d r -'I' ra .. ,fi. YIN r .C.,4xe( e1,rb+.L1 H7M1�I�LrY Y.. rar i.ki'�4. r.rvi�rNJh.�� 4'�.fr�.'.5.. .�. 7}, C.. ,. , .r i,.%`•G.:..:, 'y.g ,, � r . n a " , - - a?'� . r r. s.• , � yr•.K . �.I, s r.. ., �" '*� =x: �•il'1:!•. - - s..1, . r.. 7 a is v ��,... .: ,.r�.a_ a. � �'•'J:'•:A, ;� :d• .. . „ . . 1 ." . . . _ ,_...� x w.w.a... ...�.,+ .v.��lr,. .,r.,. r_ �:+- r„_.,.. ., .ur;.... •:1nH t .yV. ���• � . �,. ,. .,'is5 .. r r.. -•r• ='. , �- •r�,r•- :c•r•�.:� �,•u•,.x•-- �. ... ��:., r <�','� 1 .. ,.. . _ u.r�.:.::,rv.•,�r¢�a'^�•ery�,�k evcGF�?;'r,�•�'i . D DO745 1" �1' -0' CONTINUOUS 1 X 6 FURRING SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.G.; REFER TO DETAIL A /AG FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. PILASTERS (TYPICAL) PREFINISNED WALL PANEL SYSTEM PROVIDED BY OWNER $ INSTALLED BY G.C. END TRIM PROVIDED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY G.G. DEMISING WALL OR FURRED OUT WALL. END . TRIM W/ FLANGE DETAIL �� - , �1 +•Is';v�• �•..+rvi���,�Y.^��': - .7• •... : r�^ r �e'; wyYi E A GYP. BOARD HALL EDGE OF END RETAINER TRIM WITH FLANGE PREFINISI —IED HALL PANEL HALL BASE (CONTINUES 1" UNDER END OF SYSTEM) BASE DETAIL 1 1/2 " =1-O" PANEL SYSTEM BASE (CONTINUES 3/4" PAST END OF SYSTEM) REVI Or p�I�A�CE CODE APPROVED MAR 2 I ?000 City+ Df TukWUa ` BUILDIN DIVISION DETAIL ":, i -r Fri +.'ti ": • +:1:,�_ =r.: _.: , :t, 1 5;',: ; . ri ".; 'b= w�=••r:�u:. ::; 'J; ;`�t•.:):yt�•e:,l i"':i ..�... ; . ,� ";:;r;s:ti:r rki: 1 r • v�S r,. k , ... . 1 ; ! � e... .. .. 1 . 1 r _; a. _ ,. ,.. ..� F W co W IIY CO ce CO Ids z IA 4:4 0 ILI w 1 5 °0J LL1 co I 0c w CO c MO s e4105 A9 THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. DRAWING NUMBER: z co SAI # o - Y rY l.:� r. �`.Y•:�:.. k:.~1Y`:. r ...: . =.._A:: ., ,. 6Y .• • •� .. .. ICBo 42244 OR EQUAL TOP CLIP (MECHANICALLY FASTENED) SPRING CLIP BULB CLIP (MECHAN ICALLY FASTENED) SUSPENDED CEILING DETAIL HANGER WIRE SUSPENDED CEILING DETAIL TOP CLIP SPRING CLIP ATTACHMENT HOLES COMPRESSION POST N.T.S. 45° MAX. 45° MAX NOTE: L/R ; RATIO NOT EXCEED 200 1/2" EMT - RUN TIGHT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE (4' -0" MAX. FOR 1/2" c6) SECURE SUPPORT HIRES TO EXISTING STRUCTURE OR STUD INFILL GYP. BOARD CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM 12 GA. VERTICAL HANGER HIRE COMPRESSION STRUT REQUIRED @ EACH SEISMIC RESTRAINT 12' -0" O.C. EACH WAY AND WITHIN 6' -0" OF EACH WALL DRILL 5/32" HOLE FOR 1/8" BOLT AND LOCKNUT AFTER CEILING SYSTEM IS LEVELED (4) -12 GA. SPLAY HIRES - SPLAYED q0° FROM EACH OTHER AND 45° (MAX.) FROM CEILING PLANE 7/8" CHANNEL FURRING @ 16" O.C. SECURE TO 1 5/8" METAL JOIST FRAMING WITH MINIMUM 8 GA. HIRE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: THE MAIN RUNNERS AND CROSS RUNNERS OF THE CEILING SYSTEM AND THEIR SPLICES, INTERSECTION CONNECTORS AND EXPANSION DEVICES SHALL BE DESIGNED AND CON- STRUCTED TO CARRY A MEAN ULTIMATE TEST LOAD OF NOT LESS THAN 180 POUNDS (501 N) OR TWICE THE ACTUAL LOAD, WHICHEVER IS GREATER, IN TENSION WITH 5- DEGREE MISALIGNMENT OF THE MEMBERS IN ANY DIRECTION, AND IN COMPRESSION. IN LIEU OF 5- DEGREE MISALIGNMENT, THE LOAD MAY BE APPLIED WITH A 1 -INCH (25.4MM) ECCENTRICITY ON A SAMPLE NOT MORE THAN 24 INCHES (610 MM) LONG ON EACH SIDE OF THE SPLICE. THE CONNECTIONS AT SPLICES AND INTERSECTIONS SHALL ALL BE OF THE MECI-IANICAL INTERLOCKING TYPE. 1 5/8" x 16 GA. METAL JOIST FRAMING @ 48" D.G. 02-09 -2000 4 ■■ „ -N N o. \\:-.. 40000 ,00" 00 ,01 . UNNER CROSS TEE LOCKING CLIP TO FASTEN CROSS TEE TO MAIN RUNNER HANGER WIRE SEISMIC LOCKING PIN SPLAY BRACE HIRE 8" (MAX.) OR 1/4 LENGTH OF DIST. TO FIRST MAIN \ / ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ � ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ ■■■ wow■■■■ ■■■■■■■■ ■Ilt■■■■ ■ ■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■� 00 \ /\ CROSS TEE MAIN RUNNER LAY -IN CEILING TILE SUSPENDED CEILING DETAIL @ WALL 1/2" HALL TRIM VERTICAL - 12 GA. HANGER WIRE @ 4' O.G. 3/4" EMT - NOTCH OVER MAIN RUNNER ( DRILL 5/32" HOLE FOR 1/8" BOLT AND LOCK - NUT AFTER CEILING SYSTEM IS LEVELED 11 45° MAX.'- 45° MA 1 N.T.S. CONT. HORIZ. STRUT TO PREVENT SPREADING OF RUNNERS 1/2" EMT - RUN TIGHT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE (4' -0" MAX. FOR 1/2" '') SECURE SUPPORT WIRES TO EXISTING STRUCTURE OR STUD INFILL 12 GA. VERTICAL HANGER HIRE COMPRESSION STRUT REQUIRED @ EACH SEISMIC RESTRAINT 12' -0" D.G. EACH NAY AND WITHIN 6' -O" OF EACH HALL LAY -IN CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM 4E° MAX. (4) -12 GA. SPLAY HIRES SPLAYED 90° FROM EACH OTHER 45° FROM CEILING PLANE 02 - 09 - 2000 FLOOR * CEILING RUNNER - (NOT SHOWN) 25 MSG (MIN.) GALV. STEEL 1" HIGI -1, RETURN LEGS 3 5/8" WIDE (MIN.) ATTACHED TO FLOOR AND CEILING WITH FASTENERS 24" O.G. 2. STEEL STUDS - 3 5/8" WIDE (MIN.), 1 1/4" LEGS, 3/8" RETURN, FORMED OF 25 MSG (MIN.) GALVANIZED STEEL. MAX. STUD SPACING 24" O.C. 3. BATTS AND BLANKETS* - (OPTIONAL) - MINERAL WOOL OR GLASS FIBER BATTS PARTIALLY OR COMPLETELY FILLING STUD CAVITY. SEE BATTS AND BLANKETS (BZJZ) CATEGORY FOR NAMES OF CLASSIFIED COMPANIES. 4. WALLBOARD GYPSUM* - 5/8" THICK x 4' WIDE, ATTACHED TO STEEL STUDS AND FLOOR AND CEILING TRACK WITI --I 1" LONG, TYPE S SELF - TAPPING STEEL SCREWS SPACE 8" D.C. ALONG EDGES OF BOARD AND 12" O.C. IN THE FIELD OF THE BOARD. JOINTS ORIENTED VERTICALLY AND STAGGERED ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF THE ASSEMBLY. WHEN ATTACHED FO ITEM 6 (FURRING CHANNELS), WALLBOARD IS SCREW ATTACHED TO FURRING CHANNELS WITH 1" LONG, TYPE S STEEL SCREWS SPACED 12" O.C. CANADIAN GYPSUM CO., LTD. -TYPES C, SCX, SHX, WRX DOMTAR GYPSUM INC., - TYPE 5 GEORGIA - PACIFIC CORP., GYPSUM DIV. - TYPE GPFS -C PASCO GYPSUM CO. - TYPE PG -C U.S. GYPSUM CO. - TYPE C, 1PX2, SCX, SHC, SHX, WRC, OR WRX 5. JOINT TAPE AND COMPOUND - VINYL DRY OR PREMIXED JOINT COMPOUND, APPLIED IN TWO COATS TO JOINTS AND SCREW HEADS; PAPER TAPE, 2" WIDE, EMBEDDED IN FIRST LAYER OF COMPOUND OVER ALL JOINTS. AS AN ALTERNATE, NOMINAL 3/32" THICK GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER MAY BE APPLIED TO THE ENTIRE SURFACE OF CLASSIFIED VENEER BASEBOARD. JOINTS REINFORCED 6. FURRING CHANNEL - (OPTIONAL - NOT SHOWN) - RESILIENT 25 MSG GALV STEEL FURRING CHANNELS SPACED VERTICALLY MAX. 24" D.C. FLANGE PORTION ATTACHED TO EACH INTERSECTING STUD WITH 1/2" LONG TYPE S -12 PAN -HEAD STEEL SCREW. *SEARING THE UL CLASSIFICATION MARKING ICBO # NER211 LIMITING HEIGHT STEEL STUD ASSEMBLIES USG STEEL STUDS (CWS) STUD DESIGNATION 212CWS 358CWS 400CNS 600CWS STUD W I DTI STUD SPACING ALLOWABLE DEFLECTION 1/120 1/240 1/120 1/120 1/120 1/240 1/120 1/240 1/120 1/120 1/240 1/120 1/240 14' -0 15' -6 18' -3" 20' -0" 16 -0" 24'_9' 19'-6' 21 17' -3" 33' -6" 26 -6" 29' -3" 23' -3" 14 -9" 16 -3' 13' -0" 24 -0' 19' - 0" 16 -6 25 20' -3" 34 -6" 27 -6" 29 -6 24' -0" 16' -6' 13' -0' 14'_6" 11' -0 21 18' -9" 20'_6 16' -3" 32 -3" 25' -6' STEEL STUD THICKNESS STUD STYLE STL ST CWS SJ 20 DESIGN INCHES 0.0168 0.0188 0.0344 0.035cl 0.43 0.48 0.87 0.91 MINIMUM INCHES 0.0160 0.0179 0.0329 0.0341 0.41 0.45 0.84 0.87 GAUGE 02 -09 -2000 '�� .. tier ,. rr• ;F° ':•7�' •`rs' .. =2; . d.•�` :+;ia• "k .^- •>,,.�•i�. � �:.= rS =,.�i .. �f:�S..:.. r c � °r . ,�L a� rt'' :... ^��;.t r .,-w. e t�?� �•„�1 F "rn.4i n c .._ i.�.,•�,�� rt3 `= �• , eL +'G? "n�.:�:i•.lk.'•" s •`,F , .yam e. _. ri � '�"i ' -„ � s: ri :: r t''-::.:.' : :Yf`: c ..���M<- n �..:.'. • + .:..,:.�: ;. .�.M1.. .": •.::..ti; ...i:1. + ....r. _':,...�.,r..:_' ..��.r - - :.t; .::l.: - :�.rF_.•::+:'::::... r.•C � c f, � � �.... . 4 .. . � ...ay.- .•..:.�v�.... ° :'S - :' c- 'Y". :^ r ='�i% - .i.f %•'r'��•: '-. r... l' ^:.4 M I. hA "A.d {'l'... .a$...M1h;.q.ri•Lf�F'��'•IriY 7'e.i .kr�•d...•�yi e.�`.2 r ., n� -�L. - $,.'v.'. %.,'Vr` ..., ..,,.'Y [ek .. .. iS•:�:9. "s•`T ^5.3 , a . THE ARCHITECT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. DRAWING NUMBER: DETAIL USE THIS DETAIL ONLY IF BUILDING AUTHORITIES REQUIRE THAT PARTITION STUDS BE INDEPENDENT OF TOP TRACK U.L. DESIGN NO. U465 DETAIL DETAIL SAFING INSULATION METAL ROOF DECK FIRE SEALANT EA. SIDE DRYWALL SCREW @ 6" O.C. "FIRE TRAK" STL. RUNNER G.C. TO MATCH MALL REQUIREMENTS DRYWALL SCREW EACH SIDE (ATTACH ONLY BOTTOM LAYER OF GYP. BOARD TO STUD) DRYWALL SCREW TO DECK @ EACI -I STUD 5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUM WALLBOARD DEFLECTION DETAIL @ TOP OF PARTITION 3 5/5" X 20 GA. MTL. STUDS @ 24" O.C. TYPICAL CONNECTION TO EXISTING STRUCTURE N.T.S. VC- VII -CV V V ATTACH STUD BRACING WITH WITH A MINIMUM OF (2) 12 -14 TEX SCREWS (TYPICAL) 3 6/5" x 20 GA. MTL. STUD BRACING @ 48" D.C. SCREW TO WALL STUDS W /(2) 12 -14 TEX SCREWS MINIMUM (TYPICAL) MALL STRUCTURE (TYPICAL) 4- (1) 12 -14 TEX SCREW EACH SIDE OF EVERY STUD 16 GA. "DEEP LEG" TRACK SECURE TO EXISTING MALL STRUCTURE WITH A MINIMUM OF (2) TEX SCREWS @ 4' -0" O.C. MAX. 02 - 2000 MALL DECK MALL STRUCTURE (TYP.) C.C. TO STOP GYP. BD. APPROX. 6" ABOVE CEILING A dli REFER TO 'CEILING PLAN' 3 5/5" x 20 GA. MTL. STUDS @ 16" O.C. WITH (1) LAYER 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BOARD TYP. EACH SIDE DETAIL DETAIL DETAIL 5/5" TYPE 'X' GYP. BOARD CEILING SEE DETAIL A /A0.2 (WHERE APPLICABLE) SECURE STM. TRACK TO SLAB USING PONDER DRIVEN FASTENERS MIN. .145 "0 @ MAX. SPACING OF 24" O.C. FOR POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS (SILL ANCHORAGE) USE: ERICO TOOL * FASTENERS - ICSO #ER 4546; 1 -IILTI INC. - ICBO #ER 12c10; #ITN RAMSET /RED HEAD - ICBO #ER 1147 OR EQUAL SECTION THRU INTERIOR PARTITION N.T.S. FOR "L" > 10' -0 ", PROVIDE HORIZONTAL 3 5/8" x 20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 48 "O.C. ATTACH TO VERTICAL STUDS AND STUD BRACING W /(2) 12 -14 TEX SCREWS SCREW BRACING TO WALL STUDS ATTACH WITH MINIMUM OF (2) 12 -14 TEX SCREWS # REFER TO 'CEILING PLAN' 02 -09 -2000 DETAIL SECURE TOP TRACK TO DECK USING A MIN. OF (2) 5/8" TYPE 1 5 -12' SCREWS EVERY 24" O.C. MAXIMUM MALL DECK MALL STRUCTURE (TYP.) 3 5/5" x 20 GA. MTL. STUD BRACING @ 48" D.C. d REFER TO 'CEILING PLAN' CLASS 'A' LAY -IN CEILING NOTE: I F CODES OR LOCAL AUTHORITIES DO NOT REQUIRE GYP. BD. TO EXTEND TO DECK THEN HOLD TOP OF GYP. BOARD 6" ABOVE HIGHEST CEIL'G LINE 3 5/5" x 20 GA. MTL. STUDS @ 16" O.C. WITH (1) LAYER 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BOARD TYP. EACH SIDE - RUN FROM SLAB TIGHT TO DECK ABOVE U.L. DESIGN U465 FOR POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS (SILL ANCHORAGE) USE: ERICO TOOL Et FASTENERS - IGBO #ER 4546; HILTI INC. - ICSO #ER 12 #ITN RAMSET /RED HEAD - 1050 #ER 1147 OR EQUAL SECTION THRU SALES \NON -SALES PARTITION N.T.S. NOT USED DETAIL SCREW BRACING TO STUD INFILL _ - - =.ar :'�1.: - - - �.� �srr. •:w•� - = r ti . .fir:. '�'t'.'. ...1 - i•:�u --'��� �. .'I,C'ti�i' k. ':.. ........: S. �:` ... .. Ci'" i� "? . K 1. i •�Y.. ny SCREW BRACING TO WALL STUDS SECURE STM. TRACK TO SLAB USING PONDER DRIVEN FASTENERS MIN. .145 "P @ MAX. SPACING OF 24" O.C. 02 -09 -2000 NOT USED NOT USED REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVE WAR 2. I ?008 BUILDING DIVISION MAR 0 5 2008 PERMIT CENTER 1. THE ABBREVIATION T.S.P., WHEREVER IT APPEARS IN THESE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS, SHALL REFER TO "'WEN BRANDS STORE PLANNING, INC. ". ANY REFERENCE TO TENANT'S, OR LIMITED TOO OR FURNISHED BY ANY OF THE ABOVE REFERS TO T.S.P.. 2. THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS WORK IS REQUIRED TO READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS OF ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THIS WORK AND THE WORK OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. IT IS THIS CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. 3. CIRCUITING INDICATED ON PLAN IS PARTIALLY DIAGRAMMATIC FOR CLARITY. CIRCUITING SHALL BE "THRU WIRING" WHERE AND WHENEVER POSSIBLE. 4. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS OF ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ORDERING RELATED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 5. ALL RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS UP TO 100' -0" SHALL UTIIZE #12 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. ALL RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS FROM 101' -0" TO 150' -O" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #10 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. ALL RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS 151' -0" UP TO 250' - O" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #8 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. CIRCUITS ABOVE 251' -O" SHALL UTILIZE #6 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. 6. PLACEMENT OF ALL RECEPTACLES IN THE "SALES" AREA SHALL BE INTENTIONAL (I.E. - CENTERED ON COLUMNS, WALL FEATURES OR TIGHT TO CORNERS). IF THE RECEPTACLE IS NOT SHOWN IN A DESIRABLE LOCATION, FIELD VERIFY EXACT PLACEMENT OF RECEPTACLE WITH T.S.P.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 7. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A FULLY COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. 8. WHERE DRYWALL CEILINGS ARE USED IN THE "SALES" AREA, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE CIRCUITS TO AVOID THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES IN INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE DRYWALL CEILINGS SHALL BE LIMITED TO LOCATIONS NEAR ACCESS FRAMES USED FOR DIFFUSERS AND RETURN AIR GRILLES OR ACCESS PANELS AS LOCATED ON PLANS. FIELD COORDINATE WITH T.S.P. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ROUGH - IN TO AVOID ANY CONFLICTS. JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE LAY -IN CEILINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE. 9. EQUIPMENT LABELED "GENERAL ELECTRIC" SHALL BE FURNISHED BY T.S.P. AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. REFER TO CODED NOTES, ELECTRICAL RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE, PANEL SCHEDULE AND POWER RISER DIAGRAM FOR SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION. 10. REFER TO SHEETS ED ED AND ES -1 FOR DETAILS, SCHEDULES AND SPECIFICATIONS. 11. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO INQUIRE WITH THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE ON ANY FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS IN USE AT THE MALL AT THE TIME OF THE BID. IF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS NOT ADEQUATELY DESCRIBED ON THE DRAWINGS. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO INFORM THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND INCLUDE THE COST AS A SEPARATE LINE ITEM IN THE BID. NO ADDITIONAL MONIES SHALL BE AWARDED FOR TIE -IN REQUIREMENTS TO A LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM THAT IS IN EXISTENCE AT THE TIME OF THE B 1 D, WITHOUT A SEPARATE L I N E ITEM FOR THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AT THE TIME OF THE BID. 12. INSTALL ENGRAVED BAKELITE NAMEPLATE ON SERVICE DISCONNECT SWITCH IN LANDLORD'S SWITCHGEAR WITH DEMISED PREMISES' SPACE NUMBER. 13. NO HANGERS, SUPPORTS. JUNCTION BOXES, ETC. SHALL BE ATTACHED TO ROOF DECK. O RECEPTACLES AND COVERPLATES DESIGNATED "SF" SHALL BE WHITE IN COLOR, FURNISHED BY T.S.P. AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WHERE SHOWN ON PLANS IN THE UNDERSIDE OF THE STOREFRONT SOFFIT WITH THE 4" SIDE PARALLEL TO THE STOREFRONT GLASS. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF ALL RECEPTACLES WITH T.S.P.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN OF RECEPTACLE BOXES. RECEPTACLES AND COVERPLATES SHALL BE IVORY IN COLOR UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. RECEPTACLES AND COVERPLATES SHALL BE FURNISHED BY T.S.P. AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. MOUNT ALL RECEPTACLES HORIZONTALLY IN CENTER OF BASEBOARD. FIELD COORDINATE WITH WALL SYSTEM INSTALLER BEFORE WALL SYSTEM INSTALLED TO AVOID CONSTRUCTION DELAYS. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF ALL RECEPTACLES WITH T.S.P.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN OF RECEPTACLE BOXES. V POWER GENERAL NOTES 14. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATION OF CEILING- RECESSED SPEAKERS. SPEAKERS SHALL BE INSTALLED INTO CENTER OF SUSPENDED CEILING ACOUSTICAL TILES AND HUNG FROM STRUCTURAL SUPPORT. 15. COORDINATE ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH THE LANDLORD. WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM THE LANDLORD SHALL BE RECEIVED PRIOR TO ANY WORK BEING PERFORMED. ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS TO BE BY LANDLORD'S CONTRACTOR AT TENANT'S ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 16. SALES AND NON -SALES CEILING SPACE I5 USED AS A RETURN AIR PLENUM. ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRES SHALL BE IN CONDUIT. 17. ELECTRICAL /MECHANICAL SHOP DRAWINGS AND CONTROL DIAGRAMS SHALL BE PLACED IN A NOTEBOOK AND MOUNTED AND CHAINED TO THE WALL BESIDE THE DRAWING TUBE. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS AND CONTROL DIAGRAMS SHALL BE PLACED IN THE DRAWING TUBE. DRAWING TUBE SHALL BE LOCATED BELOW THE UTILITY PANELS. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH T.S.P.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IN FIELD PRIOR TO MOUNTING. POWER CODED NOTES RECEPTACLES AND COVERPLATES IN "NON- SALES" SHALL BE WHITE IN COLOR, FURNISHED BY T.S.P. AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. MOUNT ALL RECEPTACLES AT 18" A.F.F. EXCEPT AS NOTED ON FLOOR PLAN. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF ALL RECEPTACLES WITH T.S.P.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN OF RECEPTACLE BOXES. TYPICAL OF ALL RECEPTACLES IN "RECEIVING" AND "H C. L ." A A N S N E O H E O INSTALL A DELIVERY BUZZER SYSTEM AT 3 "- 6" A.F.F.. T.S.P. SHALL FURNISH PUSHBUTTONS, TRANSFORMER AND BUZZERS WITH LOUVERED COVERPLATES AND TRANSFORMER MOUNTING PLATE. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY JUNCTION BOXES, CONDUIT AND WIRE TO COMPLETELY INSTALL THE DELIVERY BUZZER SYSTEM. TELEPHONE OUTLET IN WALL TO INCLUDE BOX AND BLANK PLATE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO RUN A 3/4" CONDUIT, WITH TWO TWISTED PAIR CABLE, BACK TO TELEPHONE BOARD. TELEPHONE WIRE AND #RJ14C JACK FOR TWO LINE TELEPHONE BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. REFER TO "TELEPHONE /COMPUTER SYSTEM SCHEMATIC" ON SHEET ED-1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. MOUNT TELEPHONE OUTLET AT 36" A.F.F. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2'W X 4'H X 3/4" TELEPHONE BOARD WITH DEDICATED QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE AND CIRCUIT WITH ISOLATED GROUND. VERIFY SYSTEM GROUNDING AND ALL OTHER REQUIREMENTS WITH LOCAL TELEPHONE COMPANY. EXTEND 1" TELEPHONE CONDUIT WITH PULLWIRE FROM SERVICE ENTRANCE AT DEMISING WALL TO TELEPHONE BOARD. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD. TENANT SHALL PROVIDE PLENUM RATED WIRE FROM THE LANDLORD'S TELEPHONE ROOM TO THE TENANT'S TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT WITHIN THE DEMISED PREMISIS UTILIZING THE LANDLORD SUPPLIED CABLE TRAY. �7 4" X 4" JUNCTION BOX IN WALL, WITH COVERPLATE, INSTALLED AT 66" A.F.F. AND 120 VOLT QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE INSTALLED AT 66" A.F.F. FOR SOUND SYSTEM. RUN ONE CONDUIT, SIZE AS SHOWN ON DETAIL. WITH PULLWIRE, UP IN WALL TO ABOVE CEILING. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO RUN A 1/2" CONDUIT TO EACH SPEAKER LOCATION %HERE/WHEN REQUIRED BY CODE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PULL SPEAKER WIRE AS INDICATED ON PLANS, LEAVING 36" SLACK WIRE AT EACH SPEAKER ENCLOSURE AND AT THE JUNCTION BOX. REFER TO "SOUND SYSTEM DETAIL" ON SHEET ED -1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL "CALL FOR AID SYSTEM ". FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND HEIGHT WITH LANDLORD IN FIELD PRIOR TO BID. INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BID. r �� 0 ft D IS it" NOIR t►► ■ b. L B -11 B -12 HALLWAY H.C. LAY. 6 -8 1 NON -SALES 8 -18 VAV -1 HV -1/3/5 r1 1 1 L._..1 1. A -17 B -15 0 11 11 I S 1 L —A — —T 11 • Q • H.C. FTG. ; RM. \ - FTG FTG. RM. • 0 0 B -5 ir v =D- L jfI) gm 13-5 B -14 101111 in III a B -17 r - - -I L__1 4- REGISTER CASHWRAP UNIT. USE CIRCUITS "B -1 & 3" SEE DETAIL VAV- ;1,_ Hy- 7/9/11 1 1 >L • FTG. RM. i gr, FTG. 11 1 RM. I { TYP) ,MIPPP.` c FTG. RM. 1 B -10 MaC SALES z r 41 bit A -3 Cn ■ 1 1====== ======0 1 8 - 4 1 0 A - ®GFI @ 44 "A.F.F. 20 AMP, 120 VOLT SINGLE PHASE DEDICATED CIRCUIT AND TWO (2) HUBBELL #IG - 5362 RECEPTACLES WITH ISOLATED THIRD WIRE GROUND IN A SINGLE 3/4" CONDUIT BACK TO PANEL FOR COMPUTER TERMINAL. MOUNT RECEPTACLES AT 36" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH T.S.P.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ELECTRICAL ROUGH - IN. FURNISH AND INSTALL LOCK - OFF DEVICE ON BREAKER. INSTALL 8" X 8" X 4" PULLBOX, WITH COVERPLATE, ABOVE CEILING ON WALL ABOVE MANAGER'S DESK AREA. REFER TO "CASH WRAP /BACK WRAP PLAN" AND TELEPHONE /COMPUTER WIRING SCHEMATIC" ON SHEET ED -1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. DATA CABLING BY OTHERS. JUNCTION BOX AND DATA OUTLET AT 36" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM FOR COMPUTER TERMINAL. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH T.S.P.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ROUGH - IN. REFER TO "TELEPHONE /COMPUTER SCHEMATIC" ON SHEET ED -1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. DATA CABLE AND #RJ11C JACK BY OTHERS. 7 -DAY, 24 - HOUR DIGITAL TIME CLOCK IN A NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE FOR CONTROL OF ZONE "A" LIGHTS /RECEPTACLES. PROVIDE TYPEWRITTEN PANELBOARD CIRCUIT BREAKER LEGENDS. SEE PANEL SCHEDULE FOR CIRCUIT BREAKERS TO RECEIVE LOCKING DEVICES. FOUR REGISTER CASH WRAP /BACK WRAP COUNTER. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM ALL WORK AS INDICATED IN THE "CASH WRAP /BACK WRAP DETAIL(S)" AS SHOWN ON SHEET ED -1. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLANS FOR EXACT ROUGH -IN INFORMATION. ENCLOSURE WITH SENSORMATIC POWER PACK AND DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH ISOLATED GROUND SHALL BE MOUNTED ON VERTICAL FACE OF SOFFIT ABOVE CEILING GRID. COORDINATE SENSORMATIC FREQUENCY WITH ADJACENT SENSORMATIC SYSTEMS. SEE SENSORMATIC DETAIL ON SHEET ED -1. PAINT ENCLOSURE TO MATCH CEILING. LIGHTING CONTACTORS IN NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE FURNISHED BY T.S.P. AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO BE CONTROLLED BY T.S.P. 7- DAY, 24 -HOUR DIGITAL TIME CLOCK. CEILING RECESSED SOUND SYSTEM SPEAKER. SEE SOUND SYSTEM INSTALLATION DETAIL ON SHEET ED -1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. LANDLORD PROVIDED JUNCTION BOX FOR FIRE ALARM INTERFACE. CONNECT TO CIRCUIT INDICATED. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR, FRANK CLOSE (FCLOSE©GUARDIANSECURITY.COM) OR BOB VEZZANI (BVEZZANIOGUARDIANSECURITY.COM) WITH GUARDIAN SECURITY AT 1- 800 -282 -6998 TO OBTAIN ENGINEERED FIRE ALARM DRAWINGS TO BE SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL TO THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, FIRE ALARM DEVICE PRICING, AND FIRE ALARM INSTALLATION OPTIONS /PRICING. VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS AND JUNCTION BOX LOCATION IN FIELD PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE ALL COST IN BID. SENSORMATIC SYSTEM PROVIDED BY T.S.P.. REFER TO SENSORMATIC DETAIL ON SHEET ED -1 FOR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AT 18" A.F.F. FOR CONNECTION TO THE PHOTO BOOTH. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS WITH T.S.P.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF PANELBOARDS WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS TO PROVIDE DEDICATED SPACE REQUIRED PER N.E.C. 384-4. 0 SOUND SYSTEM VOLUME CONTROL IN WALL AT 48" A.F.F.. EXTEND EMPTY 3/4" CONDUIT UP IN WALL AND STUB OUT ABOVE CEILING OR STUBBED OUT AT 13' -0" A.F.F.. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR is TO INSTALL T.S.P. PROVIDED PLENUM RATED 3- CONDUCTOR SHIELDED CABLE FROM VOLUME CONTROL TO 4" X 4" SOUND SYSTEM JUNCTION BOX ABOVE CEILING AT MANAGER'S DESK. VOLUME CONTROL AND FINAL CONNECTIONS BY DMX. 4 DOOR CHIME FURNISHED BY T.S.P. AND INSTALLED ON DOOR BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 13 ZONE DAMPER OR SMOKE /FIRE DAMPER TRANSFORMER FURNISHED BY T.S.P. AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. 120 VOLT POWER WIRING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ON NIGHT LIGHT CIRCUIT. 4 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 1S TO INSTALL DUPLEX RECEPTACLE IN BASE AT SHOW WINDOW PLATFORM. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH T.S.P. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IN FIELD. ( 5 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 1S TO INSTALL DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 18" ABOVE SALES FLOOR TO CENTER. (TYP) 1 (TYP) DO 1 - COVERPLATE IN BASE. RECEIVED CITY OF T��g,,•. fILA FEB 0 6 ZOOS PEiiiMll CENTER / k'V0 • f r VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS IN FIELD PRIOR TO BIDS. III z z cc( W IX 0 MASTER UPDATE : 02.21.2006 - 1RES • t1 U & THE ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBIJTY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER 1HAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AHD SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. HBK# 07164 DRAWING NUMBER: E -1 a o 0 2 S 1 GC Z 0 L 1 I I. LIGHTING GENERAL NOTES 1. THE ABBREVIATION T.S.P., WHEREVER IT APPEARS IN THESE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS, SHALL REFER TO "TWEEN BRANDS STORE PLANNING, INC. ". ANY REFERENCE TO TENANT'S, LIMITED TOO OR FURNISHED BY ANY OF THE ABOVE REFERS TO T.S.P.. 2. THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS WORK IS REQUIRED TO READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS OF ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THIS WORK AND THE WORK OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. IT IS THIS CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. 3. LIGHTING SHALL BE CIRCUITED EXACTLY AS SHOWN ON PLANS. CIRCUITING SHALL BE "THRU WIRING" WHERE AND WHENEVER POSSIBLE. MULTIPLE CONNECTIONS TO A SINGLE LIGHT FIXTURE FOR VOLTAGE DROP CONDITIONS OR AS A RESULT OF A FIELD CONDITION ARE ACCEPTABLE. LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE MANUFACTURED TO ACCOMMODATE "THRU — WIRING ". ANY RELATED COSTS FOR MULTIPLE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN BID. 4. SEE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATION AND QUANTITY OF LIGHTING FIXTURES. 5. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S BID SHALL INCLUDE THE INSTALLATION OF ALL LIGHT FIXTURES AND ASSOCIATED LAMPS FURNISHED BY T.S.P.. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO ENSURE THE ADJUST ABILITY OF ALL DIRECTIONAL FIXTURES AFTER INSTALLATION AND AIM THEM. LIGHT FIXTURE SPECIFICATIONS MAY VARY_ IF THIS IS THE CASE, CONTRACTOR IS TO CALL "LOEB ELECTRIC" AT (800) 837 —BULB FOR EXACT SPECIFICATION OF T.S.P. FURNISHED LIGHTING FIXTURES. IF CEILING SYSTEMS ARE FIRE RATED, CONTRACTOR IS TO CLOSELY COORDINATE FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS WITH "LOEB ELECTRIC 6. EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTS SHALL BE INSTALLED AND CIRCUITED PER THE LATEST NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND ALL LOCAL CODES. ALL EMERGENCY AND EXIT FIXTURES SHALL BE DUAL VOLTAGE WITH BATTERY BACKUP (120/277 VOLT INPUT). CLOSELY COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH T.S.P. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 7. ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS UP TO 100' -0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #12 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS FROM 101' -0" TO 150' —O" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #10 CONDUCTORS MINIhW. ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS 151' -0" UP TO 250' --O" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #8 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. CIRCUITS ABOVE 251' -0" SHALL UTILIZE #6 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. 8. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A FULLY COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. 9. WHERE DRYWALL CEILINGS ARE USED IN THE "SALES' AREA, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE CIRCUITS TO AVOJD THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES IN INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE DRYWALL CEILINGS SHALL BE LIMITED TO LOCATIONS NEAR ACCESS FRAMES USED FOR DIFFUSERS AND RETURN AIR GRILLES OR ACCESS PANELS AS LOCATED ON PLANS. FIELD COORDINATE WITH T.S.P. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ROUGH —IN TO AVOID ANY CONFLICTS. JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE LAY —IN CEILINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE. 10. EXIT /EMERGENCY LIGHTS AT STOREFRONT ARE TO BE CEILING MOUNTED AND CENTERED OVER OPENING (TYPICAL L14Na9.). EXIT /EMERGENCY LIGHTS AT DOOR TO "NON -- SALES" SHALL BE CENTERED ON WALL ABOVE DOOR. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH T.S.P. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ROUGH —IN. 11. DASHED FIXTURES IN NON —SALES AREA INDICATE INSTALLATION IN LOWER CEILING. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL CLEAR PLASTIC LAMP SLEEVES PROVIDED BY T.S.P. ON ALL FLUORESCENT LAMPS LOCATED IN CEILINGS THAT ARE 8'--0" A.F.F. OR BELOW (I.E., LAV /JAN /MGR. OFFICE). 12. SALES AND NON —SALES CEILING SPACE IS USED AS A RETURN AIR PLENUM. ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRES SHALL BE IN CONDUIT. LIGHTING CODED NOTES ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO INSTALL OCCUPANCY MOTION SENSOR SWITCH FURNISHED BY T.S.P. FOR CONTROL OF ROOM LIGHTS AS SHOWN. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST SWITCH FOR MAXIMUM SETTING. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX. TOGGLE DISCONNECT SWITCH IN NON— VISIBLE LOCATION AND FINAL CONNECTION FOR 120 VOLT SIGN FURNISHED BY T.S.P.. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS WITH T.S.P. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH U.L. SECTION 2161 REQUIRING THE USE OF SECONDARY GROUND FAULT PROTECTION AND INCLUDE ALL COST IN BID. POWER JUNCTION BOX IS TO BE MOUNTED IN CENTER OF SIGN BOTH VERTICALLY AND HORIZONTALLY. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL CLEAR PLASTIC LAMP SLEEVES PROVIDED BY T.S.P. ON ALL FLUORESCENT LAMPS LOCATED ON CEILING THAT ARE 8' -0" A.F.F. OR BELOW (I.E. — LAV /JAN/MGR.). JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE FOR FUTURE USE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD WITH T.S.P. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. LIGHT SWITCH ON WALL FOR CONTROL OF LIGHTING CONTACTOR(S) LABELED ZONE "B" AND "C ". VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD WITH T.S.P. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. H.C. A LAV. 1 NL /EM .4" I NL /EM I HALLWAY e rriki.A-2 - � FTG. RM. A -8 A -33 NL/EM L P41.EM NL/EM TYP) A -6 A -14 NL/EM 1 NL /EM / / 1 l 1 \A-23 NL /EM NL/EM J i FTG. RM. - 1)0 - 7 4 1-56 NL/EM n A -16 A -29 NL/EM I I 1 1 II II I I I I n A--11 LANDLORD NOTE: STOREFRONT SIGNAGE AND LIGHTING TIMECLOCII'S SHALL BE SET TO MALL'S OPERATING HOURS. LANDLORD NOTE: ALL TENANTS ON THE GROUND FLOOR REQUIRING BELOW GRADE WORK SHALL COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO ANY SLAB DEMOLITION. TENANT SHALL COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD TO PROVIDE OPPORTUNITY FOR SPECIALINSPECTION AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION BY LANDLORD OF BELOW GRADE WORK PRIOR TO THE COVERING UP OF SUCH WORK. TENANT SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR RECONSTRUCTION AND PATCHING OF THE SLAB —ON —GRAD SYSTEM, INCLUDING GRAVEL LAYERS. VAPOR BARRIER ANSI CONCRETE. LANDLORD NOTE: LANDLORD WILL PROVIDE Q COMMUNICATION CABLE TRAY LOCATED IN THE UTILITY CORRIDOR FOR THE TENANTS USE. NO CONDUIT WILL BE PROVIDED. LANDLORD WILL PROVIDE A COMMUNICATIONS II:R ANAL BOARD WITHIN EACH LANDLORD ELECTRICAL ROOM. TENANT SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL A COMPLETE TELEPHONE SERVICE SUPPORT FACILIIES AS REQUIRED BY THE SERVICING TELEPHONE COMPANY. ALL TENANT TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE CONTAINED WITHIN TENANT'S SPACE. TENANT TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT IS NOT PERMITTED IN LANDLORD'S TELEPHONE EQUWMENT ROOM. TENANT SHALL PROVIDE PLENUM RATED WIRE FROM THE LANDLORD'S TELEPHONE ROOM TO THE TENANT'S TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT WITHIN THE DEMISED PREMISES UTILIZING THE LANDLORD SUPPLIED CABLE TRAY. ANY CORRiDOR WALL PENETRATIONS WILL NEED TO BE FIRE CAULKED AS REQUIRED. NOTE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO REFER TO ARCITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ALL LIT FIXTURES AND ASSOCIATED LIGHT FIXTURE JUNCTION BOXES. CORRECTION 27 RECEIVED MAR 072005 PERMIT CENTER DO1 ti 50 VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS IN FIELD PRIOR TO BIDS. 03 0 W Cl) oc W HBK # 0) z z z E -2 Co 00 CC r W � CO woo H Z W O W V Q I— la 1 5 u s Z (.) J W =(00Pm F.. ' I - - aOt?W CO 000 j E . ! - I(.iA t ' r EXPIRES 6/1 :11nintalid.1i.=AM511423Y G7AlSii:C!lfSSBin_S'ti THE DOWER ASSIAMM MO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGHED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS NUM; THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. DRAWING NUMBER: 07164 QTY TYPE AREA TAP X JBL C26CT MAIN SALES 7.5W 120 VAC 0183mA S MOUNT DEVICES AT 29 -1/4" A.F.F. TO CENTER. a^. O(CIRC. #2) (AMC. #1) MANAGER'S DESK SHELF GND +24VDC CTRL RLC3 — NORM SET LEVEL F- LOW MIN - 4 • 0 CONDUITS UP IN WALL SPACE (TYP.) DMX MUSIC PROFUSION X D.M.M. POWER OUTPUT 1 OUTPUT 2 OUTPUT 3 TIE SHIEL D • PLAN SECTION A ELEVATION MOUNT ON SHELF ABOVE MANAGER'S DESK. TO ( -) I tLCASHWRAP & BACKWRAP •0 33 1/8" MEM U • d© ■.I 2 COND. 20 AWG W /SHIELD A100 RDL PS -24A 24 Vdc 400 mA POWER SUPPLY TRANSFORMER (GRD. REF.) LOCATE REMOTE LEVEL CONTROL SWITCH ON NON -SALES SIDE OF SALES /NON -SALES DOOR. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD WITH T.S.P. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. SHLD_ RED ms` 2 COND. 20 AWG W /SHIELQ DEI} C100 B -_/‘ ED-1 • • A \ CASHWRAP /BACKWRAP DETAIL N.T.S. 0 ' c _J w o BLK r -- 11 l J 5, IY_ RED BLK SHLD PROVIDE TWO DEDICATED CIRCUITS WITH ISOLATED GROUNDS FOR CASH REGISTERS. IDENTIFY SUCH CIRCUITS ON COVERPLATES. SEE PLAN AND SCHEDULES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. CONDUITS STUBBED UP 6' A.F.F. (TYP. OF 4) RDL ST-- VCA2 VOLTAGE CONTROLLED AMP Ea (C1RC. #1) (CIRC. #2) CTRL GRND LINE MIC PWR IN 1DV OUT z c 0 C9 49 MOUNT ON PROFUSION X USING SUPPLIED "DUAL -LOCK" VELCRO. co 0 0 ci 0 0 RED BLK SHLD N.T.S. NOTE: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MUST INSTALL CONDUITS AS SHOWN. ELIMINATE INTERIM JUNCTION BOXES WHEREVER POSSIBLE. SUPPLY PULLWIRE IN EACH CONDUIT. MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO RECEPTACLES, TELEPHONE OUTLETS. ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEM. NO CHASING OR CUTTING OF THE FLOOR SLAB, EXCEPT FOR SLABS ON- GRADE, WILL BE ALLOWED. ALL CONDUITS AND /OR PIPING MUST BE RUN BENEATH THE SLAB AND ALL SLAB PENETRATIONS SHALL BE FULLY SLEEVED AND FLASHED. COORDINATE ALL FLOOR SLAB CUTTING WITH MALL OPERATIONS MANAGER. SECTION B 2 COND. 20 AWG W /SHIELD A101 120 VAC 0 834mA LIMITED TOO CASH /WRAP CODED NOTES TWO 20 AMP, 120 VOLT DEDICATED CIRCUITS EACH WITH ISOLATED GROUND IN A 1" CONDUIT. EXTEND CONDUIT BACK TO PANEL FOR CASH REGISTERS. DO NOT INSTALL WITH ANY OTHER CIRCUITS. STUB CONDUIT UP 6" A.F.F. INTO CASHWRAP UNIT. CONNECT 1" FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT TO STUB -UP AND EXTEND UP TO CONTRACTOR FURNISHED JUNCTION BOX IN CASHWRAP. RUN A 3/4" FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION BOX TO CASH REGISTER ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES (WIRE TWO "QUADS" PER CIRCUIT AS SHOWN). RECEPTACLES SHALL BE HUBBELL IG-5362, 20 AMP ISOLATED GROUND TYPE FURNISHED BY "TWEEN BRANDS STORE PLANNING" AND INSTALLED AND WIRED IN CASHWRAP BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CUT AND PATCH FLOOR AS REQUIRED TO ROUTE CONDUIT CONCEALED IN WALL UP TO CEILING SPACE AND EXTEND TO PANEL. TWO 1" CONDUITS WITH PULLWIRE FOR DATA CABLING TO CASH REGISTERS. CUT AND PATCH FLOOR AS REQUIRED TO ROUTE CONDUITS BELOW FLOOR SLAB TO WALL AS SHOWN. ROUTE CONDUITS CONCEALED IN WALL UP TO CEILING SPACE AND EXTEND TO AN 8" X 8" X 4" PULLBOX ON WALL ABOVE MANAGER'S DESK AREA IN STOCKROOM FOR DATA CABLING F ISHED AND INSTALLED BY "TWEEN BRANDS STORE PLANNING ". SEE NOTE 9 ON SHEET E -1 POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 20 AMP, 120 VOLT RECEPTACLE AT BACKWRAP. CONNECT TO LOCAL CIRCUITRY AS NOTED ON SHEET E -1. DATA TERMINAL(S) AND CONNECTIONS BY "TWEEN BRANDS STORE PLANNING" P.O.S. CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULLWIRE FROM STUB UP IN BOTTOM OF CASHWRAP CABINET BACK TO TELEPHONE BOARD. TELEPHONE CABLE AND DUPLEX #RJ14C JACK 1 TELEPHONES BY "TWEEN BRANDS STORE PLANNING" SEE NOTE ON SHEET E -1 POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR DUPLEX TELEPHONE OUTLET IN BACKWRAP CUTOUT. PROVIDE 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULLWIRE BACK TO TELEPHONE BOARD. TELEPHONE CABLE AND DUPLEX #RJ14C JACK FOR 2 -LI TELEPHONES BY "TWEEN BRANDS STORE PLANNING SEE NOTE 5 ON SHEET E -1 POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. BUZZER IN OUTLET BOX WITH LOUVERED COVER PLATE MOUNTED IN BACKWRAP AND EXTEND TO PUSHBUTTON. BUZZER SYSTEM SHALL BE FURNISHED BY "TWEEN BRANDS STORE PLANNING" - INSTALLED BY LIMITED TOO ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. SEE NOTE Q ON SHEET E -1 POWER PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 4" x 4" EMPTY JUNCTION BOX FURNISHED AND INSTALLED WITH CASHWRAP COUNTER. ELECTRICAL OUTLETS FURNISHED BY "TWEEN BRANDS STORE PLANNING" AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR (TYP. OF 4 LOCATIONS). NOTE 2 -TO -1 TELEPHONE SPLITTER TO BE PROVIDED BY DMX TECH. TIE SHIELD TO ( —) CONDUITS STUBBED UP 6" A.F.F. (TYP. OF 4) 00 S 2 COND. 18 AWG 5100 + POWER APHEX 520D TOA P -906 AMPLIFIER INPUT 70V OUT 0 SOUND SYSTEM INSTALLATION DETAIL RED BLK — MANAGER'S DESK SHELF i MOUNT ON SHELF ABOVE MANAGER'S DESX. -II a DECK CEILING DIGITAL CONTROLLER PACK DEDICATED 120 VOLT CIRCUIT WITH ISOLATED GROUND AS SHOWN IN PANEL SCHEDULE SENSORMATIC EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY T.S.P. INSTALLED BY G.C. LEASE LINE ROUTE CONDUIT UP WALL OR COLUMN TO CEILING SPACE 1 0 in a 8" MIN. 27 3/4" N.T.S. 12" SOUND SYSTEM GENERAL NOTES STORE ENTRANCE ELEVATION 7 ' -2 " ROLLING GRILLE PLAN 1. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL SPEAKER ENCLOSURES AND SUPPORTS AS FURNISHED BY "T.S.P. ". ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO FURNISH ADDITIONAL HARDWARE (I.E.-MOUNTING BRACKETS, SCREWS. CLIPS. ETC.) AS REQUIRED FOR SOUND SYSTEM INSTALLATION. FOR CUSTOM PAINTED CEILING, THE SPEAKER GRILLES WILL BE SHIPPED EARLY TO BE PAINTED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 2. PROFUSION "X" DIGITAL MEDIA MANAGER, VOLTAGE AMPLIFIER, TOA AMPLIFIER, SPEAKERS, SPEAKER GRILLES FURNISHED BY T.S.P. AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS TO BE MADE BY DMX. 3. SEE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT QUANTITY AND LOCATION OF SPEAKERS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTE ANY CONFLICTS IN FIELD AND NOTIFY T.S.P. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OF SAME. CIRCUIT CHANGE MUST BE APPROVED BY T.S.P. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. NOTE: SPEAKERS THAT MUST BE MOVED, DUE TO FIELD CONDITIONS, MUST MAINTAIN A SYMMETRICAL PATTERN. 4. ANY QUESTIONS REGARDING MUSIC SYSTEM SHALL BE DIRECTED TO T.S.P. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. SOUND SYSTEM CODED NOTES RECESSED CEILING SPEAKER FURNISHED BY T.S.P. AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. SPEAKER WIRE FURNISHED BY "T.S.P." AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, (18 GAUGE, 2 CONDUCTOR TWISTED CL2P PLENUM RATED CABLE). NO SUBSTITUTIONS ALLOWED. INSTALL WIRE IN CONDUIT, BETWEEN SPEAKER ENCLOSURES AND TO SOUND SYSTEM LOCATED IN NON -SALES AREA. INSTALL WIRE IN 1" CONDUIT DROP IN WALL TO JUNCTION BOX. PROFUSION "X" DIGITAL MEDIA MANAGER, VOLTAGE AMPLIFIER AND TOA AMPLIFIER FURNISHED BY "T.S.P." AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ON SHELF IN MANAGER'S OFFICE. SHELF FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. JUNCTION BOX FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AT 66" A.F.F. TO CENTER WITH 1" CONDUIT UP IN WALL AND STUBBED OUT 6" ABOVE FINISHED CEILING OR 13'-0" A.F.F IF NO CEILING. BUSH BOTH CONDUIT ENDS. INSTALL SPEAKER WIRING TO ALL SALES AREA SPEAKERS IN A SEQUENTIAL CIRCUIT LEAVING 36" OF SLACK WIRE. BELOW CEILING LINE. AT EACH SPEAKER LOCATION. MAXIMUM OF 25 SPEAKERS PER CIRCUIT. V INSTALL 3' -O" OF COILED SPEAKER WIRING FOR EACH CIRCUIT. LABEL AND TAG EACH CIRCUIT AT SOUND SYSTEM AS TO AREA SERVED. VOLUME CONTROL WITH EMPTY 3/4" CONDUIT STUBBED ABOVE CEILING OR STUBBED OUT AT 13' -0" A.F.F. AT SALES/NON-SALES DOOR. PLENUM RATED 3-CONDUCTOR SHIELDED CABLE FURNISHED BY T.S.P. AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS BY DMX. 0 Mir 0 i 0 r 51" 57 7/8" 12" (TYP) ANTENNA MAXIMUM ALARM LENGTH 25' Q REMOTE CEILING MOUNTED ALARM ANTENNA CONDUIT THIN DIGITAL FLOOR MAX DETAILS TOP OF FINISHED FLOOR RS232 PLATE ED-1 N.T.S. T T C/W #1 TO 120 VOLT CIRCUIT ED -1 N.T.S. i t 3/4" CONDUIT 1" CONDUIT W/ PULL WIRE 0 ■ 00 NOTES: THIN DIGITAL FLOOR MAX CODED NOTES • 3/4" CONDUITS INTERCONNECT BETWEEN CAPACITOR BOARD AND POWER PACK LOCATED ABOVE CEILING AND IN —FLOOR ANTENNA. CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED IN FALSE COLUMNS AND SHALL NOT EXCEED 35 FEET IN LENGTH. ® DUPLEX RECEPTACLE BOX LOCATED IN AREA ABOVE CEILING. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS ARE 120 VAC , THREE WIRE, ISOLATED GROUND, 24 HOUR CIRCUIT WITH LESS THAN 0.5 VAC BETWEEN NEUTRAL AND GROUND. INSTALLATION AND TRANSFORMER AND INTERCONNECT CABLE BY OTHERS. ® RETURN AIR GRILLE OR ACCESS PANEL TO BE USED FOR SERVICING OF EQUIPMENT LOCATED ABOVE THE CEILING. COORDINATE ROUGH —IN OF JUNCTION BOX AND RECEPTACLE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. • AUDIBLE ALARM SPEAKER IN CEILING. ALARM FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS. ® 3 1/2" DEEP FLOOR CAVITY, LOCATED BETWEEN STORE OPENING AS SHOWN ON PLAN VIEW DETAIL. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT OPENING LENGTH AND NUMBER OF PANELS. ® DIGITAL CONTROLLER PACK UNIT LOCATED INSIDE ENCLOSURE. DIGITAL CONTROLLER PACK FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY SENSORMATIC. • APPROVED HOFFMAN ENCLOSURE ZP700, PART #0351 - 1150 -01, PROVIDED BY T.S.P. AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ® USE SEPARATE CONDUIT RUN FOR EACH ANTENNA. • CAPACITOR BOARD /DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER AND ENCLOSURE. MAXIMUM DISTANCE FROM POWER PACK TO CAPACITOR BOARD /DIFFERENTIAL AMP ENCLOSURE IS 7 - O " . 10 2" X 4" JUNCTION BOX AND 1/2" CONDUIT WITH PULLWIRE TO CAPACITOR BOARD FOR REMOTE TEST SWITCH AND PROGRAMMING JACK. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH T.S.P. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IN FIELD. MAXIMUM DISTANCE FROM CAPACITOR BOARD TO JUNCTION BOX IS 25' -0 ". FOR TECHNICAL QUESTIONS REGARDING INSTALLATION CALL: 1— 800 — 327 -1765 1-800-241-6678 0 NOTE I r ALL CONDUITS WITHIN THE SENSORMATIC TRENCH SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC. TRANSITION FROM PVC TO RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT BELOW FLOOR AND EXTEND' RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUITS UP TO SENSORMATIC EQUIPMENT. STUB AT DEMISING WALL 1" CONDUIT W/ PULL WIRE 0 J MANAGER'S DESK 2 — 1" CONDUITS W/ PULL WIRE TELPHONE & DATA WIRING DIAGRAM DO 2 3 36" A.F.F. 1. FIXTURES MARKED WITH "1" ARE PROVIDED WITH A MASTER MULTI -LAMP BALLAST. 3. FOR CLARITY, FACTORY PRE- WIRING IS NOT INDICATED ON LIGHTNG PLAN. 4. FOR MORE INFORMATION, CONTACT DOUG HAMRICK OF LOEB ELECTRIC AT (614) 294 - 6351. NOTE: ^ 1. ADDITIONAL ® PHONIE OUTLETS MAY BE REQUIRED. SF'°.F. FLOOR PLAN FOR LGCATIO41. 2. SEE C SH/WRAP DETAIL "A" FOR NOTES AND 'POWER PLANS FOR [ )NOTES. 2. FIXTURES MARKED WITH "2 ", "3 ", AND "4" ARE PRE -WIRED TO THE MASTER MULTI -LAMP BALLAST. E FLUORESCENT FIXTURE WIRING RECEIVED CITY OF T! I,WILA FEB 0 6 2008 PLNIViIT CENTER co CO cc r W z I-- w v O W ~ W c 0 0 J I— I M co ict O r3 Cn CD CO ED -1 MASTER UPDATE 02.21.20 DRAWING NUMBER: 2 3 2 cc LL W cc SG V p.M0.B S SiVi THE ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPOKSUMJTY OR UABIU• FORM USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPUCABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRfTERIA. H B K # 07164 Li_ LIMITED TOO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE INDICATES D VICE IS uSED SYMBOL DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER & MODEL NUMBER FURN.BY MAX WATTS INPUT WATTS 'ON1 ''d'S'1 0 TRACK LIGHT LIGHTOLIER 8239WH/8202WH & 50PAR30/HIR /SP9* LAMP. T,S.P., INC. 75W/FT 50 O 0 TRACK LIGHT LIGHTOLIER 9022WH W/ 100PAR/HIR /FL25' LAMP T.S.P., INC. 75W /FT 100 ■ O DOWNLSGHT HANGER PORTFOLIO BARS, & (2)F2 DBX /SPX30 /4P CLAMP. BAFFLE T.S.P., INC. 52 52 • O TRACK LIGHT UGHTOLIER 9023WH & 50PAR30 /HIR /SP9' LAMP T.S.P., INC. 75W/FT 50 SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUIT(S) TO LEASE SPACE © PENDANT DOWNLIGHT ALTMAN PAR38CDMCUS W/72" PAINTED STEM. CANOPY, 712X712 LENSE & CMH70/PAR38 /830WF LAMP T.S.P., INC. 70 81 IR CONDITIONING SYSTEM O 0 PENDANT DOWNLIGHT SONOMA CVWL & 100A /90WM LAMP T.S.P., INC. 100 90 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER HEATER F TRACK LIGHT TRANSLITE- SONOMA FLEXIBLE TRACK jBT4- 505 -B -AL WITH BT-- 526 -AL XFMR, FLX- BTC -NG HEAD & 0501.4R16/01E125' LAMP T.S.P.. INC. 300 300 O VERIFY IN FIELD SERVICE ENTRANCE FEEDER(S) TO LEASE SPACE PENDANT H T RAIL DOW T.B.D. T.S.P., INC. 300 300 [QIQIQI 34.107 TWO CATEGORIES INSTALLED OF COMPRESSOR INCLUDED - MINIMUM O COLOR PROJECTOR COLOR KINETICS #C-200. LE.D. LAMPS INCLUDED. 24 Y.D.C. POWER PROVIDED BY LIGHTING CONTROLLER. T.S.P.. INC. N/A N/A UNIT. SERVICE 0 MONOPOINT HALO MSP4338 W /LUMIERE PHVS5O WHITE TRIM, AND Q50MR16NSP15 -EXT. LAMP T.S.P., INC. 55 55 STEP -DOWN TRANSFORMERS AND MOUNTING ACCESSORIES (AS REQUIRED) ouo RECESSED ADJ. DOWNLIGHT CON -TECH LIGHTING 4 LAMP #RAN5O16X4 & 050MR16 /C/NFL25' GE LAMP T.S.P., INC. 220 220 0 ON DOWN LIGHT� J (3) 0 75PAR30/H/FL25 3 L LAMP T.S.P., INC. 225 225 O Q ® PENDANT DOWNLIGHT SONOMA WG12 W/ FLE28QBX /SPX27 (28 WATT COMPACT FLUORESCENT) LAMP T,S.P., INC. 28 28 O R ® PENDANT DOWNUGHT SONOMA WHGL16 W/ FLE280BX /SPX27 (28 WATT COMPACT FLUORESCENT) LAMP T.S.P.. INC. 28 28 - -- 0 ® PENDANT DOWNLIGHT SONOMA WG20 W/ FLE28QBX /SPX27 (28 WATT COMPACT FLUORESCENT) LAMP T.S.P., INC. 28 28 LO I I SINGLE TUBE FLUORESCENT 4 FT FLUORESCENT STRIP WITH LAMP GUARD - " DURAY" fDUFEOH- 1132 -120 WITH (1) F32T8XL /SP30/IS /WM /ECO T.S.P., INC. 38 38 z e ® Q RECESSED 2X2 FLUORESCENT METALUX 2 LAMP #2EP3GAX- 2U6T8S331 WITH F32T8 /SP3O /U /6 LAMP T.S.P.. INC. 71 71 LO 17 TRACK LTS. FLUO WITH 32TBXL /SP 0/IS/WM /ECO2LAMP T.S.P.. INC. 90 90 0.-.....40-1 ® LO 0 0.519 C EXIT LIGHT HIGH-LITE #BPSLED5RBK W/ BATTERY PACK "SALES" AREA ONLY (LE.D., SURFACE MTD). T.S.P., INC. 5 5 C 0 ■ 0 NL /EM SALES EXIT LIGHT HIGH -LITE #BPSLED5R W/ BATTERY PACK "NON- SALES" AREA ONLY (L.E.D., SURFACE MTD). T.S.P., INC. 5 5 ■ `:`" - -- 0 20 EXIT/EMERG. LIGHT HIGH -CITE #BPSLEDSRDEH36 WITH BATTERY PA "NON SAL ES" ONLY (LE.D., SURFACE MTD.) T.S.P., INC. 5 5 0.300 0.300 L_ EMERGENCY LIGHT 2" #XC -1 - W/BATTER PACK WALL MTD. 2 BELOW CEILING (IF PRESENT) OR 11'-0" A.F.F. T.S.P. . INC. 10 10 POWER WIRING FOR ROLLING GRILLE 0 0 B CEILING EXHAUST FAN GREENHECK fSPB150 W/ OPTIONAL STEEL GRILLE, 120 V, 1 PHASE, 113 WATTS. T.S.P., INC. 113 113 0 I' --- FLUORESCENT DURAY EQH- 1125 -120 W/ F25T8/SP30 LAMP, 120V. T.S.P., INC. 30 30 0 4 SINGLE TUBE DURAY EOH-1132-120 W/ F32T8XL /SP30/IS/WM LAMP T.S.P., INC 38 38 I x 0 Y 410 SINGLE TUBE FLUORESCENT DURAY 013132 -120 CHAIN HUNG W/ F32T8XL/SP30/IS/WIM/ECO LAMP, 120V. MOUNT AT 12' - 6" All. TO BOTTOM OF REFLECTOR T.S. P INC. 38 38 I • $ TS TOGGLE SWITCH HUBBELL TOGGLE TYPE SWITCH CONTR. - - ® T y TELEPHONE OUTLET LOCATED IN BASE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED CONTR. - - ® Q C DATA LOCATED IN BASE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED CONTR. - - ® d BUZZER SEE CODED NOTE 4 SHEET E - T.S.P„ INC. - - 0 30 31 0 BUZZER BUTTON SEE CODED NOTE 4 SHEET E -1 T.S.P., INC. . .. - a • 0 DUPLEX RECEPT. LEVITON f5352W OR #53521. (WALL MOUNTED) CONTR. 180VA 180VA 0 ,H,_ '� T. GND FA GND FAULT CKT. T, LEV1TON #6899. (GROUND FAULT WALL MOUNTED) CONTR. 180VA 180VA 0 0 DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPT. LEVITON #5352W OR #53521. (WALL MOUNTED) CONTR. 360VA 360VA 35 $ 3 3 --WWA 3 Y Y HUBBELL #1223 - COLOR SHALL BE IVORY CONTR. - - 0 MUSIC SYSTEM /SPEAKERS /CABINET - -- TRANSFORMER SEE SPECIFICATIONS T.S.P., INC. - - " 0 - -- MUSIC SYSTEM WIRING IN CONDUIT - -- MOTION SWITCH LEVITON 16775W T.S.P., INC. _ - MS ® ® MUSIC SPEAKER FURNISHED BY OWNER - 1/2" CONDUIT (IF REVD BY CODE) BY E.C. T.S.P., INC. - - 0 WP ABBREVIATION WEATHERPROOF DEVICE - - - TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM IN CONDUIT AIR TEMP. SENSOR FURNISHED BY T.S.P. T.S.P., INC. - - - -- 3',5',10' ® MULTI - OUTLET RACEWAY WIREMOLD SPLW2OGB3O6 (3' -0" LENGTH), SPLW20GB506 (5' -0" LENGTH). SPLW2OGB12006 (10' -0" LENGTH) COLOR SHALL BE WHITE (WITH GIRL CARE WALL PACKAGE) T.S.P., INC. ® EXT LIGHT SURE LIGHT #LPXH70RWH W/BATTERY PACK AND REMOTE HEAD CAPACITY T.S.P., INC. 5 5 VAV - 1 &2 SERVICE UTE, SWITCH AND RECEPTACLE REMOTE HEAD EMER. BEST #RH1WP REMOTE EMERGENCY LIGHT WIRED OFF EXIT SIGN T.S.P., INC. -- -- ELECTRICAL RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ITEM FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY 9NI1SIX3 REMARKS ELEC. CONTR. LANDLORD 'ON1 ''d'S'1 OTHERS ELEC. CONTR. LANDLORD OTHERS V/N MAIN OVERCURRENT DEVICE IN LANDLORDS ELECTRIC ROOM O O • 2.100 O O 9.250 ' ECEPTACLES O O VERIFY IN FIELD ELECTRICAL METER IN LANDLORDS ELECTRIC ROOM 0 0 7.200 MOTORS 0 0 - -- - -- 0 0 VERIFY IN FIELD SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUIT(S) TO LEASE SPACE 0 0 - -- • - -- • 0 0 IR CONDITIONING SYSTEM -- - • 0 ® VERIFY IN FIELD SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUIT(S) FROM STUB IN LEASE SPACE TO UTILIZATION EQUIPMENT O O ELECTRIC WATER HEATER HEATER 1.500 O O 1.500 1.0 O O VERIFY IN FIELD SERVICE ENTRANCE FEEDER(S) TO LEASE SPACE 0 0 13.826 1.0 0 0 34.107 TWO CATEGORIES INSTALLED OF COMPRESSOR INCLUDED - MINIMUM O 0 VERIFY IN FIELD DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS 51.152 VALUE OF THE 220 -12 REQUIREMENT MINUS ACTUAL MOTOR IS ALREADY KVA x 1000 0 UNIT. SERVICE 0 SYSTEM VOLTAGE 51.152 x 1000 x 61.53 AMPS = 480 x 1.73 120/3 O STEP -DOWN TRANSFORMERS AND MOUNTING ACCESSORIES (AS REQUIRED) 0.250 B O 0.450 O ---SPACE TRACK LTS. C 10 4`J LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS SHOW WIN LTS O 1.050 0 C 0.550 1.500 LO TOILET EXHAUST FAN(S) C 12 13 - -- SPARE - -- - -- 0 -- --- A RECEPTACLES: SALES AREA 1.500 LO 0 TRACK LTS. O 14 15 NON -SALES LTS - --- RECEPTACLES: NON -SALES AREA 0.532 0.532 0 0.550 0 LO 17 TRACK LTS. C 16 POWER WIRING TO HVAC EQUIPMENT 0 NL /EM NS C LO 0 0.519 C 0.600 1.500 LO LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM TRACK LTS. C 0 19 0 NL /EM SALES LO 0.951 0.951 POWER WIRING TO " CASHWRAP" 0 - -- 0 20 21 B ' POWER WIRING AND CONDUIT FOR SENSORMATIC EQUIPMENT 0 0.300 0.300 B 0 - -- SPARE POWER WIRING FOR ROLLING GRILLE 23 B DOWNUGHTS 0.416 0.416 0 - -- - -- DELIVERY BUZZER SYSTEM SPARE 0 24 0 SPARE - -- - -- TELEPHONE OUTLETS AND CONDUITS 0 - -- - -- 0 SPARE 26 26 27 B DATA OUTLETS AND CONDUITS WITH PULLWIRE O - -- 0.468 0.468 O - -- - -- --- -SPACE SPARE TELEPHONE CABLING AND CONDUIT 0 29 B ADJ. DOWNLIGHT 0 - -- 0.225 0.225 C - -- DATA CABLING AND CONDUIT 30 SPARE 0 30 31 0 SPARE C j!L G ki7D.' SMOKE DETECTORS SPARE 0 32 33 DUCT MTD. SMOKE DETECTOR FLUORESCENTS 1.136 1.136 B ----- 0 TENANTS FIRE ALARM SYSTEM (SEE DETAILS) 0 35 SPARE 0 - -- - -- AT EC'S EXPENSE MUSIC SYSTEM /SPEAKERS /CABINET - -- 0 SPARE • 0 36 37 SPACE - -- MUSIC SYSTEM WIRING IN CONDUIT - -- - -- 0 - -- 0 -- -SPACE 0 MUSIC SYSTEM VOLUME CONTROL SPACE - -- 0 - -- - -- 0 - -- - -- 0 TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM IN CONDUIT 40 41 SPACE - -- 0 PLUGMOLD - -- SPACE 42 0 VAV - 1 &2 SERVICE UTE, SWITCH AND RECEPTACLE O GENERAL NOTE ALL ITEMS LISTED HERE ARE SPECIFIED AND DETAILED ITEMS THAT ARE CONTRADICTORY THEN IT IS HIS MANAGER SO THAT THESE ITEMS CAN BE CLARIFIED THIS SCHEDULE IS INTENDED AS A "QUICK" REFERENCE. ON THESE DRAWINGS. IF THE CONTRACTOR ENCOUNTERS RESPONSIBILITY TO INFORM T.S.P.'S CONSTRUCTION FOR THE CONTRACTOR. RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE CODED NOTES T.S.P., 0 ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT BY 0 SEE POWER RISER FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ELECTRIC LOAD SUMMARY 277 DESCRIPTION ACTUAL CONNECTED KW /KVA POWER FACTOR ACTUAL DEMAND KVA N.E.C. CONNECTED KW /KVA N.E.C. DEMAND FACTOR N.E.C. DEMAND KVA IGHTING 9.901 • 12.376 15.501 1.25 19.376 SHOW WINDOW LIGHTING ALLOWANCE 1.680 • 2.100 7.40 Cr* 1.25 9.250 ' ECEPTACLES 7.200 1.0 7.200 7.200 1.0 < loxes 0.5 REMAINING Kw 7.200 MOTORS - -- 0.9 - -- - -- 1.0 +25x LARGEST - -- FIXED ELECTRIC SPACE HEATING --- * 1.0 - -- • - -- • 1.0 - -- IR CONDITIONING SYSTEM -- - • 1.0 " # ` - -- a 1.0 1)** +25% LARGEST - __ a ELECTRIC WATER HEATER HEATER 1.500 1.0 1.500 1.500 1.0 1.500 MISCELLANEOUS 13.826 1.0 13.826 13.826 1.0 13.826 TOTAL NOTES, 34.107 TWO CATEGORIES INSTALLED OF COMPRESSOR INCLUDED - MINIMUM 37.002 45.427 VA. ONLY ON ONE EXISTING 200 AMP 51.152 VALUE OF THE 220 -12 REQUIREMENT MINUS ACTUAL MOTOR IS ALREADY KVA x 1000 (200VA PER FOOT OF SHOW WINDOW LIGHTING IN SYSTEM. APPLIED IN LIGHTING LOAD. FEEDER AMPERAGE REUSE UNIT. SERVICE a USE GREATER as N.E.C. ARTICLE SHOW WINDOW) * ** 125% OF THE LARGEST A POWER FACTOR N.E.C. DEMAND SYSTEM VOLTAGE 51.152 x 1000 x 61.53 AMPS = 480 x 1.73 TRANSFORMER LOAD SUMMARY 1 208V SYM, DESCRIPTION ACTUAL CONNECTED KW /KVA POWER FACTOR ACTUAL DEMAND KVA N.E.C. CONNECTED KW/KVA N.E.C. DEMAND FACTOR N.E.C. DEMAND KVA BRANCH BREAKER LIGHTING 11.581 1.0 14.476 18.381 1.25 22.976 120V, 10 RECEPTACLES 7.200 1.0 7.200 7.200 1.0 < 10Kw 0.5 REMAINING KW 7.200 -- MOTORS - -- 0.9 --- - -- 1.0 +25% LARGEST - -- -- FIXED ELECTRIC SPACE HEATING - a 1.0 - -- a ___ • 1.0 ___ • AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM - -- * 1.0 - -- s - -- s 1.0 ilia • +25% LARGEST ` -- e ELECTRIC WATER HEATER HEATER 1.500 1.0 1.500 1.500 1.0 1.500 MISCELLANEOUS 1.000 1.0 1.000 1.000 1.0 1.000 LO TOTAL NOTES 21.281 TWO CATEGORIES OF COMPRESSOR 24.176 28.081 ONLY ON ONE 32.676 TRACK LTS. VALUE OF THE MOTOR IN SYSTEM. APPLIED UNIT. A a USE GREATER ** 125% OF THE LARGEST USE 45 KVA TRANSFORMER , EQUIPMENT WIRING SCHEDULE SYM, ITEM VOLTAGE HP. KW. F.L.A. FEEDERS TYPE OF CONN. BRANCH BREAKER DISC. SW. BUSS FUSES REMARKS WIRE COND. 1 WATER HEATER 120V, 10 -- 1.5 --. 2 #12 THHN 1 #12 GRD 3/4" 'AC' TOGGLE SWITCH 20A -1P -- - -- SEE NOTE NO. 1 BELOW ( VAV -1 & 2 277/480V 30, 4W 1 5.0 -- 4 #12 THHN 1 #12 GRD 3/4" DIRECT 20A -3P - -- - -- DISC. MEANS INTEGRAL TO UNIT NOTES: TO BE FURNISHED BY T.S.P. AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 1. 'AC' TOGGLE SWITCH Oct. No, e Zone Load Description Brkr Size Size • Brkr Opts N.E.C. KW Actual KW Phase Actual �y N.E.C. KW Brkr Opts Brkr Size Load Description Zone Ckt. Na. 1 A SIGN LO 1.200 1.200 A 0.350 0.350 FITTING RM. LTS. C 2 3 A SHOW WIN. REC. 120/3 LO 0.540 0.540 B - -- - -- LO 70/3 SPARE 4 5 A SHOW WIN. REC. LO 0.540 0.540 C 0.600 1.500 LO TRACK LTS. C 6 7 A ENTRY LIGHTS LO 0.104 0.104 A 0.600 1.650 LO --- TRACK LTS. C 8 9 A SHOW WIN LTS 120/3 LO 0.750 0.250 B 0.150 0.450 ---SPACE TRACK LTS. C 10 11 A SHOW WIN LTS LO 1.050 0.350 C 0.550 1.500 LO TRACK LTS. C 12 13 - -- SPARE - -- - -- - -- -- --- A 0.650 1.500 LO 14 TRACK LTS. C 14 15 NON -SALES LTS - --- LO 0.532 0.532 B 0.550 1.200 LO 17 TRACK LTS. C 16 17 - --- NL /EM NS C LO 0.519 0.519 C 0.600 1.500 LO TRACK LTS. C 18 19 NL /EM SALES LO 0.951 0.951 A - -- - -- SPARE 20 21 B FUTURE 0.300 0.300 B - -- - -- SPARE 22 23 B DOWNUGHTS 0.416 0.416 C - -- - -- SPARE 24 25 SPARE - -- - -- - -- A - -- - -- ---SPACE SPARE 26 26 27 B FITTING RM LTS. - -- 0.468 0.468 B - -- - -- --- -SPACE SPARE 29 28 29 B ADJ. DOWNLIGHT •---- - -- 0.225 0.225 C - -- - -- 30 SPARE 30 31 SPARE SPARE 32 33 B FLUORESCENTS 1.136 1.136 B ----- - -- SPARE 34 35 SPARE - -- - -- C - -- - -- SPARE • 36 37 SPACE - -- - -- - -- A - -- - -- -- -SPACE .38 39 SPACE - -- - -- - -- 6 - -- - -- -- -SPACE 40 41 SPACE - -- - -- SPACE 42 Ckt. No Zone Load Description Elrla Size Size Brkr Opts N.E.C. _ KW Actual KW Phase Actual KW N.E.C. KW Brkr pots Brkr Size Load Description Zone Ckt. Na. 1 CASHWRAP REC LO 1.100 1.100 A - -- - -- SPARE 2 3 CASHWRAP REC 120/3 LO 1.100 1.100 B 0.400 0.400 LO 70/3 SENSORMATIC 4 5 BACKWRAP REC LO 0.720 0.720 C 0.360 0.360 LO SOUND SYSTEM 6 7 TELEPHONE LO 0.360 0.360 A 1.500 1.500 LO --- WATER HEATER 8 9 SPARE 120/3 LO - -- ---- B 0.360 0.360 ---SPACE PHOTO BOOTH 10 10 11 SALES RECEPT 2.137 0.720 0.720 C 0.500 0.500 LO FIRE ALARM 13 12 13 - -- SPARE - -- - -- - -- - -- A 0.360 0.360 LO 14 MANAGER'S DESK 14 15 NS RECEPT - --- B 0.820 0.820 B 0.500 0.500 LO 17 LTG. CTRL SPACE 16 17 - --- SALES RECEPT C - -_ 0.540 0.540 C 0.360 0.360 LO COMPUTER 18 19 SPARE -- -- - -- A - -- - -- SPARE 20 21 SPARE - -- - -- B _ -- - -- SPARE 22 23 SPARE -- -- - -- C - -- - -- SPARE 24 25 SPACE - -- - -- - -- A - -- - -- ---SPACE 26 27 SPACE - -- - -- - -- B - -- - -- --- -SPACE 28 29 SPACE - -- •---- - -- C - -- - -- -- -SPACE 30 Oct. Na Zone Load Description Brkr Size 8' Actual KW Phase Actual KW N.E.C. KW Brkr Opts Brkr Size Load Description Zone Ckt. No. 1 2.138 2.138 A 7.175 9.075 2 3 VAV -1 120/3 LO 2.138 2.138 B 7.106 8.556 LO 70/3 TRANSFORMER 4 5 2.137 2.137 C 7.000 10.450 6 7 2.138 2.138 A - -- - -- --- SPACE 8 9 VAV -2 120/3 LO 2.138 2.138 B ---SPACE 10 11 2.137 2.137 C "` ___ ---SPACE 12 13 SPACE - -- - -- - -- A - --- - -- -- -SPACE 14 15 SPACE - -- - -- - --- B - -- - -- - -- -SPACE 16 17 SPACE - -- - --- - -- C - -_ - --- -- -SPACE 18 LIGHTING CONTACTOR "A" (QTY. AND POLES AS REQUIRED) FURNISHED BY T.S.P., INC. AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULE ZONE LEGEND FOR CIRCUITS TO BE CONTROLLED - NEMA 1 LIGHTING CONTACTOR ENCLOSURE FURNISHED BY T,S.P., INC. AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ON WALL. NTS r 120 VOLT LIGHTING CONTROL CIRCUIT. L 7 -DAY, 24 -HOUR DIGITAL TIME CLOCK IN NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE J ZONE A ZONE B ZONE C LIGHTING ZONE LEGEND STOREFRONT LI GHTS SHOW WINDOW LIGHTS SIGN(S) SALES FLOOR LIGHTING (EXCEPT TRACK LIGHTS) SALES FLOOR TRACK LIGHTING LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM LIGHTING CONTACTOR CONTROL SWITCH LOCATED BY ELECTRICAL PANELS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR (TYP, FOR ZONE "B" AND "C "). LIGHTING CONTACTOR "B" AND "C" (QTY. AND POLES AS REQUIRED) FURNISHED BY T.S.P., INC. AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULE ZONE LEGEND FOR CIRCUITS TO BE CONTROLLED. CONNECT CONTACTOR COIL TO LIGHTING CONTROL CIRCUIT. NOTES: O FIXTURE LABELED "NL /EM" IS TO BE PROVIDED WITH A "EL4" EMERGENCY BALLAST • "W" INDICATES WALL MOUNTED & "C" INDICATES CEILING MOUNTED. ® SEE ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING PLAN FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. ® FIXTURE LABELED "NL /EM" IS TO BE PROVIDED WITH AN EMERGENCY BALLAST 3E INDICATES FIXTURE TO BE SUPPLIED/INSTALLED WITH BLACK TRIM RING WHERE NOTED ON PLANS. NOTE: TRIM RINGS SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT CEIUNG COLOR AS REQUIRED. Panel Wiring Schedule (3- Phase) Panelboard HV Panel Type NEMA Type Enclosure 1 AE Notes •All circuit breakers to be 20 -Amp. 1 -Pole unless otherwise noted. Actual Load Totals: 0A 11.451 kw 013 11.382 kw 0C 11.274 kw Total 34.107 kw Voltage 277/480 Phase Wire 4 AIC Rating 14.000 Mains 225 AMP MLO Mains Rating 225 AMP Mounting SURFACE Options Note N.E.C. Connected Totals 0A 13.351 kw 08 12.832 kw 0C 14.724 kw Total 40.907 kw (Al Phases to be balanced to within 7% using Actual Load Totals.) Breaker Options AS - Powerlink AS Breaker 10 - Handle lock-off device ST - Shunt Trip Type AUX - Auxiliary Contacts PA - Handle Padlock Attachment GFC1 - Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter HACR - Heating, A/C & Refrigeration Zone 'Legend A - Marketing B - Stocking C - Track panel Wiring Schedule (3- Phase) Panelboard A Voltage 120/208 Panel Type AO Mains 90A -3P MCB NEMA Type Enclosure 1 Mounting SURFACE Notes • AA circuit breakers to be 20 -Amp, 1 -Pole unless otherwise noted. Actual Load Totals 0A 3.855 kw 06 3.926 kw 0C 3.800 kw Total 11.581 kw EXISTING LANDLORD'S METERING SWITCHBOARD. 200A -3P CIRCUIT BREAKER, FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY LANDLORD AT THIS ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE, TO REMAIN AND BE REUSED. VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD IN FIELD PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BID. N.E.C. Connected Totals: 0A 5.755 kw OB 5.376 kw 0C 7.250kw Total 18.381 kw (Ad Phases to be balanced to within 7% using Actual Load Totals.) LANDLORD NOTE: STOREFRONT SIGNAGE AND LIGHTING TIMECLOCK'S SHALL BE SET TO MALL'S OPERATING HOURS. LANDLORD NOTE: TENANT'S ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL AN IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATE ON TENANT'S MAIN DISCONNECT SWITCH IN LANDLORD'S SWITCHBOARD. NAMEPLATE'S SHALL BE 1/8" THICK PLASTIC, BLACK ON WHITE AND ETCHED LETTERS. THE MINIMUM SIZE SHALL BE 1" THICK WITH ONLY THE TENANT'S SPACE NUMBER ENGRAVED ON SUCH, PERMANENTLY AFFIXED. Phase Wire 4 AIC Rating 10,900 Mains Rating 225 AMP Options Note L.L. LANDLORD PROVIDED 200A -3P FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH WITH 200 AMP FUSES, FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY LANDLORD AT THIS ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE, TO REMAIN AND BE REUSED. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL RELOCATE SWITCH AND EXTEND EXISTING INCOMING SERVICE CONDUCTORS AND CONDUIT AS NECESSARY. VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD IN FIELD PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BID. Breaker Options AS - Powerlink AS Breaker LO - Handle lock -off device ST - Shunt Trip Type AUX - Auxiliary Contacts PA - Handle Padlock Attachment GFCI - Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter HACR - Heating, A/C & Refrigeration LEASE LINE 44- Zone Legend: A - Marketing B - Stocking C - Track LIMITED TOO SPACE 1 METER, FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY LANDLORD AT THIS ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S 1. EXPENSE, TO REMAIN AND BE 1 1 r REUSED. VERIFY EXACT I I REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD I I IN FIELD PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BID. L -,- #4 THW GROUND TO BUILDING STEEL BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. - Panel Wiling Schedule (3- Phase) Panelboard Panel Type AO NEMA Type Enclosure 1 Notes • All circuit breakers to be 20 -Amp, 1 -Pole unless otherwise noted. Actual Load Totals: 0A 3,320 kw N.E.C. Connected Totals 0A 3. kw OB 3.180 kw Oc 3,200 kw Total 9.700 kw 4 #310 THHN AND 1#4 GROUND IN A 2" CONDUIT, FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY LANDLORD AT THIS ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE, TO REMAIN AND BE REUSED. VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD IN FIELD PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BID. 4 #3 /O THHN AND 1#4 GROUND IN A NEW 2" CONDUIT FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 1 PNL "HV" 277/480V 30, 4W 225 AMP M.L.Q. NEW 45 KVA STEP -DOWN XFMR. FLOOR MOUNTED, 480 VOLT, 3- PHASE, 3 -WIRE PRIMARY, 120/208 VOLT, 3- PHASE, 4 -WIRE SECONDARY. B 0B 3.180 kw 0C 3.200kw Total 9.700 kw (All Phases to be balanced to within 7% using Actual Load Totals.) 3 #4 THHN AND 1 #8 GROUND IN A 1" CONDUIT FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 1 HVAC CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE "HACK" TYPE WHERE REQUIRED BY EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE PER N.E.C. 2 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT K.A.I.C. RATING OF LANDLORDS DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT, FURNISH AND INSTALL LIMITED TOO'S SYSTEM TO MATCH. 3 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BALANCE ALL PANELS AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO 7% ( +) BETWEEN PHASES: A /B, B /C, A/C REGARDLESS OF CIRCUITING INDICATED. 5 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. PNL "B" 120/208V 30, 4W 50 AMP M.C.B. POWER RISER DIAGRAM NTS Voltage 120/208 Phase Wire 4 AIC Rating 10.000 Mains 50A - 3P MCB Mains Rating 125 AMP Mounting SURFACE Options Note POWER RISER DIAGRAM GENERAL NOTES Breaker Options: AS - Powerlink AS Breaker 10 - Handle lock -off device ST - Shunt Trip Type AUX - Auxiliary Contacts PA - Handle Padlock Attachment GEO - Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter HACR - Heating, A/C & Refrigeration 4 PROPER CLEARANCE MUST BE MAINTAINED ABOUT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PER N.E.C. FIELD VERIFY EXACT MOUNTING SPACE AVAILABLE IN ELECTRICAL ROOM /AREA PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ELECTMCAL EQUIPMENT. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO BALANCE TRANSFORMER TO SUPPLY 120V±3% AFTER ALL CONNECTIONS ARE MADE AND RUNNING. PROVIDE BALANCE SHEET TO TSP CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AT PUNCHLIST, 00•1. PNL " A " 120/208V 30, 4W 90 AMP M.C.B. 4 #6 THHN AND 1#8 GROUND IN A 1" CONDUIT FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CON TRACTOR. ROOF CEILING LIGHTING CONTACTORS FOR CONTROL OF LIGHTING. CONTACTORS CONTROLLED BY 7 -DAY, 24 -HOUR DIGITAL TIME CLOCK AND LIGHT SWITCH. SEE 4 #2 THHN AND 1#8 GROUND IN A 1 1/4 CONDUIT FURNISHED RECEIVED INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CITY OF TLI'D"flLA CONTRACTOR. FEB 0 6 2068 FLOOR Zone Legend: A - Marketing B - Stocking C - Track Phi -IMIT CENTER z at 0 MASTER UPDATE : 02.21.2006 S ' tea 1 �� . Z. A I 0 � { z = a h 1 -Yri I = _ _5 1 0 of V I DRAWING NUMBER: ED -2 m 5 a 8 1 I 2 cc LL W OC 1 cc 0 THE DIMMER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE Of TNEZE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. HBK # 07164 CAL SCHEDULES & R NEW ALBANY, OH 43054 8323 WALTON PARKWAY SCALE: NONE ISSUE DATE: Fl. A. NOTE DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16000 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 1. THE ABBREVIATION T.S.P. WHEREVER IT APPEARS IN THESE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS, SHALL REFER TO "TWEEN BRAND STORE PLANNING, INC.". ANY REFERENCE TO TENANT'S, OR LIMITED TOO'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OR FURNISHED BY ANY OF THE ABOVE REFERS TO T.S_P. 2. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND ALL OTHER SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS AND THE OTHER SECTIONS OF DIVISION 16. 3 THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS WORK IS REQUIRED TO READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS FOR ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF HIS WORK AND THE WORK OF HIS SUBCONTRACTORS WITH ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. IT IS THIS CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE HIS SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. 4 THIS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING THE COMPLETION AND INSPECTION OF HIS WORK AND THE WORK OF HIS SUBCONTRACTORS WORK TO COMPLY WITH THE T.S.P. SCHEDULE AND THE PROJECT COMPLETION DATE. 5 THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID TO DETERMINE CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK_ ANY ITEMS WHICH ARE NOT COVERED IN THE BID DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE LISTED SEPARATELY AND QUALIFIED IN THE CONTRACTOR'S BID. SUBMITTAL OF BID SHALL SERVE AS EVIDENCE OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS AND ANY MODIFICATIONS WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO MEET THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. FAILURE TO VISIT THE SITE DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY IN PERFORMANCE OF WORK. 6. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION IN REGARD TO RESPONSIBILITY OF WORK OR ITEMS WHICH MAY AFFECT BID. B. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1_ THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION, INCIDENTALS AND DETAILS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS. ALL WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS BEING BY THE LANDLORD, POWER COMPANY OR T.S.P. SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CLOSELY COORDINATE THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION WITH LANDLORD, POWER COMPANY AND T_S.P. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AS REQUIRED_ FURNISH AND INSTALL EQUIPMENT THAT IS RATED FOR AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT LEVELS. FURNISH AND INSTALL CABLE LIMITERS IF NECESSARY TO'LTM1T FAULT CURRENT. FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT TYPE, SIZE, LOCATION, REQUIREMENTS, ETC. OF EXISTING POWER AND TELEPHONE FACILITIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. 2. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE, MATERIALS, PRODUCTS, AND EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ALL COMPONENTS THEREOF, SHALL BE NEW, UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES LISTED AND LABELED AND SIZED IN CONFORMITY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, STATE AND LOCAL CODES, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. 3. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO SUPPLEMENT EACH OTHER AND ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR CALLED FOR IN ONE SHALL BE PROVIDED EVEN THOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED IN BOTH. ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR WHICH IS NEITHER SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS NOR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS,. BUT WHICH IS OBVIOUSLY NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK OR WHICH IS USUALLY INCLUDED IN WORK OF SIMILAR CHARACTER, SHALL BE PROVIDED AS PART OF CONTRACT. 4. WHERE THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS CALL FOR ITEMS WHICH EXCEED CODES OR THE LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA, THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALLING THE SYSTEM WITH THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS AS DESIGNED AND DESCRIBED ON THESE DRAWINGS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 5. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATING, SERVICING, MAINTAINING AND REPAIRING. THIS CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING SUFFICIENT SERVICE ACCESS TO ALL EQUIPMENT. 6. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL CUTTING, CHASING, OR CHANNELING AND PATCHING REQUIRED FOR ANY WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION. CUTTING SHALL HAVE PRIOR APPROVAL BY T.S.P. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND THE LANDLORD. PATCHING IS TO MATCH SURROUNDING SURFACES. 7. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATING SYSTEM. C. TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL TEMPORARY W.:FNC AND BELATED GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTION PROTECTION FOR LIGHT AND -PMER FOR ALE - CONTRACTORS AND IS RESPONSIBLE F1JR IT'S REMOVAL. 2. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR ALL ELECTRICITY PRIOR TO STORE MERCHANDISING AND INCLUDE COST IN BID. D. CODES 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A NEAT AND PROFESSIONAL MANNER AND CONFORM TO THE LATEST ADOPTED EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, LANDLORD'S CRITERIA, THE STATE'S, COUNTY'S, CITY'S AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES, SAFETY AND HEALTH CODES, NFPA CODES, ENERGY CODES, AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES AND REQUIREMENTS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INQUIRE INTO AND COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ANY CHANGES REQUIRED BY CODES IN THE BID AND IF THESE CHANGES ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THE BID, THEY MUST BE QUALIFIED AS A SEPARATE LINE ITEM IN THE BID. AFTER CONTRACT IS ISSUED, NO ADDITIONAL COST DUE TO CODE ISSUES SHALL BE REIMBURSED BY T.S.P. TO THE CONTRACTOR. E. LICENSES, PERMITS, INSPECTIONS & FEES 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL LICENSES, PERMITS. INSPECTIONS, AND FEES REQUIRED OR RELATED TO HIS WORK. 2. FURNISH TO T.S.P. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER ALL CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND FINAL INSPECTION APPROVAL AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. F. TRADE NAMES, MANUFACTURERS AND SHOP DRAWINGS 1. WHERE TRADE NAMES AND MANUFACTURERS ARE USED ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, THE EXACT EQUIPMENT SHALL BE USED AS A MINIMUM FOR THE BASE BID. MANUFACTURERS CONSIDERED AS AN EQUAL OR BETTER IN ALL ASPECTS TO THAT SPECIFIED WILL BE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL IN WRITING, THROUGH SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL PROCESS, BY T.S.P.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER /ENGINEERING MANAGER PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE. THE USE OF ANY UNAUTHORIZED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ONLY SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS TO T.S.P.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. SUBMISSIONS SHALL BE MADE EARLY ENOUGH IN PROJECT TO ALLOW FOUR (4) WORKING DAYS FOR T.S.P. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S REVIEW WITHOUT CAUSING DELAYS OR CONFLICTS TO THE JOB'S PROGRESS. SUBMITTALS SHALL BEAR THE STAMP OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND SUB - CONTRACTOR SHOWING THAT HE HAS REVIEWED AND CONFIRMED THAT THE SUBMITTALS ARE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR INDICATE WHERE EXCEPTIONS HAVE BE TAKEN. G. GUARANTEE 1 THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL MATERIALS AND WORK PROVIDED UNDER HIS CONTRACT AND SHALL MAKE GOOD, REPAIR OR REPLACE AT HIS OWN EXPENSE, ANY DEFECTIVE WORK, MATERIAL. OR EQUIPMENT WHICH MAY BE DISCOVERED WITHIN A PERIOD OF 12 MONTHS FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE (IN WRITING) OF THE INSTALLATION BY T.S.P.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER /ENGINEERING MANAGER. EXTENDED WARRANTIES ARE SPECIFIED WITH INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT. 2. T.S.P., INC. SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE 12 -MONTH WARRANTY FOR ALL PARTS ON EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY T_S_P., INC_ AND T.S.P.'S VENDORS_ THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BEAR ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES BEYOND A COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEM, AND AS SUCH NO ADDITIONAL MONIES SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE BID_ H. RECORD DRAWINGS 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ONE COPY OF DRAWINGS ON THE JOB SITE TO RECORD DEVIATIONS FROM CONTRACT DRAWINGS, SUCH AS: A_ LOCATION OF JUNCTION BOXES AND RECEPTACLES. B. REVISIONS, ADDENDUMS, AND CHANGE ORDERS. C. SIGNIFICANT DEVIATIONS MADE NECESSARY BY FIELD CONDITIONS, APPROVED EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTIONS, AND CONTRACTOR'S COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES_ 2. AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT AND BEFORE FINAL APPROVAL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ANY FINAL CORRECTIONS TO DRAWINGS AND CERTIFY THE ACCURACY OF EACH PRINT BY SIGNATURE THEREON. ONE COPY OF DRAWINGS STAMPED "DO NOT REMOVE" SHALL BE PLACED IN DRAWING TUBE LOCATED NEXT TO THE ELECTRICAL PANELS (SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION). I. DISCREPANCIES IN DOCUMENTS 1. DRAWINGS (PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND DETAILS) ARE DIAGRAMMMATICAL AND INDICATE THE GENERAL LOCATION AND INTENT OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. WHERE DRAWINGS, EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS, SPECIFICATIONS OR OTHER TRADES CONFLICT OR ARE UNCLEAR, ADVISE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IN WRITING PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE TO ADVISE T.S.P.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IN WRITING OF ANY VARIATIONS TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF THE BID. OTHERWISE, T.S.P. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR CONDITIONS SHALL BE FINAL WITH NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION PERMITTED_ 2. THE LOCATION OF OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE APPROXIMATE AND SCHEMATIC IN NATURE. T.S.P. SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO RELOCATE ANY OUTLETS OR FIXTURES BEFORE THEY ARE INSTALLED WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST. ,. -, is - - 1 r • • •r . FOR INCLUDE IN HI REQUIRED TO KEEP TH SERVICE IN OPERATION. CO CONSTRUCTION MANA PRIOR TO ELEC NOT APPLICABLE) ED STORE CONSTRUCTION, THIS CONT ALL NECESSARY ELECT T NG IS TO SERVICE CHANGES OF THE STORE'S ELECTRIC MUST SCHEDULE WITH T.S.P.'S ITING) ONE WEEK ERS, GENERAL LANDLORD DOWN OF THE POS, CASH , TELEPHONE OR FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS. TRACTOR AT TIME OF BID IF ANY CONFLICTS EXIST. ON (NOT APPLICABLE) «I . •I • r OF IDED RAL CT AND BID. E HELD RESPONSIBLE IT, FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, MENT ETC. UNLESS NTRACTOR MUST VERIFY WITH NED EQUIPMENT, CONDUIT AND PITCH POCKETS SHALL BE EQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD. ON THE ROOF NOT VED AND EW CONDITION. HE FLOOR, ARE TO BE EVEL WHEN ED BY 0 1 1 r• • • 1. I IS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATI DEMOLITION OF EXISTING WORK AND THE DEMOLITION P BY T. GENERAL CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE WITH THE G ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE LEFT I ADVISE T. •_'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AT TIME 2. THIS CONTRACTOR FOR, THE REMOVAL" SNITCH GEAR, PITCH P SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHE THE LANDLORD ALL PRESUMED SNITCH GEAR PRIOR TO REMO REMOVED AND THE ROOF P ALL EXTRANEOUS ITEMS APPLICABLE TO THE ROOF/WALL /FLOG EXISTING ABA EMBEDDED CUT OFF LL INCLUDE, AND WIL 7A1X EXISTING CON ETS AND EQ ISE. HED, A THE SPACE WORK MUST BE R ATONED /REPAIRED TO LIK ONED CONDUIT OR EQUIPMENT I CONCRETE, OR OTHERWISE INACCESSI D SEALED BELOW OR WITHIN FLOOR OR WAL NOT TO BE REUSED IN THIS PROJECT. IF REQ LORD OR CODES, ABANDONED CONDUIT MUST BE REMOVED •' INT OF ORIGIN. CONFIRM EXTENT OF DEMOLITION PRIOR TO AND INCLUDE IN PROPOSAL. THEY L. SLEEVES 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SLEEVES TO PROTECT EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES IN THE INSTALLATION. EACH SLEEVE SHALL EXTEND THROUGH IT'S RESPECTIVE FLOOR, WALL OR PARTITION AND SHALL BE CUT FLUSH WITH EACH SURFACE EXCEPT SLEEVES THAT PENETRATE THE FLOOR, WHICH SHALL EXTEND 2" ABOVE THE FLOOR. 2. ALL SLEEVES AND OPENINGS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND /OR FLOORS SHALL BE FIRE SEALED WITH CALCIUM SILICATE, SILICONE 'RTV' FOAM, "3M' FIRE RATED SEALANTS OR EQUAL, SO AS TO RETAIN THEIR FIRE RATING. 3. SLEEVES IN BEARING AND MASONRY WALLS, FLOORS AND PARTITIONS SHALL BE STANDARD WEIGHT STEEL PIPE FINISHED WITH SMOOTH EDGES_ FOR OTHER THAN MASONRY PARTITIONS, THROUGH SUSPENDED CEILINGS, OR FOR CONCEALED VERTICAL CONDUIT, SLEEVES SHALL BE NO. 22 U.S.G. GALVANIZED STEEL MINIMUM. M. HANGERS 1. HANGERS SHALL INCLUDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL SUCH AS ANGLE IRON, WIRE, UNISTRUT, C- CLAMPS WITH RETAINING CLIPS, CHANNELS, HANGER RODS, ETC., NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WORK. 2. I ED T AU I LD ING SlE1='-L , CONCRETE, OR MASONRY, BUT NOT TO OTHER CONDUIT OR PIPING. HANGERS UPPER ATTACI ENT MUST BE SUPPORTED FROM THE TOP OF THE BAR JOIST. HANGING FROM METAL DECK IS NOT PERMITTED. WHERE INTERFERENCES OCCUR, IN ORDER TO SUPPORT CONDUIT, THE CONTRACTOR MUST INSTALL TRAPEZE TYPE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS WHICH SHALL BE LOCATED WHERE THEY DO NOT INTERFERE WITH ACCESS TO FIRE DAMPERS, VALVES, JUNCTION BOXES, ACCESS DOORS, OTHER EQUIPMENT SERVICE REQUIREMENTS AND /OR OTHER TRADES_ HANGER TYPES AND INSTALLATION METHODS ARE SUBJECT TO LANDLORD CRITERIA. N. FINAL ELECTRICAL INSPECTIONS 1. ASIDE FROM NORMAL INTERIM INSPECTIONS OF WORK IN PLACE, T.S.P. SHALL HAVE AN INDEPENDENT ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR INSPECT THE FINISHED ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION UPON COMPLETION FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND CODES. THE ORIGINAL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE TO BRING ALL ITEMS REPORTED UP TO PLAN AND SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. END OF SECTION 16000 A. SCOPE OF WORK DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION, AND FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR, REASONABLY IMPLIED AND INCIDENTAL TO, THE FURNISHING, INSTALLATION, COMPLETION AND TESTING OF ALL THE WORK FOR THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS, TO INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: A. A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM INCLUDING THE INSTALLATION OF T.S.P. PROVIDED PANELBOARDS, SAFETY AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES, MOTOR STARTERS, LIGHTING CONTACTORS, LIGHTING AND TRANSFORMERS. IT IS THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO INCLUDE IN HIS BID FOR PROVIDING SERVICE EQUIPMENT NECESSARY FOR TIE -1N TO LANDLORD'S DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT OR TO OBTAIN SERVICE FROM LOCAL UTILITY COMPANY. REFER TO ELECTRICAL RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE AND ELECTRICAL POWER RISER DIAGRAM FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. B. CONTRACTOR MUST ALSO INCLUDE IN BID ALL NECESSARY MATERIALS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE SYSTEM INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, FEEDERS, BRANCH CIRCUITS, JUNCTION BOXES, OUTLET BOXES, WIRING DEVICES, COVERPLATES, CONDUITS, ETC. C. METERING AND CURRENT TRANSFORMERS AS REQUIRED BY DRAWINGS, T.S.P., UTILITY COMPANY, AND /OR LANDLORD. D. THE WIRING OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AS OUTLINED ON THE BID SET DRAWINGS AND IN THE SPECIFICATIONS_ WORK SHALL INCLUDE WIRING OF ALL STARTERS, DISCONNECTS, AND POWER WIRING OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL LOW VOLTAGE (24 VOLT) TEMPERATURE CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR UNLESS NOTED SPECIFICALLY ON DRAWING. E. INSTALLATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES AND LAMPS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS INCLUDING ALL DEVICES, EQUIPMENT, ETC. REQUIRED FOR MOUNTING. F. A COMPLETE CONDUIT SYSTEM FOR TELEPHONE /DATA INCLUDING TERMINAL BOARD, BRANCH CONDUITS, OUTLET BOXES, PULL WIRES, GROUND CONDUCTORS, COVER PLATES, ETC. OR AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. G. A COMPLETE EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. H. TEMPORARY SERVICE AS INDICATED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, INCLUDING IT'S REMOVAL. I. FINAL CONNECTIONS TO ALL SIGNS, CORNICE LIGHTING, CASE LIGHTING, ETC. AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. J. INSTALLATION AND WIRING OF SPEAKERS, AMPLIFIERS, CONDUIT AND FINAL CONNECTIONS FOR SOUND SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. K. SMOKE /FIRE ALARM WIRING, DEVICES AND CONDUIT, AS SHOWN OR DESCRIBED ON DRAWINGS OR AS NECESSARY TO MEET LANDLORD, STATE, LOCAL, INSURANCE AND FIRE DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS. L. INSTALLATION OF CONDUITS STUBBED TO ABOVE CEILING FOR HVAC AND /OR LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL. ALSO, ANY ADDITIONAL CONDUIT FOR HVAC CONTROL EQUIPMENT WHERE PLENUM RATED CABLES ARE NOT PERMITTED. REFER TO DRAWING M-1. 2_ WORK NOT INCLUDED THE FOLLOWING ITEMS OF ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THIS CONTRACT: A. 24 VOLT TEMPERATURE CONTROL WIRING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. B. TELEPHONE INSTRUMENTS AND WIRING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE_ C. DATA LINES WIRING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 3. BEFORE STARTING WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, FIRE PROTECTION, MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING PLANS, SHOP DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO SEQUENCE, COORDINATE, AND INTEGRATE THE VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS TO AVOID INTERFERENCES AND CONFRONTATIONS. B_ CONDUIT 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL CONDUITS SERVING ALL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LIGHTING, RECEPTACLES, HEATING, AIR CONDITIONING, PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, TELEPHONE, DATA, SPEAKERS, AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 2. ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE GALVANIZED IMC OR EMT UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN SPECIFICATIONS OR ON DRAWINGS. ALL CONDUIT IS TO BE UL LABELED. EMT CONNECTORS SHALL BE STEEL COMPRESSION OR SET SCREW TYPE. CONDUIT UNDER SLAB ON GRADE SHALL BE RIGID STEEL, OR SCHEDULE 40 PVC WITH RIGID STEEL ELLS WHERE PERMITTED BY LANDLORD OR CODE. 3. MINIMUM SIZE OF CONDUIT SHALL BE 1/2" FOR INDIVIDUAL LIGHTING FIXTURE CONNECTIONS OR TO INDIVIDUAL LIGHT SWITCHES (IF ACCEPTABLE BY THE LANDLORD AND LOCAL CODE OFFICIALS) AND 3/4 FOR ALL OTHER LOCATIONS. IF HVAC CONTROL WIRING IS REQUIRED TO BE RUN IN CONDUIT, IT SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF UNLESS'NOTED OTHERWISE ALL IN /UNDER FLOOR CONDUIT SHALL BE OF MINIMUM 3/4" SIZE. 4. SUPPORT ALL CONDUIT, INCLUDING SEISMIC AND SWAY BRACING, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC AND LOCAL CODES. 5. GENERALLY, ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED EXCEPT FOR UNFINISHED AREAS, SUCH AS EQUIPMENT ROOMS. EXPOSED CONDUIT SHALL BE ALLOWED ONLY AS NOTED ON PLAN AND AS APPROVED BY T.S.P.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. PAINTING OF CONDUITS, NOTED ON DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS WILL BE BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 6. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT OR MC TYPE CABLE A. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT OR MC TYPE CABLE SHALL BE USED FOR THE FOLLOWING APPLICATIONS ONLY (MAX. LENGTH TO BE 6 FT): 1. FINAL CONNECTIONS TO MOTORS. 2. FINAL CONNECTIONS INTO AND OUT OF THE TRANSFORMER. 3. FINAL CONNECTIONS TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENT. 4. INTER -CONNECTIONS BETWEEN ALL LIGHT FIXTURES. (NOT TO INCLUDE HOMERUN FROM FIXTURE OR DEVICE TO PANELBOARD, WHICH MUST BE RIGID). 5. FINAL CONNECTIONS WHERE RIGID CONDUIT IS NOT PRACTICAL. 6. IN WALLS (FOR LIGHT SWITCHES AND 120 VOLT POWER RECEPTACLES AND HVAC CONTROL EQUIPMENT). B. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT OR MC TYPE CABLE MUST BE THE SAME SIZE AS THE IMC OR EMT CONDUIT TO WHICH IT IS CONNECTED. BOTH THE FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT AND IT'S FITTINGS ARE TO BE LISTED FOR GROUNDING. A GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED. ALL CONNECTORS ARE TO BE OF A NEMA APPROVED TYPE. C. THE USE OF ROMEX, BX, ETC. IS NOT PERMITTED. D. CONNECTION TO OUTDOOR EQUIPMENT MUST BE WEATHERPROOF, I.E. LIQUIDTIGHT OR SEALTIGHT. 7. PROVIDE PULL WIRE IN ALL EMPTY CONDUITS EXCEPT AS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. 8. HOME RUNS AND MAIN CONDUIT RUNS ARE TO BE HELD TIGHT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE OR AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW PROPER SERVICE ACCESS AND OTHER TRADES WORK. CONDUIT MUST BE TRAPEZED TO ALLOW 3 FEET MINIMUM CLEARANCE ABOVE CEILING. 9. ALL CONDUITS MUST BE SIZED PER NEC AND LOCAL CODES. C. OUTLET BOXES 1. ALL OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE GALVANIZED PRESSED STEEL OF THE STANDARD KNOCKOUT TYPE. NO ROUND OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE PERMITTED, EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON DRAWINGS. CONCEALED BOXES SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 4" SQUARE AND 1 1/2 DEEP, WITH PLASTER RINGS. 2. ALL KNOCKOUT BOXES, UPON WHICH LIGHTING FIXTURES ARE TO BE INSTALLED, SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH 3/8" FIXTURE STUDS. 3. EXTERIOR BOXES SHALL BE CAST RUST - RESISTING METAL WITH GASKETED COVERS. 4. INSTALL BOXES RIGIDLY FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE AND SUPPORT INDEPENDENTLY OF THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. ALSO PROVIDE SUITABLE BOX EXTENSIONS TO EXTEND BOXES TO FINISHED FACES OF FLOORS, CEILINGS, WALLS ETC. ALL OUTLET BOXES TO BE PROVIDED WITH CADDY "QUICK -MOUNT BOX SUPPORT' TO MINIMIZE THE DEFLECTION THAT OCCURS WHEN PLUGGING /UNPLUGGING INTO THESE DEVICES. 5. LESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS OR OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, HANDICAP CODES OR LOCAL CODES, OUTLET HEIGHTS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: E. WIRING A. SWITCH HEIGHT 48" FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTERLINE OF OUTLET. B. CONVENIENCE SALES: NON- SALES: C. TELEPHONE OUTLETS SHALL BE LOCATED AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. D. JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES OUTLETS: HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED IN BASEBOARD BENEATH CABINETS, AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. 18" FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTERLINE OF OUTLET 1. THE PLANS INDICATE ONLY SCHEMATIC ROUTINGS FOR CONDUIT RUNS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ADDITIONAL BOXES WHERE REQUIRED BY FIELD CONDITIONS OR BY CODE. 2. BOXES AND COVERS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL OF CODE GAUGE SIZE. 3. INSTALL BOXES RIGIDLY SUPPORTED FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE AND SUPPORTED INDEPENDENT OF THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. 4. ARRANGE CIRCUITS TO AVOID THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES IN INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE DRYWALL CEILINGS SHOULD BE LIMITED TO LOCATIONS NEAR ACCESS FRAMES USED FOR DIFFUSERS AND RETURN AIR GRILLES OR ACCESS PANELS AS LOCATED ON PLANS. 5. JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES MUST BE LABELED WITH CIRCUIT NUMBER IDENTIFICATION AND SYSTEM TYPE ON COVER. 1. CONDUCTORS FOR FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE COPPER AND THE AWG SIZE AND TYPE AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. MINIMUM WIRE SIZE #12. THE CONDUCTORS SHALL BE 600 VOLT INSULATION, TYPE THW, THWN OR THHN. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 2. MINIMUM WIRE SIZE - 20 AMP BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL BE AWG LISTED SIZE PER DISTANCE SHOWN BELOW. DISTANCE SHALL BE MEASURED FROM THE PANELBOARD CIRCUIT BREAKER TO THE FURTHEST OUTLET_ A. #12 LESS THAN 100 FEET B. #10 BETWEEN 100 -150 FEET C. #8 BETWEEN 150 - 250 FEET D. #6 OVER 250 FEET 3_ ON ALL 20 AMP BRANCH CIRCUITS, CONDUCTORS LARGER THAN #10 AWG SHALL BE REDUCED TO #10 AWG WITHIN 10 FEET OF PANEL BOARD AND DEVICE IN JUNCTION BOXES ON RATED TERMINAL STRIPS. 4. CONDUCTORS MAY BE STRANDED FOR SIZES #10 AWG AND LARGER. CONDUCTORS SIZE #12 SHALL BE SOLID (NOT STRANDED)_ 5. ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS ARE NOT PERMITTED, EXCEPT AT SERVICE ENTRANCE, WHERE REQUIRED BY LANDLORD_ CONDUCTOR CONNECTION MUST BE PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR MUST ADVISE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND T.S.P.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WHEN USED. 6. ALL WIRING SHALL BE IN CONDUIT, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE (IE. LOW VOLTAGE PLENUM RATED WIRE). 7_ THE USE OF SHARED NEUTRALS IS REQUIRED FOR LIGHTING CIRCUITS AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND LOCAL CODES. ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT REQUIRING A NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR SHALL HAVE A DEDICATED FULL SIZE NEUTRAL. 8. THE USE OF ROMEX, BX, ETC. IS NOT PERMITTED. 9. WIRE CONNECTORS SHALL BE EQUAL TO "SCOTCH LOCK' FOR #8 AWG WIRE AND SMALLER AND EQUAL TO T & B "LOCKTIGHT" FOR #6 AWG AND LARGER. 10_ ALL WIRING TO BE COLOR -CODED AS FOLLOWS: 120/208 VOLT SYSTEM NEUTRAL - WHITE PHASE A OR L1 - BLACK PHASE B OR L2 - RED PHASE C OR L3 - BLUE GROUND - GREEN F. WIRING DEVICES 277/480 VOLT SYSTEM NEUTRAL - GRAY PHASE A OR L1 - YELLOW PHASE B OR L2 - ORANGE PHASE C OR L3 - BROWN GROUND - GREEN WITH YELLOW TRACER 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, AS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. COLOR OF DEVICES AND PLATES SHALL BE SELECTED BY T.S.P. THE DEVICES SHALL BE OF THE TYPES AND RATINGS LISTED, OR EQUALS BY ARROW -HART, GENERAL ELECTRIC OR PASS & SEYMOUR. WEATHERPROOF GFI RECEPTACLES SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED BY CODE. SINGLE POLE SWITCHES: 20AMP - 120 - 277V: HUBBELL "HBL -1221' THREE WAY SWITCHES: 20AMP - 120 -277V: HUBBELL "HBL- -1223' DUPLEX RECEPTACLES: 20AMP - 125V: LEVITON "5352' ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES: 20AMP - 125V: LEVITON "5362 -IG" GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTING RECEPTACLES: 20AMP - 125V: LEVITON 2 6899' 2. ALL DEVICE COVERPLATES SHALL BE PASS AND SEYMOUR SERIES "RP OR EQUAL BY EAGLE ELECTRIC MFG.CO.. G. HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR CONDITIONING, PLUMBING, AND FIRE PROTECTION WIRING 1. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL WORK TO BE INCLUDED HIS BID. 2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL POWER WIRING, LINE VOLTAGE WIRING, AND LINE VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING INDICATED UNDER THE HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING, PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO DO ALL INTERCONNECTING LINE VOLTAGE WIRING BETWEEN RELAYS AND SWITCHES AS REQUIRED. 4. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALLING CONDUIT FOR HVAC CONTROL WIRING WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE TO BE IN CONDUIT. REFER TO PLANS FOR REQUIREMENTS AND SIZE. 5. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR AVAILABLE SCHEMATIC WIRING DIAGRAMS OF EQUIPMENT. H. SAFETY AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES 1. SAFETY AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY TYPE, QUICK -MAKE, QUICK -BREAK FUSED OR NON- FUSIBLE WITH RATINGS AND SIZES AS NOTED ON PLANS AND REQUIRED BY CODES. 2. BITCHES SHALL BE WMFIERPF IN OUTDOOR LOCATIONS OR AS REOUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. DISCONNECT SWITCHES THAT ARE INSTALLED AT HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FUSED IF NOT PROTECTED WITH A 'HACR' BREAKER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EQUIPMENT'S NAMEPLATE AND MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS PER THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, STATE AND LOCAL CODES. 3. AT SERVICE ENTRANCE, DISCONNECT SHALL BEAR THE MANUFACTURER'S LABEL INDICATING THE EQUIPMENT IS UL RATED FOR APPLICATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL CODES. 4. GENERAL ELECTRIC CR101/CR1062 MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS, LESS OVERLOAD PROTECTION HEATERS, ARE TO BE USED AS A DISCONNECTING MEANS ONLY WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS FOR FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER MOTORS ABOVE 1 1/2 HP AT 120 VOLTS AND 2 HP AT 240 VOLTS THAT DO NOT REQUIRE AUXILIARY CONTROL. MOTORS THAT ARE BELOW THE 1 1/2 HP AT 120 VOLTS, 2 HP AT 240 VOLTS, WATER HEATER AND ROLLING GRILLE ARE TO BE PROVIDED WITH HUBBELL "HBL -1221, OR 1222" AC SWITCH. 5. MANUFACTURER SHALL BE GENERAL ELECTRIC. 1.. NOT APPLICABLE) TIC MOTOR STARTERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH RE YPE OYERLO1: THAT CLOSELY MATCH MOTOR NAMEPLATE NG AND SHALL BE EL 'ICALLY HELD (MINIMUM SIZE IN A NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE) AND ED FOR ALL SING E AND THREE PHASE MOTORS RATED ABOVE 1 • THAT : w IRE AUXILIARY CONTROL. PROVIDE CONTROL DEVICES 40-4 IARY CONTACTS. TRANSFORMERS. H-0-A, ETC.) IN START " AS REl4 :ED FOR INTERLOCKS. COORDINATE ALL Co. 'OL DEVICES WITH HANICAL CONTRACTOR. COMBINATION - •RTER /DISCONNECT SWITCHES L CONTAIN FUSIBL `'ITCHES AND ONLY USED WHERE INDICAT • * DRAWINGS. J. GROUNDING FACTURER SHALL BE GENERAL ELECTRIC. 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL COMPLETE WIRED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SYSTEM, #12 AWG MINIMUM, SIZED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST ADOPTED EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, STATE AND LOCAL CODES, THE LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA AND AS NOTED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS AND AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 2. ALL CONDUIT, INCLUDING FLEXIBLE CONDUIT, SHALL BE GROUNDED WITH A GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. 3. (ROUNDING CONNECTIONS MADE TO THE WATER PIPING SYSTEM SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR AND A BONDING JUMPER INSTALLED AROUND WATER METER PER CODES AND AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 4. ALL DEVICES SHALL BE BONDED TO THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. USE A BONDING JUMPER BETWEEN THE OUTLET BOX AND THE DEVICE GROUNDING TERMINAL_ METAL -TO -METAL CONTACT BETWEEN THE DEVICE YOKE AND THE OUTLET BOX IS NOT ACCEPTABLE AS A BOND FOR EITHER SURFACE MOUNTED BOXES OR FLUSH TYPE BOXES. ALL JUNCTION BOXES, OUTLET BOXES, AND PULL BOXES SHALL BE BONDED TO THE CONDUIT SYSTEM_ 5. RUN A SEPARATE ISOLATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR, #12 AWG MINIMUM, IN EACH CONDUIT FEEDING THE CASH WRAP, THE SENSORMATIC, HVAC CONTROL PANEL, AND OTHER COMPUTERIZED EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS_ 6. FOR PANEL FEEDERS, BOND THE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR TO THE CONDUIT, WHERE ENTERING AND LEAVING THE CONDUIT. THE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE COPPER WITH GREEN IDENTIFICATION AND SIZED PER N_E_C_ 7. ALL ENCLOSURES AND NON- CURRENT CARRYING METAL PARTS ARE TO BE GROUNDED. CONDUIT SYSTEM IS TO BE ELECTRICALLY CONTINUOUS. ALL LOCKNUTS MUST CUT THROUGH ENAMELED OR PAINTED SURFACES ON ENCLOSURES. WHERE ENCLOSURES AND NON- CURRENT CARRYING METAL PARTS ARE ISOLATED FROM THE CONDUIT SYSTEM, USE BONDING JUMPERS WITH APPROVED CLAMPS. ALL GROUND CLAMPS SHALL BE "PENN- UNION" OR EQUAL, SIMILAR TO "CPC TYPE. K. DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS 1_ TRANSFORMERS WHICH ARE NOT PAD MOUNTED SHALL BE SECURELY MOUNTED FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE, REINFORCED WALLS, OR AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. USE ADDITIONAL VIBRATION ISOLATORS AT POINTS OF MOUNTING TO CUT VIBRATION NOISES. USE FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT WITH GROUNDING BUSHING FOR PRIMARY AND SECONDARY CONNECTIONS TO TRANSFORMER. TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE LOCATED, SET, MOUNTED AND CONNECTED IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO KEEP NOISE LEVELS WITHIN THE SURROUNDING AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS AND MAINTAIN ALL CODE REQUIRED CLEARANCES. 2. TRANSFORMER SHALL BE QUIET TYPE CONSTRUCTION AND HAVE SIX (6) 2 1/2% TAPS, TWO (2) TAPS ABOVE AND FOUR (4) TAPS BELOW NORMAL PRIMARY RATING. 3_ MANUFACTURER SHALL BE GENERAL ELECTRIC. L. PANELBOARDS 1. ALL PANELBOARDS SHALL BE FACTORY ASSEMBLED OF THE BOLTED CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE WITH SOLID COPPER BUSSING, FULL SIZED COPPER NEUTRAL, 100% GROUND BUSSING, AND OVERALL HINGED /LOCKABLE DOOR. ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE OF THE QUICK -MAKE AND QUICK -BREAK DESIGN, THERMAL - MAGNETIC TYPE, TRIP FREE AND TRIP - INDICATING. ALL PANELS SHALL BE DEAD FRONT AND FLUSH OR SURFACE MOUNTED AS SHOWN. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORY CARD OF THE CIRCUITS AND PLACE IN PANEL DOOR. 3. ALL PANELBOARDS PHASE AMPERAGE SHALL BE BALANCED TO WITHIN 7 PERCENT MAX. TO MIN. REARRANGE NON- LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITS AS REQUIRED AND NOTE CHANGES ON RECORD DRAWINGS. LIGHTING PANEL CIRCUIT BREAKERS MUST BE INSTALLED AND WIRED EXACTLY AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 4. PANELBOARDS MUST BE MOUNTED ON MINIMUM 3/4' A/D PLYWOOD AND PAINTED IN A COLOR TO MATCH THE SURROUNDING WALLS OR A COLOR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE. PLYWOOD SHALL EXTEND 1 FOOT MINIMUM BEYOND EDGE OF EQUIPMENT. 5. PANELBOARDS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING AND LUG CONNECTIONS AS FOLLOWS: 120/208 VOLT PANELBOARDS: 10,000 A.I.C. 277/480 VOLT PANELBOARDS: 14,000 A.I.C. VERIFY ACTUAL A.I.C. SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LANDLORD OR UTILITY COMPANY PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT. ALL LUG CONNECTIONS TO BE 75'C RATED. 6. MANUFACTURER SHALL BE GENERAL ELECTRIC. M. LIGHTING FIXTURES & LAMPS 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS_ LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS ARE SUPPLIED BY T.S.P., UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTRACTOR IS TO REPLACE ALL NON-WORKING LAMPS PRIOR TO MERCHANDISE DATE AND IS TO INCLUDE COST IN BID. 2. ALL RECESSED INCANDESCENT FIXTURES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH APPLICABLE THERMAL PROTECTION. 3_ WHERE FLUORESCENT FIXTURES ARE SPECIFIED, THEY SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH HIGH POWER FACTOR RAPID START BALLASTS, U.L. LISTED, C.B.M. CERTIFIED, AND E.T.L. APPROVED WITH EFFICIENCY FACTORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH "THE ENERGY POLICY ACT OF 1992" AND ITS AMENDMENTS AS A MINIMUM. 4_ THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ADDITIONAL AUXILIARY SUPPORT STEEL HANGER WIRES ADEQUATELY SIZED TO SUPPORT THE WEIGHT OF THE FIXTURE FASTENED TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE (MINIMUM TWO PER FIXTURE) FOR ALL FIXTURES IN LAY -IN CEILINGS AND OTHER FIXTURES AS REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD AND LOCAL CODE OFFICIALS. 5. FURNISH AND INSTALL APPLICABLE FIRE RATED DRYWALL BOXES OVER RECESSED FIXTURES IN FIRE RATED CEILINGS AS REQUIRED BY CODES. FIELD COORDINATE AS REQUIRED TO AVOID CONFLICTS. N. LIGHTING CONTROLS 1. WHERE A LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL IS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, IT WILL BE PROVIDED BY T.S.P. AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR COMPLETE WITH CONDUIT. THE CONTROL PANEL SHALL BE PREPROGRAMMED AND COMPLETE WHEN SHIPPED TO THE JOB SITE. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE TO INSTALL THE PANEL AND PULL ALL WIRES AS DETAILED ON THESE DRAWINGS AND CIRCUITED EXACTLY AS DIAGRAMMED ON THE LIGHTING PLAN DRAWINGS. NO VARIATIONS TO THE CIRCUITING ARE ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL BY T.S.P.'S ENGINEERING MANAGER. 0. TELEPHONE DATA AND COMPUTER WIRING 1_ FURNISH AND INSTALL A SYSTEM OF CONDUIT RACEWAYS, OUTLET BOXES, PULL WIRES, AND TERMINAL BOARDS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLANS. TELEPHONE SWITCHING APPARATUS, CONDUCTORS, INSTRUMENTS, MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND APPURTENANCES ARE NOT PART OF THIS CONTRACT AND WILL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY T.S.P.. 2_ OUTLET BOXES TO BE 4" SQUARE MINIMUM WITH SINGLE DEVICE COVER AND TELEPHONE PLATE. 3. CONDUIT RUNS FROM TELEPHONE BOARD OR MANAGER'S OFFICE FOR TELEPHONE AND DATA LINES TO CASHWRAPS ARE TO BE CONTINUOUS WITH NO JUNCTION BOXES EXCEPT AS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. 4. ALL PULL WIRES ARE TO BE LABELED FOR PURPOSE DESIGNATED. 5. NO OTHER CIRCUITS ARE TO BE RUN IN SAME CONDUIT FEEDING ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES. P. TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS 1_ ALL CONNECTIONS AT PANELS AND SWITCHES ARE TO BE MADE, ALL SPLICES COMPLETE, ALL FUSES IN PLACE, AND ALL CIRCUITS CONTINUOUS FROM POINT OF SERVICE CONNECTION TO ITS FINAL DESTINATION, AND ALL COVERS AND PLATES INSTALLED PRIOR TO THE TIME OF FINAL INSPECTION BY T.S.P.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 2. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, ALL PARTS OF THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION SHALL BE TESTED AND PROVED FREE OF UNWANTED GROUNDS AND OTHER DEFECTS. 3. ALL OVERLOAD DEVICES, INCLUDING EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS, SHALL BE SET AND ADJUSTED TO SUIT THE LOAD CONDITIONS. 4. TEST AND MAKE CORRECTIONS /ADJUSTMENTS FOR PHASE BALANCING. 5. THIS CONTRACTOR 1S TO BALANCE THE VOLTAGE LEAVING THE STEP - DOWN TRANSFORMER TO PROVIDE A SECONDARY VOLTAGE , 120 MINIMUM TO 125 VOLTS MAXIMUM BY ADJUSTING THE TRANSFORMER TAPS ONCE ALL THE FINAL CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN MADE TO THE LOCI VOLTAGE PANELBOARD. PROVIDE FINAL BALANCE REPORT TO T.S.P. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AT TIME OF PUNCH-OUT. Q. CLEANING 1. AT THE END OF THE PROJECT, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN ALL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES, TO THE SATISFACTION OF T,S,P., ALL DUST, DIRT, DEBRIS, AND FOREIGN MATTER SHALL BE REMOVED FROM ALL EQUIPMENT. END OF SECTION 16050 1 RECEIVED CITY OF TUIK \fILA FEB 06 2008 PERMIT CENTER z 0 Dam 0) r LIASTOI Co CO CC r 0 W O W ' V Q o X V J W = co F., 1- o J CA CO CI) UPDATE z W cc H (A :02.21.2006 THE DOWER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR UABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SI TIED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS BUILDING USE I5 ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. HBK # 07164 DRAWING NUMBER: ES -1 1 .- HI 1h 1 1 r�� 1 11 11 1 1 1 1 I1 11 1 11 11 11 GYP -BD 10 0" •' M WA R ELEV UNKNOWN DRYWALL s' - O" THE ABBREVIATION T.S.P. WHEREVER IT APPEARS IN THESE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS, SHALL REFER TO "TOO, INCA'S STORE PLANNING ". ANY REFERENCE TO TENANT'S, OR LIMITED TOO'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OR FURNISHED BY ANY OF THE ABOVE REFERS TO T.S.P. THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS DIVISION OF WORK IS REQUIRED TO READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS FOR ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THIS WORK AND THE WORK OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. IT IS THIS CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ANY ADDITIONAL STRUCTURAL STEEL REQUIRED TO SUPPORT ANY MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE LOCATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND LANDLORD PRIOR TO BID. RETURN AIR GRILLES AT STOREFRONT TO BE ORIENTED TO PREVENT VIEW INTO PLENUM FROM MALL. ALL OTHER RETURN AIR GRILLES ARE TO BE ORIENTED SO BLADE OPENINGS FACE WALL OR SOFFIT TO PREVENT VIEW INTO THE PLENUM. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL EOUIPMENT, PIPING AND DUCTWORK, NOT BEING USED OR SHOWN TO REMAIN, IS FULLY REMOVED AND NOT ABANDONED. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ALL 24 VOLT COMMUNICATION AND /OR SENSOR WIRING ASSOCIATED WITH THE HVAC CONTROL SYSTEM SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. ALL WIRING AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODES, LOCAL CODE AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO INSTALL PLENUM RATED SHIELDED TEMPERATURE CONTROL WIRING. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO MAKE ALL FINAL WIRING CONNECTIONS TO THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM PER THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR WILL PERFORM STARTUP ON ALL T.S.P. PROVIDED HVAC EQUIPMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEM. NO TEMPORARY HEATING OR COOLING FROM T.S.P. PROVIDED HVAC UNITS WILL BE PERMITTED WITHOUT PROPER STARTUP PROCEDURES AS OUTLINED IN THE INSTALLATION AND STARTUP BOOKLETS PROVIDED WITH THE HVAC EQUIPMENT AND APPROVAL FROM T.S.P. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. FIRE PROTECTION PLANS, SPRINKLER DRAWINGS, MUST BE ENGINEERED AND WET SIGNED BY A LANDLORD APPROVED. LICENSED REGISTERED FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR IN THE LOCAL JURISDICTION. MECHANICAL CODED NOTES LANDLORD COMPATIBLE THERMOSTAT FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AT 48" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF SENSOR WITH T.S.P.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL PLENUM RATED SHIELDED, 24V CONTROL WIRE BETWEEN THERMOSTAT AND HVAC UNIT. ZONE DAMPER, TRANSFORMER, AND THERMOSTAT FURNISHED BY T.S.P. AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. YOUNG'S REGULATOR: MODEL ,#4010 -PO ROUND 2- POSITION DAMPER, THERMOSTAT T312, TRANSFORMER 13035 (24V/120/ 40VA). REFER TO SHEET E -1 FOR J- BOX LOCATION ACCESSIBLE IN PLENUM NEAR ZONE DAMPER AND INSTALL 24V/120V 40 VA TRANSFORMER. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL THREE CONDUCTOR PLENUM RATED SHIELDED, 24V CONTROL WIRE BETWEEN TRANSFORMER, THERMOSTAT AND DAMPER MOTOR AS DIAGRAMED ON MD-1. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 120V POWER TO TRANSFORMER OFF NIGHT LIGHT CIRCUIT. INSTALL THERMOSTAT AT 48' ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AS APPROVED BY T.S.P.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. EXISTING UTILITIES (DUCTWORK, PIPING, CONDUIT, ETC.) TO REMAIN. TYPE. SIZE AND ELEVATION ARE AS NOTED. l' EXHAUST GRILLE LOCATED IN LOWER DRYWALL CEILING AT APPROXIMATELY 8' -0" A.F.F. RUN SHEETMETAL DUCT FROM DEVICE IN LOWER CEILING AND CONNECT TO LANDLORD EXHAUST DUCT. O CONNECT NEW SANITARY LINE INTO THE LANDLORD'S EXISTING SANITARY SERVICE AS SHOWN. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF LANDLORD'S MAIN PRIOR TO BIDDING. INSTALL CLEAN OUT AT CONNECTION TO LANDLORD'S MAIN AND COORDINATE LOCATION AND TYPE OF COVER REQUIRED TO MATCH FLOOR FINISH WITH T.S.P.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. NEW SANITARY LINE SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED PER LOCAL CODES WITH A MINIMUM REQUIREMENT OF HOLDING 10 FT. W.C. FOR TWO HOURS REFER TO STACK DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. CONNECT NEW VENT LINE FROM PLUMBING FIXTURES INTO THE LANDLORD'S EXISTING VENT MAIN. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF LANDLORD'S EXISTING VENT PRIOR TO BIDDING. REFER TO STACK DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. CONNECT NEW COLD WATER LINE INTO THE EXISTING COLD WATER TAP. NOTIFY T.S.P.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IF TAP IS SMALLER THAN SHOWN ON RISER DIAGRAM. REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS IN THE DOMESTIC COLD AND HOT WATER PIPING AS SHOWN ON THE WATER RISER DIAGRAM. WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS TO BE LOCATED IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. UNITS AS MANUFACTURED BY SIOUX OR PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS ARE ACCEPTABLE. LANDLORD COMMENTS TENANT SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL A REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER ON THEIR WATER SERVICE WITHIN THEIR SPACE PRIOR TO MAKING ANY OTHER CONNECTIONS TO THE WATER SERVICE PIPING. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE CAST IRON WITH NO HUB" COUPLINGS. ADJACENT TENANT ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH STOP VALVES TO ISOLATE EACH FIXTURE. REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. INSTALL 1/2" WATER PIPE FROM TRAP PRIMER DOWN IN WALL UNDER FLOOR TO FLOOR DRAIN. TRAP PRIMER TO BE LOCATED IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. ALL WATER LINES, VENT LINES, DUCTWORK, DRAIN LINES, SPRINKLER LINES, ETC. SHALL BE OFFSET BELOW PLATFORM AND CONCEALED IN WALL ABOVE PLATFORM. DO NOT ROUTE PIPING, ETC. THROUGH STORAGE SPACE ABOVE PLATFORM OR ABOVE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. DASHED LINE AROUND HVAC EQUIPMENT REPRESENTS MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED CLEARANCES FOR EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE. IT IS THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO MAINTAIN SERVICE CLEARANCES THE FULL HEIGHT OF THE UNIT IN THIS AREA AND TO PROVIDE ACCESS TO THESE AREAS SUBJECT TO T.S.P. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S APPROVAL. IF FREE AREA CANNOT BE OBTAINED IN THIS LOCATION, IMMEDIATELY CONTACT T.S.P.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR FURTHER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. AIR DEVICE TO BE USED FOR ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT LOCATED ABOVE CEILING. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO ENSURE THAT A MINIMUM UNOBSTRUCTED FREE AREA OF 3-FEET VERTICALLY AND 2- FEET HORIZONTALLY IN ALL DIRECTIONS AROUND EQUIPMENT IS MAINTAINED TO ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT. IF THIS FREE AREA CAN NOT BE OBTAINED, CONTACT THE T.S.P. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IMMEDIATELY. FAN POWERED VARIABLE- AIR - VOLUME PARALLEL BOX FURNISHED BY T.S.P. AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR. CONNECT VAV BOX TO THE MAIN AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM AS SHOWN. AWARDED CONTRACTOR MUST ARRANGE DELIVERY THROUGH DAN SCHONDELMAYER WITH TRANE NATIONAL ACCOUNTS, AT (866)415 -2499, WITHIN THE FIRST WEEK OF CONSTRUCTION TO SCHEDULE DELIVERY DATE. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY MODEL NUMBERS AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. VERIFY BOX INLET AND OUTLET CONNECTION SIZES AND INCLUDE DUCT TRANSITIONS AND FLEX DUCT CONNECTIONS IN BID. r� WA R ELEV UNKNOWN FACTORY- INSTALLED ACCESSORIES: VAV -1 TRANE MODEL VPEF16T 2,190 C.F.M. PRIMARY AIR 1,100 C.F.M. AIR FAN, 1 HP ECM MOTOR, 277 VOLT, 1 PHASE. 6OHZ. 5 KW ELECTRIC HEATER, 480 VOLT, 3 PHASE, 60 HZ. VAV -2 TRANE MODEL #VPEF16T 2.220 C.F.M. PRIMARY AIR 1,100 C.F.M. AIR FAN, 1 HP ECM MOTOR, 277 VOLT, 1 PHASE, 60HZ. 5 KW ELECTRIC HEATER, 480 VOLT, 3 PHASE, 60 HZ. ELECTRONIC ACTUATOR DISCONNECT SWITCH CONTROLS TRANSFORMER FAN MOTOR FUSE, INDUCTION INLET FILTERS, HANGER BRACKETS, DOOR - INTERLOCKING NON -FUSED DISCONNECT, STANDARD 22 GAUGE CASING CONTRACTOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED ACCESSORIES: DDC CONTROL SYSTEM PER THE LANDLORD'S SPECIFICATIONS. VERIFY THE EXACT MANUFACTURER OF THE VAV CONTROLS WITH THE LANDLORD. THERMOSTAT COMPATIBLE WITH LANDLORD SPECIFICATIONS. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH THREE SETS OF STANDARD AIR FILTERS. CONTRACTOR TO REPLACE FILTERS JUST PRIOR TO AIR BALANCE AND ONCE AGAIN AFTER FINAL STORE CLEANING IS COMPLETE. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS TO INLET AND OUTLET OF BOX. UNIT IS SUSPENDED FROM THE STRUCTURE WITH 1N -LINE COMBINATION RUBBER AND SPRING VIBRATION ISOLATORS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL THE FIRST YEAR LABOR WARRANTY WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND MUST BE INCLUDED IN THE BID. NO BID WILL BE ACCEPTED WITH THIS ITEM EXCLUDED. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION, INCIDENTALS AND DETAILS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND FULLY OPERATIONAL MECHANICAL SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECS., AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS. ALL WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS BEING BY THE LANDLORD OR T.S.P. SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. NOTE TO GENERAL CONTRACTOR: TRANE EQUIPMENT NOTED HAS BEEN PRE - PURCHASED BY T00, INC. STORE PLANNING. WITHIN THE FIRST TRUCTION, 'IHE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR THEIR MECHANICAL SUB - CONTRACTOR SHALL FAX TO: TRANE NATIONAL ACCOUNTS ATTN: DAN SCHONDELMAYER FAX NUMBER: 513-772-7281 PHONE NUMBER: 315 -432 -7246 THE FAX SHALL STATE THE PHONE NUMBER AND THE FAX NUMBER OF THE CONTACT PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING AND RECEIVING THE HVAC EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES, DELIVERY ADDRESS EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES ARE TO BE SHIPPED TO AND ANY SPECIAL SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS REQUIRED. ALLOW A MINIMUM OF TWO WEEKS AFTER CONSTRUCTION STARTS FOR DELIVERY UNLESS SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS ARE MADE PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ADDITIONAL SHIPPING COST INCURRED IF DELIVERY IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO THE STANDARD TWO WEEKS SCHEDULED. IF THIS INFORMATION IS NOT SENT TO TRANE NATIONAL ACCOUNTS, THEN THE EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES WILL SHIP IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PURCHASE ORDER DATE AND INSTRUCTIONS ISSUED BY TWEEN BRANDS, INC. STORE PLANNING AND THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR UNLOADING AND STORAGE OF EQUIPMENT UNTIL SUCH TIME AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION ON PROJECT. STRUCTURAL ELEVATIONS BASED ON: FIELD SURVEY STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS STORE IS LOCATED ON LEVEL 1 OF 2 LANDLORD INFORMATION X HEIGHTS UNAVAILABLE FINISHED FLOOR TO BOTTOM OF DECK ABOVE IS APPROX. UNKNOWN FINISHED FLOOR TO BOTTOM OF LOWEST STRUCTURAL MEMBER (STEEL OR CONCRETE BEAMS/ JOISTS) IS APPROX. UNKNOWN ON TH ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT, PIPING, AND DUCTWORK ELEVATIONS ARE AS NOTED DRAWINGS. NOTE: CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO BIDDING WORK. ANY CONDITIONS THAT AFFECT THE INSTALLATION OF THIS PROJECT MUST IMMEDIATELY BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OR BE INCORPORATED IN THE BID. DUCTWORK SHALL NOT BE FABRICATED OR ANY EQUIPMENT ORDERED PRIOR TO APPROVAL BY THE TENANT'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. SPACE WAS NOT SURVEYED. RECEIVED CITY OF - 111.1143.AIILA FEB 0 6 2008 PENMIT CENTER LANDLORD COMMENTS LANDLORD PROVIDED A CAPPED SANITARY VENT CONNECTION LOCATED WITHIN OR ADJACENT TO THE TENANT SPACE IN THE CEILING. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN THE FIELD. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO EXTEND FORM SPACE TO POINT OF CONNECTION AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY POINTS OF CONNECTION FOR ALL VENT, SEWER AND WATER PIPING WITH MALL MANAGEMENT BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR 1S RESPONSIBLE FOR EXTENDING PIPING FROM POINT OF EXISTING CONNECTION TO SPACE AT CONTRACTORS EXPENSE. CONTRACTOR'S ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS IN THE LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA MANUAL INCLUDING THE RULES AND REGULATIONS. TENANT ON THE GROUND FLOOR REQUIRING BELOW GRADE WORK SHALL COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO ANY SLAB DEMOLITION TO PREVENT DISTURBANCE OF LANDLORD'S BELOW GRADE UTILITIES. ON COMPLETION OF BELOW GRADE WORK, TENANT SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR RECONSTRUCTION AND PATCHING OF THE SLAB INCLUDING GRAVEL LAYERS, VAPOR BARRIER AND CONCRETE. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY LOCATION; GET APPROVAL AND REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL TRENCHING WITH WESTFIELD'S ON -SITE TENANT COORDINATOR BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. CONTRACTOR'S SHALL PROVIDE A FIRE WATCH AND PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER WHERE EVER ANY WELDING IS DONE WITHIN THE DEMISED PREMISES. THE PERSON PERFORMING THE FIRE WATCH SHALL REMAIN IN THE TENANT SPACE FOR AT LEAST ONE HOUR AFTER THE COMPLETION OF ANY WELDING. THIS SHALL BE COORDINATED THROUGH THE CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT. DO NOT ATTACH ANYTHING DIRECTLY TO SLAB OR DECK ABOVE. PROVIDE DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS FOR SUPPLY AND RETURN MAIN DUCTS PER NFPA AND IMC. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF FLEX DUCT IS 5' -O ". LANDLORD PROVIDED CONDITIONED AIR FROM ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS DUCTED TO TENANT SPACE FOR COOLING AND VENTILATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONNECT TO DUCTS FROM THIS SYSTEM AND PROVIDE FAN - POWERED VAV TERMINAL UNITS WITH ELECTRIC REHEAT TO PERFORM ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL OF THEIR SPACE. CONTRACTORS SHALL MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 6" UNOBSTRUCTED CLEARANCE HEIGHT IN RETURN AIR PLENUM ABOVE CEILING ALLOWING FOR AIR FLOW BACK TO LANDLORD AIR CONDITIONING UNIT. LANDLORD PROVIDED A TENANT FIRE SERVICE MAIN WITH BRANCH PIPING STUBBED INTO EACH TENANT'S SPACE. LANDLORD'S SPRINKLER SYSTEM IS DESIGNED PER ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 2 AND THE LATEST REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA -13. NO ISOLATION VALVES WILL BE PROVIDED OR PERMITTED. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR SHALL CONNECT A FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM WITHIN THE DEMISED PREMISES USING APPROVED MECHANICAL FITTINGS. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL BRANCH PIPING AND SPRINKLERS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM WITHIN THE TENANT SPACE. TENANT'S SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGNS SHALL BE BASED ON THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT. TENANT G.C. SHALL ENGAGE THE SERVICES OF A LANDLORD PREFERRED FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR TO DESIGN, PERMIT AND INSTALL TENANT'S FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE BASE BUILDING DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS. SPRINKLER LAYOUT AND PIPE SIZING SHALL BE HYDRAULICALLY DESIGNED ACCORDING TO ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 2 AND THE LATEST REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA -13. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS IN THE FORWARD SELLING AREA ARE TO BE CONCEALED HEADS WITH DROP OFF COVERS. ALL SUPPORTS SHALL BE FROM STRUCTURAL BEAMS AND JOISTS, NOT FROM FLOOR OR ROOF DECK ABOVE. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL AN INSPECTORS TEST CONNECTION PIPED TO A FUNNEL DRAIN (WITH A WET. TRAP) MOUNTED AT 3' -0" A.F.F., INSTALL A 1" CORROSION RESISTANT SHUT -OFF VALVE. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL A VANE TYPE WATERFLOW DETECTOR IN THE MAIN SPRINKLER LINE IMMEDIATELY AFTER CONNECTION TO THE LANDLORD'S MAIN, WHICH IS CONNECTED TO THE LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. PROVIDE SPRINKLER HEAD FOR REAR ALCOVE. MASTER UPDATE : 0221.2006 GIRLS 6/10/ d THE ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPOMMSIBiIITY OR LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC LOCATION IN THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL THIS WILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. HBK # 07164 DRAWING NUMBER: .. I -�_._ III SEINERNII City Name Seattle TAP Location Washington Latitude 47.5 Longitude 122.3 Elevation 449.0 Summer Design Dry -Bulb 85.0 Summer Coincident Wet -Bulb 65.0 Summer Daily Range 18.3 Winter Design Dry-Bulb 23.0 Winter Design Wet -Bulb 19.2 Atmospheric Clearness Number 1.05 Average Ground Reflectance 020 Soil Conductivity 0.800 Local Time Zone (GMT +1- N hours) 8.0 Consider Daylight Savings Time No Simulation Weather Data _____ noneN /A Current Data is 2001 ASHRAE Handbook Design Cooling Months January to December Design Parameters: Air System Information Air System Name LTD TOO - SOUTHCENTER Equipment Class PKG ROOF Air System Type CAVIRH Sizing Calculation Information Zone and Space Sizing Method: Zone CFM Sum of space airflow rates Space CFM Individual peak space Toads Central Cooling Coil Sizing Data DESIGN WEATHER PARAMETERS Total coil load 6.6 Total coil load 79.4 Sensible coil load . 69.5 Coil CFM at Jan 1300 .„ 4352 Max block CFM 4352 Sum of peak zone CFM 4352 Sensible heat ratio 0.875 fr./Ton 583.0 BTU!(hr -ft 20.6 Water flow © 16.0 °F rise . NIA Supply Fan Sizing Data Actual max CFM ... Standard CFM Actual max CFM/ft Zone Sizing Data 4352 CFM _ 4282 CFM 1.13 CFM /ft Deg. Deg. ft °F °F °F °F °F HVAC LOAD CALCULATIONS Number of zones 3 Floor Area 3856.0 ft Location __ „ .......___.._....._.. Seattle IAP, Washington Calculation Months ._.._ �_..._._.. Jan to Dec Sizing Data _.___...._. __.-- r_......._.___._____..._.. Calculated Tons Load occurs at Jan 1300 MBH OA DB I WB .__ 66.8 54.0 °F MBH Entering DB / WB „ ............... 77.0167.2 °F CFM Leaving DB / WB .....�.__..__.____._._ 62.0 / 61.5 °F CFM Coil ADP 61.2 °F CFM Bypass Factor _ 0.050 Resulting RH % Design supply temp. 62.0 °F Zone T-stat Check 3 of 3 OK Max zone temperature deviation __.__ 0.0 °F Fan motor BHP Fan motor kW 0.00 BHP 0.00 kW zs 1/4 ". 21 1/4 ", 19 1/4- OR 13 1/4" NOTE: ROUGH -II OPENING SIZES: CONTACT MANUFACTURER FOR INFORMATION. INSIDE DIMENSION OUTSIDE DIMENSON DRYWALL MOUNTING FRAME DETAIL PARTIAL PLUMBING PLAN RISER STACK NTS "C" CHANNEL REINFORCING BY G.C. AROUND OPENING STEEL MOUNTING FRAME KRUGER MODEL *HCF23 NOTE: DAMPER HANDLE TO BE INSTALLED MAXIMUM OF 3' -0" ABOVE CEILING TO S.A. MAIN 18" LONG ORANGE MARKER TAPE ATTACHED TO DAMPER TO IDENTIFY LOCATION-- FIRE DAMPER WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS. DIRECTIONAL BLOW PLATE CLIPPED ON DIFFUSER ROOS. SEE NOTE BELOW. NOTE: ALL DIFFUSERS ARE 4 -WAY BLOW UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PROVIDE OPTIONAL DIRECTIONAL BLOW TO CONVERT DIFFUSER FROM STANDARD 4 -WAY TO 1 -WAY, 2 -WAY OR 3-WAY BLOW AS DESIGNATED ON PLANS BY SHADED AREA. VACUUM BREAKER BY P.C. , 3/4 "T & P REUEF VALVE BY P.C WATER CLOSET - AMERICAN STANDARD "CADET" ILL 12377.100. ELCMGATED BOWL. TANK TYPE. MATER SAVER (1.6 GM, PRESSURE ASSISTED, VITREOUS CHINA BOWL. 18" HI(21 TO MEET HANDICAPPED RECURSIONS WITH WHITE OPEN FRONT SEAT AND COVER. FURNISH WITH SEAT AND DIRC1E SUPPLY STOP. EQUAL BY KOH.ER OR CRANE. FLUSH HANDLE CH OPEN SIDE OF TOILET. Lay LAVATORY - AMERICAN STANDARD "COMRADE" MODEL 10124.024. 20" X 18" WALL HUNG LAVATORY FLIRNNISH WITH CONCEALED AIRM WAIL HANGER. CHROME SUPPLY STOPS, MOTE P-TRAP FOR 11t)EELCHAIR LSE. AMERICAN STANDARD "RELIANT" J2385.448 FAUCET AND POP-UP DRAIN. INSULATE P-TRAP AND SUPPLY LINES WITH 1/2'ARmSSTROIC 'ARMAFLEX' PIPING 1N9JLATION CR EQUIVALENT. MOUNT AT If IGHT AS DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. EQUAL 8Y KOHLER CR CRANE. VH WATER HEATER - A.O. SMITH JELJC -6. 6 GALLON 1500 WATT. 120 VOLT. 1 PHASE. EQUAL BY LOOIINVAR OR RULD. CIE DE DRINKIM FOUNTAIN - OASIS WHEELCHAIR MODEL PAC. WALL MO FURNISH WITH WALL HANGER PLATE. CHROME P- TRAPAND SLPPLY STOP. MOUNT TOP (E SPOUT OUTLET 34 1/2" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. UNIT MEETS ADA GUIDELINES AND ANSI REQUIREMENTS FCR PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES. FL0cI DRAIN - ZURN JZ -415 -6B. CAST IRON BODY. COMBINATION INVERTIBLE CLAMP AND ADJUSTABLE COLLAR. 3' BOTTCNJ OUTLET WITH 6' R0LN:l NICKEL BRONZE STRAINER. (PROVIDE WITH TRAP PRIMER IF REQUIRED BY COIF OR SHOWN CR DRAWINGS). EQUAL. BY J.R. SMITH OR WE. M Y BASIN - FIAT Jl S -2424 1111003 STONE MCP BASIN W1 TH VINYL SAPERGuARD. FURNISH WITH AFRICAN STANDARD 18344.111 FAUCET TIM INTEGRAL vAaRli BREAIE,R AND STOPS. EQUAL STERRSS- WILL CR MJSTEE. INSULATE ALL PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS. WATER HEATER DETAIL VOLUME DAMPER WITH LOCKING QUADRANT. PROVIDE WITH 3" EXTENDED SHAFT, HANDLE AND COLLAR SIT. MIL. ELBOW REQUIRED SECURELY TAPE VINYL FLEX DUCT TO SHT. MTL W/ MIN. OF (2) CONTINUOUS WRAPS OF DUCT TAPE. STRAP CLAMP OVER FLEX DUCT INSULATION & VINYL TO BHT. MIL TAPE INSULATION TO DUCT TO FORM A GOOD SEAL TRANSITION FROM DUCT S2E TO DIFFUSER NECK SIZE AS NECESSARY THERMAL INSULATING BLANKET REQUIRED FOR FIRE RATED CEWNGS ONLY. DRYWALL CLG. STEEL MOUNTING FRAME REQUIRED FOR DRYWALL CEILING INSTALLATION SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET. SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER (LAY -IN FRAME) 24 "x24" & 12 "X12" DIFFUSER MOUNTING DETAIL WATER HEATER SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFO. 2" WIDE. 20 GA. SHEET METAL BAND, SECURE TO WALL FOR SEISMIC BRACING WHERE REOUIRED BY CODE. (BY P.C.) GALV. DRIP PAN BY P.C. SEPARATE DRAINS TO TO MOP SNK. PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FLOOR CLEAN OUT - ZLyRN JZ- 1400 -IO-2 (GONG. FLOOR) C ZN- 1400 -2 (TILE FLOOR). CAST IRON BODY WITH AID WATER TIGHT ABS TAPERED THREAD PLUG AND ROUND SCORIATED TOP ADJUSTABLE TO FINISHED FLOOR. EQUAL BY J.R. SMITH OR WADE. WALL CLEAN CUT - CAST IRON CLEAN OUT TEE WITH E THREADED CLEAN OUT PLUG. PLUG TO BE GAS AND 1TATER TIGHT. WALL ACCESS PANEL - ZURN JZANB- 1460 -9 9" x 9' WALL ACCESS PANEL AND FRAME; SMOOTH NICKEL IMZE PANEL SET FLUSH TO FINISHED WALL PLANE. FLR N15 ED WITH SECURING LUGS. EQUAL BY J.R. SMITH CR WADE. CLEAN OUT (ABOVE CEILING) - CAST IRON CLEAN OUT (TEE) WITH BRONZE THREADED CLEAN OUT PLUG. PLUG TO BE GAS AND WATER TIGHT. EQUAL BY J.R. SMITH OR WADE. TRAP PRIMER- PRECISION PLUMING PRODUCTS 1P2 500 WITH ADJUSTABLE FLOW RATE. INTEGRAL VAMJM BREAKER AND INTEGRAL BACKFL V PREVENTER MOUNT ABOVE CEILING IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. LATE: CONSULT PLlA ING INSPE'CTCR PRIOR TO INSTALLING TRAP PRIMER. EQUAL BY SIOUx CHIEF OR ZURN. TRAP PRIMER DISTRIBUTION UNIT - PRECISION PLUMING PRODUCTS Jllu -2. PROVIDE WITH SS-8 SUPPLY TUBE. EQUAL. BY SIWX CHIEF CR ZURN. MIN. CLEARANCE FOR ACCESS TO FAN & MOTOR SECURE FLEXIBLE DUCT W/ DRAWBAND. SEAL CONN. AIR- TIGHT I N ACCORDANCE W/ BARRIER SAMNA STANDARDS. VAPOR BE INSTALLED 8t INSULATION SHALL BE INSTALLED OVER CONK. & SECURED W/ ADD'L. DRAW - BAND (TYP.) --- BALANCING TAPS INSULATED MEDIUM PRESSURE FLEXIBLE DUCT PRIMARY AIR FLOW INSULATED MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCT -- ELECTRONIC CONTROL ENCLOSURE ELECTRIC HEATER CONTROLS FAN POWERED PARALLEL V.A.V. BOX DETAIL DAMPER MOTOR T312 T -STAT ZONE DAMPER WIRING DIAGRAM 40YA., 24/120V TRANSFORMER 120V WIRING BY ELECT. CONTR. DISCHARGE AIR FLOW FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR RECEIVED CITY OF TUT "�\ f FEB 0 6 2008 pttilvill CENTER 'Ir ���') � "s• � M'�� fy �uc�C', i^� ;�r'��� ',� A M aXirnllm @51 n Inlm ti . ; � tA!1 �tn� � �IN aX7murlft i" r .. X15 t n; :y, ;r•r'L2 `�r.'` E r„r,� , r �C ' HER , r �rn .- � ,�. r t �4 '4r 1,:.,,•c�f fix � fy � �tn9 � ,��x � ' � , ��1� u �� �j��w,�r 0t• s xti r� n s i b' e 7 - F w � loteC � PEa 1C' L iSe. . x•:r. ',.Y.: nr�+''.r z y� E car �s�f'o . '` • ,'y 1�'.K �cf rr"� MOH) . K �w .���,.,� 1 � k �,.... > a ef� '-',11.1P4) ,..� .. Zone S ; N .FM) ;F ill) C FM!( ; Zone 1 44.8 3243 3243 Jan 1800 0.0 2873.0 1.13 Zone 2 3.0 221 221 Jan 1800 0.0 212.0 1.04 Zone 3 12.3 889 889 Jan 1800 0.0 771.0 1.15 II a ': ti W r} .. s r . r „1 r�..5 1 CQ9UN r r ti's a.F t4�DE51GN i ATfN .: W9 � COOLING DATA AT Ja 1 300 " ' HEATING DATAAT D1 S HT; r 4 r . i .° CO O 'DB Wf3 7 66 8 "F154' ° HEATING OA DB /WB ~ 23 0 ° [ is t � * Sensible s S ensible '' x , r . la tent r., xc'a � t �" � � � �. � w rt .PT a '* � t t 2 � �+ 1 ZO 1-OAbS 0 et a iis >, {STUmr) y(WP J!hr 5 b ....4 3 *. �(B (1571.14D4 Window & Skylight Solar Loads 0 ft 0 - 0 ft - - Wall Transmission 0 ft 0 - 0 ft 0 - Roof Transmission 0 ft 0 - 0 ftz 0 - Window Transmission 011 0 - 0 ft 0 - Skylight Transmission 0 ftx 0 - 0 ft 0 - Door Loads 0 ft 0 - 0 ft= 0 - Floor Transmission 0 ft 0 - 0 ft 0 - Partitions 0 ft 0 - 0 ft 0 - Ceiling 0 ft 0 - 0 ft 0 - Overhead Lighting 1846 W 3656 - 0 0 - Task Lighting 9338 W 26422 - 0 0 - Electric Equipment 3904 W 12561 - 0 0 - People 45 6482 8998 0 0 0 Infiltration - 0 0 - 0 0 Miscellaneous - 0 0 - 0 0 Safety Factor 10% / 10% 4912 900 10% 0 0 7>Tof {.Zo Loads b ..� :c - fx o r r " a c{ .t .._.- x -( r54 , , hh' 5 B9 �. m� `rtr :r t . 'rg�,k �'�" n �.) :. , 5 . s0 Zone Conditioning - 67594 9897 - -5 0 Plenum Wall Load 0% 0 - 0 0 - Plenum Roof Load 70% 0 - 0 0 - Plenum Ughting Load 30% 1890 - 0 0 - Retum Fan Load 4352 CFM 0 - 4352 CFM 0 - Ventilation Load 0 CFM 0 0 562 CFM 26764 0 Supply Fan Load 4352 CFM 0 - 4352 CFM 0 - Space Fan Coil Fans - 0 - - 0 - Duct Heat Gain 1 Loss 0% 0 - 0% 0 - » -Total Syst€ ni Loads ?� . _', ..` 6 4134 r - 9 897, rr� N#s r H . : a _ 26758 _ 0 x ? . 0 Central Cooling Coil - 69484 9890 - 0 0 Zone Heating Unit Coils - 0 - - 26759 - T o t al - Good d R �`f''-v +^� ;,� �, t i d .�y + kS' � � 4 µ' s ti' t 98 90. .t{ ,;' � r '' a .x 4 i '� rb �_.g �t.�'a.w� ���h ?r��. -s,. � ,�.= �„ }�_,�,•�_ .�.,t- ,r<��N�t . ��s._,� kt�$59 �; � i ��� � , , ' �1eetlglna �'" s' r ' os esrdl[li:s,`ar"efit 4o2d p . � .t� Neg are.�t9 Lo��s; z 0 s L� �,� - Tleg a[nreVafltesare CIL� jUa MISC. ELEC. WATTS FOR COMPUTER LOAD EST. EQUIPMENT N.E.C. H.V.A.C. ROOMS NAME ELEC. LOAD SALES NON SALES REQ. WATTS QTY. WATTS QTY. WATTS SOUND SYSTEM 165 W. 165 W. - -- - -- 1 165 CASH REGISTER 275 W. 275 W. 4 1100 -- - -- PC COMPUTER 360 W. 360 W. - -- - -- 1 360 PROPRINTER 120 W. 40 W. - -- - -- 1 40 TCP PANEL 250 W. 250 W. - -- - -- 1 250 SENSORMATfC 360 W. 360 W. 1 360 - -- - -- TELE. SYSTEM 40 W. 40 W. - -- - -- 1 40 TRANSFORMER 45 KVA 1589 - -- - -- 1 1589 TOTAL ELEC. EQUIP, 1460 2444 FIXTURE QTY, COLD WFU /EA HOT WFU /EA WFU TOTAL LAVATORY 1 1 1 1 MOP SINK 1 1.5 1.5 2.25 WATER CLOSET 1 8 -- 8 DRINKING FOUNTAIN 1 .5 -- .5 TOTAL 11.75 TOTAL GPM 9 INCOMING WATER SERVICE 3/4" PRICE INDUSTRIES AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES DEVICES FURNISHED BY T.S.P. INC. WITH LIGHTING PACKAGE NOTES : 1. SYMBOL KEY - 5_ DAMPERS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM FACE FIRST LETTER: S- SUPPLY R- RETURN E- EXHAUST "A" OPPOSED BLADE RECT. MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER SECOND LETTER D-- DIFFUSER R-REG1STER G- GRILLE "B" ROUND MANUAL BALANCE DAMPER 2. CATALOG NUMBERS REFER TO KRUGER AIR DEVICES. 'C' FIRE DAMPER W/VOLUME CONTROL 'D' YOUNG'S REGULATOR, DPR MODEL � 5020 -CC 3.PROVIDE DIRECTIONAL BLOW FOR AIRFLOW OTHER 6, BORDER STYLE - THAN 4 -WAY. SEE DETAIL ON SHEET MD -1. "A" SURFACE MOUNTED 4. FINISH- 'B' LAY-IN. PROVIDE WITH KRUGER MODEL #HCF23 FRAME FOR "A" - WHITE DRYWALL CEIUNG MOUNTING, SEE DETAIL ON SHEET MD -1. "B" - WHITE - G.C. TO FIELD PAINT 'C' LAY -IN FRAME FOR T -BAR CEIUNG TO MATCH CEIUNG OR WALL WITH ENAMEL FINISH. "C" - FLAT BLACK SIZE MOUNTING MATERIAL BORDER SYMBOL CATALOG CING FINISH DPR. REMARKS NUMBER MOD. NECK OTHER STEEL ALUM. STYLE SD -1 1450F23 24 "X24" 12 "o 0 0 A B B SD -2 1450F23 24 "X24" 10 "o • 0 A B B SD -3 1450F23 24 "X24" 8 "g • 0 A B B SD -4 1450F23 24 "X24" 10 "o • 0 A B B 3 -WAY SD-5 1450F23 24 "X24" 10 " o 0 0 A B B 2 -WAY SD -6 1450F23 24 "X24" 10 "o • 0 A B C SD -7 1450F23 12 "X12" 8 "O • 0 A A A RG -1 S8OH 24 "X24" - . 22 "X22" 0 O A B RG -2 580H 12 "X24" 10 "X22" • • A 5 RG -3 SSOH 24 "X24" 22 "X22" • 0 A C EG -1 SSOH 12 "X12" 10"X10" • • A A MECHANICAL /PLUMBING RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ITEM FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY WIRED BY RE -USE N/A REMARKS T.S.P. LANDLORD CONTR. LANDLORD CONTR. MECH. ELEC. EXISTING CONTR. CONTR V.A.V. BOXES • • ® c TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM T -STAT. COMA BUSS. SENSORS SMOKE DETECTOR(S) IN RETURN AND /OR SUPPLY AIR DUCT DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES • DIFFUSERS /GRILLES FIRE DAMPERS MALI. FIRE DAMPERS AND /OR COMBINATION SMOKE/FfRE DAMPERS ZONE DAMPERS • o 0 DUCT NEATER(S) UNIT/BASEBOARD HEATER(S) TOILET EXHAUST FAN(S) T01LET EXHAUST DUCTWORK WALL CONNECTED TOLL MAIN LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK HIG4J TEDIUM PRESSURE DUCTWORK • AAA AIR BALANCE REPORT @ PNE88 C�'1 =D AS -BUILT DRAWINGS • PLUMBING FIXTURES • • DRINKING FOUNTAIN / WATER COOLER • AND ASSOCIATED ACCESSORIES. SAN. CW. MW. PIPING 0 0 GAS PIPING 0 SPRINKLER PIPING AND HEADS 0 0 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 0 0 0 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL UIIUTY POWER TO THE EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ALL TERMINAL CONNECTIONS { 2 } MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL ALL UTILITY POWER AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL WRING. INCLUDING ALL TERMINAL CONNECTIONS SEE �� MECHANICAL. CODED NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. (3) MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING AND MAKE ALL MINESMINENEMENER TERMINAL CONNECTIONS 0 SEE MECHANICAL CODED NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. w J w 1 0 CO 0 J Zt I- w J 0 a 1 0 w EITIZMWESSPAI EXPIRES 6/10/ THE ENGINEER ASSUMES Mo RESPONSItiury on LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC IACATION RI THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. HBK# 07164 DRAWING NUMBER: • • ® 0 .. I -�_._ III SEINERNII City Name Seattle TAP Location Washington Latitude 47.5 Longitude 122.3 Elevation 449.0 Summer Design Dry -Bulb 85.0 Summer Coincident Wet -Bulb 65.0 Summer Daily Range 18.3 Winter Design Dry-Bulb 23.0 Winter Design Wet -Bulb 19.2 Atmospheric Clearness Number 1.05 Average Ground Reflectance 020 Soil Conductivity 0.800 Local Time Zone (GMT +1- N hours) 8.0 Consider Daylight Savings Time No Simulation Weather Data _____ noneN /A Current Data is 2001 ASHRAE Handbook Design Cooling Months January to December Design Parameters: Air System Information Air System Name LTD TOO - SOUTHCENTER Equipment Class PKG ROOF Air System Type CAVIRH Sizing Calculation Information Zone and Space Sizing Method: Zone CFM Sum of space airflow rates Space CFM Individual peak space Toads Central Cooling Coil Sizing Data DESIGN WEATHER PARAMETERS Total coil load 6.6 Total coil load 79.4 Sensible coil load . 69.5 Coil CFM at Jan 1300 .„ 4352 Max block CFM 4352 Sum of peak zone CFM 4352 Sensible heat ratio 0.875 fr./Ton 583.0 BTU!(hr -ft 20.6 Water flow © 16.0 °F rise . NIA Supply Fan Sizing Data Actual max CFM ... Standard CFM Actual max CFM/ft Zone Sizing Data 4352 CFM _ 4282 CFM 1.13 CFM /ft Deg. Deg. ft °F °F °F °F °F HVAC LOAD CALCULATIONS Number of zones 3 Floor Area 3856.0 ft Location __ „ .......___.._....._.. Seattle IAP, Washington Calculation Months ._.._ �_..._._.. Jan to Dec Sizing Data _.___...._. __.-- r_......._.___._____..._.. Calculated Tons Load occurs at Jan 1300 MBH OA DB I WB .__ 66.8 54.0 °F MBH Entering DB / WB „ ............... 77.0167.2 °F CFM Leaving DB / WB .....�.__..__.____._._ 62.0 / 61.5 °F CFM Coil ADP 61.2 °F CFM Bypass Factor _ 0.050 Resulting RH % Design supply temp. 62.0 °F Zone T-stat Check 3 of 3 OK Max zone temperature deviation __.__ 0.0 °F Fan motor BHP Fan motor kW 0.00 BHP 0.00 kW zs 1/4 ". 21 1/4 ", 19 1/4- OR 13 1/4" NOTE: ROUGH -II OPENING SIZES: CONTACT MANUFACTURER FOR INFORMATION. INSIDE DIMENSION OUTSIDE DIMENSON DRYWALL MOUNTING FRAME DETAIL PARTIAL PLUMBING PLAN RISER STACK NTS "C" CHANNEL REINFORCING BY G.C. AROUND OPENING STEEL MOUNTING FRAME KRUGER MODEL *HCF23 NOTE: DAMPER HANDLE TO BE INSTALLED MAXIMUM OF 3' -0" ABOVE CEILING TO S.A. MAIN 18" LONG ORANGE MARKER TAPE ATTACHED TO DAMPER TO IDENTIFY LOCATION-- FIRE DAMPER WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS. DIRECTIONAL BLOW PLATE CLIPPED ON DIFFUSER ROOS. SEE NOTE BELOW. NOTE: ALL DIFFUSERS ARE 4 -WAY BLOW UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PROVIDE OPTIONAL DIRECTIONAL BLOW TO CONVERT DIFFUSER FROM STANDARD 4 -WAY TO 1 -WAY, 2 -WAY OR 3-WAY BLOW AS DESIGNATED ON PLANS BY SHADED AREA. VACUUM BREAKER BY P.C. , 3/4 "T & P REUEF VALVE BY P.C WATER CLOSET - AMERICAN STANDARD "CADET" ILL 12377.100. ELCMGATED BOWL. TANK TYPE. MATER SAVER (1.6 GM, PRESSURE ASSISTED, VITREOUS CHINA BOWL. 18" HI(21 TO MEET HANDICAPPED RECURSIONS WITH WHITE OPEN FRONT SEAT AND COVER. FURNISH WITH SEAT AND DIRC1E SUPPLY STOP. EQUAL BY KOH.ER OR CRANE. FLUSH HANDLE CH OPEN SIDE OF TOILET. Lay LAVATORY - AMERICAN STANDARD "COMRADE" MODEL 10124.024. 20" X 18" WALL HUNG LAVATORY FLIRNNISH WITH CONCEALED AIRM WAIL HANGER. CHROME SUPPLY STOPS, MOTE P-TRAP FOR 11t)EELCHAIR LSE. AMERICAN STANDARD "RELIANT" J2385.448 FAUCET AND POP-UP DRAIN. INSULATE P-TRAP AND SUPPLY LINES WITH 1/2'ARmSSTROIC 'ARMAFLEX' PIPING 1N9JLATION CR EQUIVALENT. MOUNT AT If IGHT AS DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. EQUAL 8Y KOHLER CR CRANE. VH WATER HEATER - A.O. SMITH JELJC -6. 6 GALLON 1500 WATT. 120 VOLT. 1 PHASE. EQUAL BY LOOIINVAR OR RULD. CIE DE DRINKIM FOUNTAIN - OASIS WHEELCHAIR MODEL PAC. WALL MO FURNISH WITH WALL HANGER PLATE. CHROME P- TRAPAND SLPPLY STOP. MOUNT TOP (E SPOUT OUTLET 34 1/2" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. UNIT MEETS ADA GUIDELINES AND ANSI REQUIREMENTS FCR PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES. FL0cI DRAIN - ZURN JZ -415 -6B. CAST IRON BODY. COMBINATION INVERTIBLE CLAMP AND ADJUSTABLE COLLAR. 3' BOTTCNJ OUTLET WITH 6' R0LN:l NICKEL BRONZE STRAINER. (PROVIDE WITH TRAP PRIMER IF REQUIRED BY COIF OR SHOWN CR DRAWINGS). EQUAL. BY J.R. SMITH OR WE. M Y BASIN - FIAT Jl S -2424 1111003 STONE MCP BASIN W1 TH VINYL SAPERGuARD. FURNISH WITH AFRICAN STANDARD 18344.111 FAUCET TIM INTEGRAL vAaRli BREAIE,R AND STOPS. EQUAL STERRSS- WILL CR MJSTEE. INSULATE ALL PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS. WATER HEATER DETAIL VOLUME DAMPER WITH LOCKING QUADRANT. PROVIDE WITH 3" EXTENDED SHAFT, HANDLE AND COLLAR SIT. MIL. ELBOW REQUIRED SECURELY TAPE VINYL FLEX DUCT TO SHT. MTL W/ MIN. OF (2) CONTINUOUS WRAPS OF DUCT TAPE. STRAP CLAMP OVER FLEX DUCT INSULATION & VINYL TO BHT. MIL TAPE INSULATION TO DUCT TO FORM A GOOD SEAL TRANSITION FROM DUCT S2E TO DIFFUSER NECK SIZE AS NECESSARY THERMAL INSULATING BLANKET REQUIRED FOR FIRE RATED CEWNGS ONLY. DRYWALL CLG. STEEL MOUNTING FRAME REQUIRED FOR DRYWALL CEILING INSTALLATION SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET. SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER (LAY -IN FRAME) 24 "x24" & 12 "X12" DIFFUSER MOUNTING DETAIL WATER HEATER SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFO. 2" WIDE. 20 GA. SHEET METAL BAND, SECURE TO WALL FOR SEISMIC BRACING WHERE REOUIRED BY CODE. (BY P.C.) GALV. DRIP PAN BY P.C. SEPARATE DRAINS TO TO MOP SNK. PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FLOOR CLEAN OUT - ZLyRN JZ- 1400 -IO-2 (GONG. FLOOR) C ZN- 1400 -2 (TILE FLOOR). CAST IRON BODY WITH AID WATER TIGHT ABS TAPERED THREAD PLUG AND ROUND SCORIATED TOP ADJUSTABLE TO FINISHED FLOOR. EQUAL BY J.R. SMITH OR WADE. WALL CLEAN CUT - CAST IRON CLEAN OUT TEE WITH E THREADED CLEAN OUT PLUG. PLUG TO BE GAS AND 1TATER TIGHT. WALL ACCESS PANEL - ZURN JZANB- 1460 -9 9" x 9' WALL ACCESS PANEL AND FRAME; SMOOTH NICKEL IMZE PANEL SET FLUSH TO FINISHED WALL PLANE. FLR N15 ED WITH SECURING LUGS. EQUAL BY J.R. SMITH CR WADE. CLEAN OUT (ABOVE CEILING) - CAST IRON CLEAN OUT (TEE) WITH BRONZE THREADED CLEAN OUT PLUG. PLUG TO BE GAS AND WATER TIGHT. EQUAL BY J.R. SMITH OR WADE. TRAP PRIMER- PRECISION PLUMING PRODUCTS 1P2 500 WITH ADJUSTABLE FLOW RATE. INTEGRAL VAMJM BREAKER AND INTEGRAL BACKFL V PREVENTER MOUNT ABOVE CEILING IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. LATE: CONSULT PLlA ING INSPE'CTCR PRIOR TO INSTALLING TRAP PRIMER. EQUAL BY SIOUx CHIEF OR ZURN. TRAP PRIMER DISTRIBUTION UNIT - PRECISION PLUMING PRODUCTS Jllu -2. PROVIDE WITH SS-8 SUPPLY TUBE. EQUAL. BY SIWX CHIEF CR ZURN. MIN. CLEARANCE FOR ACCESS TO FAN & MOTOR SECURE FLEXIBLE DUCT W/ DRAWBAND. SEAL CONN. AIR- TIGHT I N ACCORDANCE W/ BARRIER SAMNA STANDARDS. VAPOR BE INSTALLED 8t INSULATION SHALL BE INSTALLED OVER CONK. & SECURED W/ ADD'L. DRAW - BAND (TYP.) --- BALANCING TAPS INSULATED MEDIUM PRESSURE FLEXIBLE DUCT PRIMARY AIR FLOW INSULATED MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCT -- ELECTRONIC CONTROL ENCLOSURE ELECTRIC HEATER CONTROLS FAN POWERED PARALLEL V.A.V. BOX DETAIL DAMPER MOTOR T312 T -STAT ZONE DAMPER WIRING DIAGRAM 40YA., 24/120V TRANSFORMER 120V WIRING BY ELECT. CONTR. DISCHARGE AIR FLOW FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR RECEIVED CITY OF TUT "�\ f FEB 0 6 2008 pttilvill CENTER 'Ir ���') � "s• � M'�� fy �uc�C', i^� ;�r'��� ',� A M aXirnllm @51 n Inlm ti . ; � tA!1 �tn� � �IN aX7murlft i" r .. X15 t n; :y, ;r•r'L2 `�r.'` E r„r,� , r �C ' HER , r �rn .- � ,�. r t �4 '4r 1,:.,,•c�f fix � fy � �tn9 � ,��x � ' � , ��1� u �� �j��w,�r 0t• s xti r� n s i b' e 7 - F w � loteC � PEa 1C' L iSe. . x•:r. ',.Y.: nr�+''.r z y� E car �s�f'o . '` • ,'y 1�'.K �cf rr"� MOH) . K �w .���,.,� 1 � k �,.... > a ef� '-',11.1P4) ,..� .. Zone S ; N .FM) ;F ill) C FM!( ; Zone 1 44.8 3243 3243 Jan 1800 0.0 2873.0 1.13 Zone 2 3.0 221 221 Jan 1800 0.0 212.0 1.04 Zone 3 12.3 889 889 Jan 1800 0.0 771.0 1.15 II a ': ti W r} .. s r . r „1 r�..5 1 CQ9UN r r ti's a.F t4�DE51GN i ATfN .: W9 � COOLING DATA AT Ja 1 300 " ' HEATING DATAAT D1 S HT; r 4 r . i .° CO O 'DB Wf3 7 66 8 "F154' ° HEATING OA DB /WB ~ 23 0 ° [ is t � * Sensible s S ensible '' x , r . la tent r., xc'a � t �" � � � �. � w rt .PT a '* � t t 2 � �+ 1 ZO 1-OAbS 0 et a iis >, {STUmr) y(WP J!hr 5 b ....4 3 *. �(B (1571.14D4 Window & Skylight Solar Loads 0 ft 0 - 0 ft - - Wall Transmission 0 ft 0 - 0 ft 0 - Roof Transmission 0 ft 0 - 0 ftz 0 - Window Transmission 011 0 - 0 ft 0 - Skylight Transmission 0 ftx 0 - 0 ft 0 - Door Loads 0 ft 0 - 0 ft= 0 - Floor Transmission 0 ft 0 - 0 ft 0 - Partitions 0 ft 0 - 0 ft 0 - Ceiling 0 ft 0 - 0 ft 0 - Overhead Lighting 1846 W 3656 - 0 0 - Task Lighting 9338 W 26422 - 0 0 - Electric Equipment 3904 W 12561 - 0 0 - People 45 6482 8998 0 0 0 Infiltration - 0 0 - 0 0 Miscellaneous - 0 0 - 0 0 Safety Factor 10% / 10% 4912 900 10% 0 0 7>Tof {.Zo Loads b ..� :c - fx o r r " a c{ .t .._.- x -( r54 , , hh' 5 B9 �. m� `rtr :r t . 'rg�,k �'�" n �.) :. , 5 . s0 Zone Conditioning - 67594 9897 - -5 0 Plenum Wall Load 0% 0 - 0 0 - Plenum Roof Load 70% 0 - 0 0 - Plenum Ughting Load 30% 1890 - 0 0 - Retum Fan Load 4352 CFM 0 - 4352 CFM 0 - Ventilation Load 0 CFM 0 0 562 CFM 26764 0 Supply Fan Load 4352 CFM 0 - 4352 CFM 0 - Space Fan Coil Fans - 0 - - 0 - Duct Heat Gain 1 Loss 0% 0 - 0% 0 - » -Total Syst€ ni Loads ?� . _', ..` 6 4134 r - 9 897, rr� N#s r H . : a _ 26758 _ 0 x ? . 0 Central Cooling Coil - 69484 9890 - 0 0 Zone Heating Unit Coils - 0 - - 26759 - T o t al - Good d R �`f''-v +^� ;,� �, t i d .�y + kS' � � 4 µ' s ti' t 98 90. .t{ ,;' � r '' a .x 4 i '� rb �_.g �t.�'a.w� ���h ?r��. -s,. � ,�.= �„ }�_,�,•�_ .�.,t- ,r<��N�t . ��s._,� kt�$59 �; � i ��� � , , ' �1eetlglna �'" s' r ' os esrdl[li:s,`ar"efit 4o2d p . � .t� Neg are.�t9 Lo��s; z 0 s L� �,� - Tleg a[nreVafltesare CIL� jUa MISC. ELEC. WATTS FOR COMPUTER LOAD EST. EQUIPMENT N.E.C. H.V.A.C. ROOMS NAME ELEC. LOAD SALES NON SALES REQ. WATTS QTY. WATTS QTY. WATTS SOUND SYSTEM 165 W. 165 W. - -- - -- 1 165 CASH REGISTER 275 W. 275 W. 4 1100 -- - -- PC COMPUTER 360 W. 360 W. - -- - -- 1 360 PROPRINTER 120 W. 40 W. - -- - -- 1 40 TCP PANEL 250 W. 250 W. - -- - -- 1 250 SENSORMATfC 360 W. 360 W. 1 360 - -- - -- TELE. SYSTEM 40 W. 40 W. - -- - -- 1 40 TRANSFORMER 45 KVA 1589 - -- - -- 1 1589 TOTAL ELEC. EQUIP, 1460 2444 FIXTURE QTY, COLD WFU /EA HOT WFU /EA WFU TOTAL LAVATORY 1 1 1 1 MOP SINK 1 1.5 1.5 2.25 WATER CLOSET 1 8 -- 8 DRINKING FOUNTAIN 1 .5 -- .5 TOTAL 11.75 TOTAL GPM 9 INCOMING WATER SERVICE 3/4" PRICE INDUSTRIES AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES DEVICES FURNISHED BY T.S.P. INC. WITH LIGHTING PACKAGE NOTES : 1. SYMBOL KEY - 5_ DAMPERS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM FACE FIRST LETTER: S- SUPPLY R- RETURN E- EXHAUST "A" OPPOSED BLADE RECT. MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER SECOND LETTER D-- DIFFUSER R-REG1STER G- GRILLE "B" ROUND MANUAL BALANCE DAMPER 2. CATALOG NUMBERS REFER TO KRUGER AIR DEVICES. 'C' FIRE DAMPER W/VOLUME CONTROL 'D' YOUNG'S REGULATOR, DPR MODEL � 5020 -CC 3.PROVIDE DIRECTIONAL BLOW FOR AIRFLOW OTHER 6, BORDER STYLE - THAN 4 -WAY. SEE DETAIL ON SHEET MD -1. "A" SURFACE MOUNTED 4. FINISH- 'B' LAY-IN. PROVIDE WITH KRUGER MODEL #HCF23 FRAME FOR "A" - WHITE DRYWALL CEIUNG MOUNTING, SEE DETAIL ON SHEET MD -1. "B" - WHITE - G.C. TO FIELD PAINT 'C' LAY -IN FRAME FOR T -BAR CEIUNG TO MATCH CEIUNG OR WALL WITH ENAMEL FINISH. "C" - FLAT BLACK SIZE MOUNTING MATERIAL BORDER SYMBOL CATALOG CING FINISH DPR. REMARKS NUMBER MOD. NECK OTHER STEEL ALUM. STYLE SD -1 1450F23 24 "X24" 12 "o 0 0 A B B SD -2 1450F23 24 "X24" 10 "o • 0 A B B SD -3 1450F23 24 "X24" 8 "g • 0 A B B SD -4 1450F23 24 "X24" 10 "o • 0 A B B 3 -WAY SD-5 1450F23 24 "X24" 10 " o 0 0 A B B 2 -WAY SD -6 1450F23 24 "X24" 10 "o • 0 A B C SD -7 1450F23 12 "X12" 8 "O • 0 A A A RG -1 S8OH 24 "X24" - . 22 "X22" 0 O A B RG -2 580H 12 "X24" 10 "X22" • • A 5 RG -3 SSOH 24 "X24" 22 "X22" • 0 A C EG -1 SSOH 12 "X12" 10"X10" • • A A MECHANICAL /PLUMBING RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ITEM FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY WIRED BY RE -USE N/A REMARKS T.S.P. LANDLORD CONTR. LANDLORD CONTR. MECH. ELEC. EXISTING CONTR. CONTR V.A.V. BOXES • • ® c TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM T -STAT. COMA BUSS. SENSORS SMOKE DETECTOR(S) IN RETURN AND /OR SUPPLY AIR DUCT DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES • DIFFUSERS /GRILLES FIRE DAMPERS MALI. FIRE DAMPERS AND /OR COMBINATION SMOKE/FfRE DAMPERS ZONE DAMPERS • o 0 DUCT NEATER(S) UNIT/BASEBOARD HEATER(S) TOILET EXHAUST FAN(S) T01LET EXHAUST DUCTWORK WALL CONNECTED TOLL MAIN LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK HIG4J TEDIUM PRESSURE DUCTWORK • AAA AIR BALANCE REPORT @ PNE88 C�'1 =D AS -BUILT DRAWINGS • PLUMBING FIXTURES • • DRINKING FOUNTAIN / WATER COOLER • AND ASSOCIATED ACCESSORIES. SAN. CW. MW. PIPING 0 0 GAS PIPING 0 SPRINKLER PIPING AND HEADS 0 0 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 0 0 0 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL UIIUTY POWER TO THE EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ALL TERMINAL CONNECTIONS { 2 } MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL ALL UTILITY POWER AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL WRING. INCLUDING ALL TERMINAL CONNECTIONS SEE �� MECHANICAL. CODED NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. (3) MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING AND MAKE ALL MINESMINENEMENER TERMINAL CONNECTIONS 0 SEE MECHANICAL CODED NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. w J w 1 0 CO 0 J Zt I- w J 0 a 1 0 w EITIZMWESSPAI EXPIRES 6/10/ THE ENGINEER ASSUMES Mo RESPONSItiury on LIABILITY FOR THE USE OF THESE PLANS FOR ANY PROJECT OTHER THAN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY THEM AND SIGNED AND SEALED FOR SUCH SPECIFIC IACATION RI THE STATE SHOWN ON THE SEAL. THIS BUILDING USE IS ONLY APPLICABLE IN AREAS MEETING THE STATED DESIGN CRITERIA. HBK# 07164 DRAWING NUMBER: